

GopjTiglit}I?_ 



COPYRIGHT OEPOBffi 



THE STAR 
LINE 



Comprising Dairy Barn Equipment, 
Stalls, Stanchions, Stock Pens, Litter, 
Feed and Milk Can Carriers, Hay 
Carriers, Barn and Garage Door 
Hangers, Stock Tank Heaters, Wire 
Stretchers, Hoists, Coaster Wagons 
and Hardware Specialties 




Copyrighted 1919 



Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co 



HARVARD, ILLINOIS 

and 
ALBANY, NEW YORK 



CATALOG No. 75 




The STAR 

Guarantee and 

The Factory Behind 



It 



m '^2 \m 



©:i.A5'>6981 



•- 



ST^g^Tg LII^E E C^ 1-J I F» IVt E INT T 



• 



Let Us Work Together 



YOUR interests and ours are mutual. You want the best you can find in bam 
equipment — we want to satisfy you. Whether you are a dealer or a user of 
our products, we place a great value on your good will. Our business is to 
serve you and we hope you will help us to do this in the best way possible. 



Everlastingly At It 

When a man does the same thing over and over again, year after year, he is 
bound to do that one thing well. 

This is the order in the Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co. factories, manufacturing 
STAR Equipment. 

The STAR Line is backed by long experience. The officers of this Company 
have been dairy farmers for many years, and still own and operate practical dairy 
farms. Combined with this is the experience we have had in supplying the needs 
of dairymen farmers in all parts of the country. We have had the practical ex- 
perience which qualifies us to know how to plan your equipment and to produce 
it at reasonable cost. 

Long experience is a big asset in this business. It invites confidence — estab- 
lishes reliability and assures you of satisfactory service. 

Everything for the Barn 

We are complete outfitters of modern 
barns. We originate and draw plans for 
the building — we supply every part of 
equipment that goes into it. 

This means much to the STAR dealer 
and his customer. He does not have 
to go to one concern for one part of his 
equipment, and to some other concern 
for another, and so on, but can get all 
of his requirements fulfilled by one 
company. 

Here is a uniform standard of quality, 
convenience in ordering and receiving 
shipments, certainty of satisfactory 
results and no division of responsibility. 




• 



HUr^T • HELIVI • F^EFil^IS &j CO 




•- 



STv^vr^ HIVE E:CfcUIF>IviE:NT 



• 



We Stand Back of Our Goods 



We have spent many years building up a nation-wide reputation for STAR 
Line Equipment. Naturally we want to protect the name of our products. 



Read the guarantee on Page 2. 
to it to the letter. 



It covers all STAR Goods and we live up 



We not only stand back of our goods but do our best to take care of our custo- 
mers at all times. We can point with pride to prompt shipments as a regular thing 
in our business. And there are times when promptness in filling orders is urgently 
needed. 

We Are Constantly Experimenting 

Improvements are always possible in almost any article. We are always 
looking for ways to improve the different articles in STAR Line Equipment. 

Our experimental department is constantly devoted to this work here in our 
factory. In addition, we have six experimental barns near Harvard in which new 
features are tried out. 



This work accounts for the many big 
exclusive features in the STAR Line. It is 
responsible for many of the new ideas we have 
introduced for keeping the barn more sanitary 
and for saving time and work in the 
building. 

In the STAR Line you will find not only 
everything for the barn but features for utility 
and convenience that place the STAR Line 
above and beyond any other line of equip- 
ment in giving you the most for your 
money. 

We want to serve you to the best of 
our ability. We have had the experi- 
ence, we have the equipment and are 
ready for the outfitting of any farm 
building. 



Tell us your needs. 
together. 



Let us work 




• 



HUr^T • HELXI • F^EFtrtlS fij CO 



• 



O**^ 



LOVELAND FARMS CO., 
Omaha. Nebraska. 

July 25. 191.S 
Hunt. Helm. Ferris & Co., 
Harvard. Illinois. 
Gentlemen; 

The complete equipment you furnished for our 
Dairy Barn five years ago has given perfect satisfaction. 
We have had occasion to call on your Omaha 
representative for assistance, and have always found 
him more than willing to assist us. We like your 
service. 

THE LOVELAND FARMS COMPANY, 

(Signed) A. J. Love, President. 



The photograph below sho 



of Lovcland Fant 



EVEN if you don't read another page in this 
entire book, don't miss the next few pages 
showing exclusive STAR features. 

Here are the features that make STAR Barn 
Equipment different. 

They show why STAR Stalls and Stanchions are 
so much easier to install, why they look better and 
last longer, and why STAR , equipped barns are so 





much more convenient to work in. These features are 
the results of our experimental departments, and years of 
service in designing and manufacturing barn equipment. 

They account for the fact that STAR Equipment 
is the first choice where only choice equipment is 
wanted. They answer every fancy of the man who 
builds the most elaborate show place bam, as well 
as meeting the needs of the practical dairyman farmer. 











/\K i^_i'!'*\i,' 



• 



HU^IVT • l-lEI-.>^ « FEI^r^IS &f CO 



• 




EXCLUSIVE STAR FEATURES 



E:Qi-JiF»>i[E:ivnr 



• 




Showing how STAR Stalls may be added or removed under the Unit System 



The Star Unit System 

"Grows with your Herd — One Stall or a Hundred" 

HERE is one of the main reasons why all dairy- 
men prefer STAR Barn Equipment. STAR 
Stalls are built individually. Each stall is a 
separate unit and connects with the next on either 
side. You can install as many as you need to exactly 
fit your herd. And you can always add more as 
your herd increases. 

This exclusive STAR feature saves much in in- 
stallation expense. The stalls go into the barn just 
as they leave the factory. Simply clamp them to 
the concrete curb and you have the complete unit, 
stanchion and all, ready for business. 




This shows the way STAR Stalls 

come to you — ready for installa- 

■-tion the minute they arrive 



• 



HUIVT • I-JEL^^ * FEI^I^IS &j CZO • 



-• 




The Star Stall Arch is 
made of one continuous 
piece of steel pipe. 
Only the toughest kind 
of steel can be used in 
making a stall arch 
like this. 




The Arched Stall 

Shows the Quality of Steel Star 
Goods are Made of 

IT is impossible to use anything but 
the highest grade of steel in the 
manufacture of STAR Steel Stalls. 
As you can see in the illustration here, 
the STAR Stall Arch is made of one 
continuous piece of round steel pipe. 
There are no clamp irons, couplings 
or other devices on it. It is a com- 
plete frame in ONE piece. 

There is a big advantage in this. 
It makes a more sanitary equipment. 
Having no clamps or couplings, there 
are no places to catch dust and dirt. 
The equipment is easier to keep clean. 

This is one of the reasons why 
STAR Equipment is selected where 
the most rigid rules on sanitary con- 
ditions are to be complied with. 

Only the toughest of steel can be 
used to form this type of stall. The 
pipe is formed into shape without 
heating the metal. If inferior steel 
was used, very likely it would give 
out at the round corners of the arch. 
It would not stand up under the 
bending process. Take a piece of 
ordinary steel tubing and bend it 
and see what happens. It will show 
you that there is a big difference in 
the quality of metals. 

But, the result of a right selection 
of material is worth while. You get 
not only a more sanitary equipment 
but a more durable and better job 
of installation. 



•- 



STv^re HIVE E C^ l-J I F> I^ E IV T 



• 




The Star Curb Clamp 

"Sixty Seconds Sets a Star Stall" 

THIS simple device has answered a big problem in barn equipment 
installations. It does away with anchors or templates. It 
enables you to go ahead with your concrete or cement work 
and finish the job before the equipment reaches you. It enables you 
to build the floor and curb with less work and at less expense, and 
to avoid the possibility of costly errors in getting stalls in the wrong 
place. It simplifies the entire job of installation. 

Simply drop the curb clamps over the curb and tighten the bolts. 
Then bolt the stall arches to them and the job is done. Simple and 
convenient, and a permanently satisfactory installation. 

This is a patented STAR feature. You will find it on no other 
barn equipment. 





Fig. 685 

The STAR Curb Clamp consists of just two malleable jaws, 

adjustable to the curb by means of draw bolts. 



By leaving five inch holes in the cow bed, 
the distance apart that the stalls are wide, you 
are enabled to clamp the stall arches to the curb 
and to fill in around the partitions with thin, 
rich cement. 





r 




^^ r. 'T^.W^i^ 



Star Equipped Barn, owned by M. P. Daw 
Buhl, Idaho 



Fig. 765 

The 
Star Alignment Device 

"The Clean Stall Means a Clean Cow" 

THIS exclusive STAR feature keeps 
every cow in line at the gutter. It 
keeps the stalls clean which means keep- 
ing the cows clean. 

All cows are not of the same length. They 
vary in length just as people vary in height. 



^- 



ST^a^Fi LIIS^E E: C^ I-J I F» IVI E P*J T 



• 



But you want every cow to fit her stall com- 
fortably and stand so that litter falls into the 
gutter instead of on the bedding. 

The STAR Alignment Device provides 
for this. It instantly lengthens or shortens 
the cow bed. 

And it takes no longer to make the ad- 
justment than it does to lock the stanchion. 

The adjustment is made instantly after 
the cow is in the stall. So easy to operate 
that a small boy can do it. No tools needed. 
Not even a monkey wrench. 

Just raise the lever and move the stan- 
chion forward for large cows or backward 
for short cows. Five different positions in 
eleven and one-half inches. 

It does not matter whether the cow goes 
into the same stall each time or not. The 
Alignment Device instantly aligns her at 
the gutter. Regardless of how the herd 
changes, the STAR Alignment Device in- 
stantly adjusts the stanchion to the animal. 



Here is the only alignment device 
which can be adjusted quickly enough 
to make it practical. It's the result 
of the experience and engineering skill 
back of STAR Equipment. It's one of 
the features that give the STAR Line 
leadership. 

The stanchion can be placed in any 
of five different positions over eleven 
and one-half inches of space. The illus- 
tration at the top shows the stanchion 
moved forward for a long cow. The 
second illustration shows the stanchion 
moved back for a short cow. 




The top illustration shows the Star Alignment 
Device adjusted for long cow bed. The 
second illustration shows it ad- 
justed for short cow bed. 




Every cow in line at the gutter. 




I^UWT • HEL^l » FE1^R.IS &f CO • 



* 





The Star One-Hand Lock 

Three Big Advantages 

ONE — The STAR Stanchion is easily opened with one 
hand. You don't have to set down your pail of milk 
in order to turn your cow loose. And, when it is 
open, it is in position to receive the cow when she returns 
again to the stanchion. The movable bar of the stan- 
chion being equipped with a locking guide, it can be 
easily closed with one hand. 

TWO — The fork or crotch device on the lock straddles the 
side of the stall arch, which prevents the stanchion from 
swinging and holds it in place while open. 

THREE^The guide of the One-Hand Lock of the STAR 
Stanchion removes all strain on the hinge, preventing 
the breaking of the hinge castings. It also insures the 
perfect operation of the lock even after years of wear. 



Page l''ourtC'en 



ST^^re LII^E E: Cfc I-J I F» ivi E J^ T 



• 




You can adjust the 
width of the STAR 
Stanchion instantly 
to fit the neck of a bull or 
cow, a young heifer or a 
small calf. 

It adjusts in neck width 
from 5 to 9J^ inches by 
loosening two countersunk 
set-screws. 

This is a feature that 
means much in saving of 
time and labor and economy 
of room. 

In the first place, by having the stanchions adjustable, it is 
not necessary to purchase special equipment for young stock. 
Even if you do go to the extra expense of having special equipment 
for your young stock, you can't tell when you buy your equipment 
how your herd is to be divided as to young and old stock next year. 

As long as the stanchions can be instantly adjusted, without 
taking them out of the stall arches, it is possible to keep your 
barn properly equipped all the time, and no matter how your 
herd changes, the stanchions fit. 



• 



HU>JT « IHLELI^ • FEI^R,IS &f CO 



^tI*. 




Fig. 537 




The Star Wood Lining 

"A Big Little Thing" 



THE STAR Stanchion has a wood lining 
which is there for keeps. It is fastened 
as securely to the metal as if it had 
grown there. Nothing much less than blast- 
ing powder will tear it off. 

Wood linings are necessary to the comfort 
of the animals. 

But MOST wood linings are not permanent. 
They are held only by short screws and are 
easily crowded off. 

Not so with the Wood Lining of STAR 
Stanchions. It is not merely "hung on" with 
screws, but is FORCED into the U-bar— 
wedged in — and cannot possibly be loosened 
by the cattle. 

In addition to that we have made it EXTRA 
safe by an added anchor of screws FROM the 
BACK, which go one and a quarter inches 
into the kiln-dried, hard maple of which it is 
made. 

You'll never have the petty annoyance and 
expense of replacing wood linings if you buy 
the STAR Stanchion. 



Page Sixteen 



•^ 



STJKTi Lii>jE e:qi-jif»>ie:]vt 



• 




Fig. 511 



The Star Double Chain Hanging 




yyNOTHER exclusive feature that means 

2\^ STAR leadership. The double chain on 

STAR Stanchions is practically noiseless 

— no rattling or clanking to disturb the peace 

and comfort of the cows. 

The chain may be made as loose or as tight 
as you wish, thus giving the cow the desired 
amount of freedom. 

All the "play" is backward and forward. 
This enables the cow to get up without incon- 
venience and without bruising her shoulders. 

There is no "play" from side to side. The 
cows are prevented from reaching over and 
stealing each other's feed. 

This manner of hanging stanchions saves 
the need of cut-outs in the curb. The stan- 
chion hangs low enough for comfort without the 
curb being cut out. These cut-outs are not 
only expensive to make but allow the cow to 
work feed back into the stall and waste it. 
A level curb prevents the waste of feed. Feed 
costs money. You can't afford to let cows 
waste it. 

The fact that there are no connections be- 
tween the stanchion and the curb means that 
you will never be obliged to tear out any con- 
crete work to make any replacements — there 



are no anchors to set, no bolts to place, no 
threads to strip. If you have ever torn out 
any concrete work, you will know what this 
saving means. 




Page Seventee 



• 



HUIVT « HELIVl * FERRIS &p CO 



• 



f^ 




STAR Automatic Sure Stop Keeps 
Cows' Heads out of Here 




The 

Star Automatic 

Sure Stop 



T 




HIS is a simple device, 
but it saves lots of 
time and work. 

Did you ever see a cow 
that wouldn't put her head 
in the wrong place if she 
could? That seems to be her 
nature. It is very annoying 
to have a cow poke her head 
in beside the stanchion and 
have to back her up before 
you can stanchion her. It 
wastes time, too. 

When a cow enters a STAR 
Stall with the stanchion open, 
there is only one place where 
she can put her head and 
that is right into the Stan- 
chion. 

There is no other place 
for it. 

The STAR Automatic Sure 
Stop keeps her head from 
going in on one side. The 
locked fork keeps her head 
from going in the other. 

This device is a simple 
bowed steel bar attached to 
the side of the stanchion. 

It swings with the stan- 
chion, so that it in no way 
interferes with the freedom 
of the cow. 

It is always in place, but 
never in the way. It never 
needs attention and saves 
valuable time when the herd 
enters the barn. 



e:c^i-Jif»>ieivt 



• 




How We Get That Permanent 
Finish on Star Equipment 

A PERMANENT finish can be secured only when appHed to a clean 
surface. All material used in STAR EQUIPMENT is given a 
-chemical bath, which removes mill scale, and insures a perfectly 
clean, smooth surface for the enamel. 

A permanent finish applied on steel must be of exceptional quality 
to withstand the variation in temperature in the dairy bam. It must 
have elasticity to absorb the expansion and contraction of the steel. 

The special gray enamel on STAR EQUIPMENT was selected after 
long experimenting, to get the most attractive and lasting appearance, 
and embody necessary qualities to resist rust and to withstand the ammonia 
and gases in the barn. 

To insure an even coat and smooth finish, the completed piece is 
dipped into the enamel. After being dipped, it is conveyed to ovens 
where the enamel is thoroughly baked on. The care and thought given 
to STAR finish, assures an even color and an even, permanent finish. 




•-: 



I^JLJTVT* HELIVI • F-ErirtIS gj C O 



-* 




Star Equipped Bam on Clark Estate, Cooperstown, N. Y. 




Interior of STAR Equipped Barn, Owned by 
H. J. Krebs, Wilmington. Del. 




Barn Eg^uipment 



• 



HUIVJT « MELIVI • F^ErirtlS &9 CO • 



:• 




Fig. 521 
Page Twenty-two No. 10 STAR STEEL STALL 

(Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion, Automatic Sure Stop, STAR Alignment Device and STAR Curb Clamps) 



•: 



STv^r^ LIIVE 



EC^UIF>IV1E]VT 



• 



No. 10 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 

Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion, Automatic Sure 
Stop, STAR Alignment Device and STAR Curb Clamps 



SPECI FICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe l"\s in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall arms 
— regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 5 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall 
Partitions; made of high 
grade pipe I'^s in. outside diameter — new and 
tested. Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



STANCHION 



Giant STAR Stanchion No. 

486; patented; adjustable in 
neck space from 5 in. to 9]/^ in. (Page 15); 
one-hand, cow-proof lock; malleable guide re- 
moves strain from hinge; lock-open device 
(Page 14); protected hinge; swivel hanging at 
top and double chain hanging at bottom (Page 
17). Uprights are high carbon steel U-bars, 
134 in. X \^i in. x ^e in., completely filled with 
kiln dried hard maple linings driven in and 
secured by 1^4 in. drive screws (Page 16). 



SURE STOP 



STAR Automatic; made from 
]^ in. bowed steel; perma- 
nently secured to stanchion upright; operates 
automatically with stanchion (Page 18). 



ALIGNMENT DEVICE 



STAR Alignment 
Device ; patented ; 
instantly adjustable; built entirely of steel and 
best grade malleable iron; provides for extreme 
adjustment of llj^ in. (Page 12). 



CURB CLAMPS 



STAR Curb Clamps; pat- 
ented; built of best grade 

malleable iron; jaws connected by 3g in. x 7''4 

in. draw bolts (Page 11). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface for 
the rust and ammonia resisting gray enamel, 



which is then applied and baked on perma- 
nently (Page 19). 

WEIGHT — Average weight per stall, 80 lbs. 
Weight of Extra Stall Partitions, 13 H lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request; made of 
hard wood; to be used as pattern for shaping 
concrete mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where 
No. 515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be 
used and in every instance except where No. 
524 STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, 
in which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



SPECIAL NOTE 

STAR Self-cleaning Mangers, Manger Parti- 
tions, Water Bowls, or Name Plates can be 
added to the No. 10 STAR Steel Stall at any 
time desired. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install (Page 9). 




STAR Equipped Barn, owned by Oliver P. Ensley, 
Indianapolis, Ind. 



Page Twenty three 



• 



HU^JT • ]he;lt»i • K-EI^rMS &f CO • 




Page TwclUy-fu 



Fig. 517 

No. 11 STAR STEEL STALL 

(Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion, Automatic Sure Stop, and STAR Curb Clamps) 



• 



ST^^re LI>JE E:QUIF»iyiEIVT 



-k 



No. 11 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 

Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion, Automatic Sure Stop 
and STAR Curb Clamps 



SPECIFICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe l'',s in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall 
arms — regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe I's in. outside diameter — new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



STANCHION 



Giant STAR Stanchion No. 

486; patented; adjustable in 
neck space from 5 in. to 9^2 in. (Page 15); 
one-hand, cow-proof lock; malleable guide re- 
moves strain from hinge; lock-open device 
(Page 14); protected hinge; swivel hanging at 
top and double chain hanging at bottom (Page 
17). Uprights are high carbon steel U-bars, 
IJ4 in. X II4 in. x i'ls in., completely filled with 
kiln-dried hard maple linings driven in and 
secured by II4 in. drive screws (Page 16). 



SURE STOP 



STAR Automatic; made from 
1 2 in. bowed steel; permanently 
secured to stanchion upright; operates auto- 
matically with stanchion (Page 18). 



CURB CLAMPS 



STAR Curb Clamps; pat- 
ented; built of best grade 

malleable iron; jaws connected by ^g in. x 7-^4 

in. draw bolts (Page 11). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 



for the rust and ammonia resisting gray enamel, 
which is then applied and baked on permanently 
(Page 19). 

WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 75 lbs. 
Weight of extra stall partitions, 13} 2 lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request; made of 
hard wood; to be used as pattern for shaping 
concrete mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where 
No. 515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be 
used and in every instance except where No. 
524 STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, 
in which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



SPECIAL NOTE 

STAR Alignment Device, Self-cleaning Man- 
gers, Manger Partitions, Water Bowls, or Name 
Plates can be added to the No. 11 STAR Steel 
Stall at any time desired. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install (Page 9). 




Prize-winning Jerseys, owned by A. V. Barnes, 

New Canaan, Conn. 
(See interior of his barn in the illustrated section) . 



Page Twenty-five 




Fig. 851 

No. 12 STAR STEEL STALL 

'Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion and STAR Curb Clamps) 



•^ 



ST^2VrS LIP^E E:cm^IF»ME]NT 



• 



No. 12 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 
Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion and STAR Curb Clamps 



SPECIFICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe l-'s in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall 
arms — regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe l''s in. outside diameter — new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



STANCHION 



Giant STAR Stanchion No. 

486; patented; adjustable in 
neck space from 5 in. to QJ/o in. (Page 15); 
one-hand, cow-proof lock; malleable guide re- 
moves strain from hinge; lock-open device 
(Page 14); protected hinge; swivel hanging at 
top and double chain hanging at bottom (Page 
17). Uprights are high carbon steel U-bars, 
1J4 in. X 1},^ in. x ^e in., completely filled with 
kiln-dried hard maple linings driven in and 
secured by 1^4 in. drive screws (Page 16). 



CURB CLAMPS 



STAR Curb Clamps; pat- 
ented; built of best grade 

malleable iron; jaws connected by ^ in. x 7^4 

in. draw bolts (Page 11). 



bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 
for the rust and ammonia resisting gray enamel, 
which is then applied and baked on permanently 
(Page 19). 

WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 72 lbs. 
Weight of extra stall partitions, 13]^ lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request ; made of 
hardwood; to be used as pattern for shaping 
concrete mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where 
No. 515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be 
used and in every instance except where No. 
524 STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, 
in which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



SPECIAL NOTE 

The No. 12 STAR Steel Stall can be supplied 
with STAR Automatic Sure Stop, if desired. 
STAR Alignment Device, Self-cleaning Mangers, 
Manger Partitions, Water Bowls, or Name 
Plates can be added at any time. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install (Page 9). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process or acid 




STAR Equipped Barn, owned by 
E. W. Wing, Elgin, 111. 



Page Twenty-seven 



• 



HUIVT > HELIVI » FERRIS ^j CO^ 



• 




Page TvvcMity-eight 



Fig. 852 

No. 13 STAR STEEL STALL 

(Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion) 



•^ 



S^JS.Tt LINE E:C^l-JIF»iyiElVT 



^* 



No. 13 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System! 
Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion 



SPECI FICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe l-^'s in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall 
arms — regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe I'' >i in. outside diameter — new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 70 lbs. 
Weight of extra stall partitions, 13^-2 lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request; made of 
hard wood; to be used as pattern for shaping 
concrete mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where 
No. 515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be 
used and in every instance except where No. 
524 STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, 
in which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



STANCHION 



Giant STAR Stanchion No. 

486; patented; adjustable in 
neck space from 5 in. to 9^2 in- 'Page 15); 
one-hand, cow-proof lock; malleable guide re- 
moves strain from hinge; lock-open device 
(Page 14); protected hinge; swivel hanging at 
top and double chain hanging at bottom (Page 
17). Uprights are high carbon steel U-bars, 
1^4 in. X 1'4 in. x 'k in., completely filled with 
kiln-dried hard maple linings driven in and 
secured by II4 in. drive screws (Page 16). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 
for the rust and ammonia resisting gray 
enamel, which is then applied and baked on 
permanently (Page 19). 



SPECIAL NOTE 

The No. 13 STAR Steel Stall can be supplied 
with STAR Automatic Sure Stop or Curb 
Clamps, if desired. STAR Alignment Device, 
Self-cleaning Mangers, Manger Partitions, Water 
Bowls, or Name Plates can be added at any time. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install iPage 9). 




STAR Equipped Barn, owned by W. B. Gallemore, 
Seymour, Ind. 



Page Twcnty-n 



•- 



MI_r>JT • HELiyi • F^EFil^IS SLf €2 O • 




Fig. 853 

No. 14 STAR STEEL STALL 
(Equipped with No. 434W STAR Adjustable Steel Stanchion with wood linings) 




S^^^rS LII^E EC^UI F>>1E]VT 



• 



No. 14 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 

Equipped with No. 434W STAR Adjustable Steel Stanchion 
with wood linings 

SPECIFICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe 1^' ^ in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10 1. Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall arms 
— regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms- illustrated Page 64). 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request; made of 
hardwood; to be used as pattern for shaping 
concrete mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where 
No. 515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be 
used and in every instance except where No. 
524 STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, 
in which case, specify special pattern No. 2. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe I'^s in. outside diameter — new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



SPECIAL NOTE 



STANCHION 



STAR Stanchion No. 434W; 

patented; adjustable in neck 
space from 5 in. to 9^ 2 in. (Page 15); one-hand, 
cow-proof lock; malleable guide removes strain 
from hinge; lock open device (Page 14); 
protected hinge; swivel hanging at top and 
double chain hanging at bottom (Page 17). 
Uprights are high carbon steel U-bars, I'm in. 
X "s in. X I4 in., completely filled with kiln- 
dried, hard maple linings driven in and secured 
by 1 in. drive screws (Page 16). 



The No. 14 STAR Steel Stall can be supplied 
with STAR Automatic Sure Stop or Curb 
Clamps, if desired. STAR Alignment Device, 
Self-cleaning Mangers, Manger Partitions, Water 
Bowls or Name Plates can be added at any time. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install (Page 9). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 
for the rust and ammonia resisting gray 
enamel, which is then applied and baked on 
permanently (Page 19). 

WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 68 lbs. 
Weight of Extra Stall Partitions, 13^ 2 lbs. 




STAR Equipped Barn, Cedar Lake Farm, 
Mikana, Wis. 



Page Thirty-one 




Page Thirty-two 



Fig. 854 

No. 15 STAR STEEL STALL 

(.Equipped with No. 434 STAR Adjustable Steel Stanchion) 



•- 



S^TJKT^ LII^E E:cmiF»IVIE]NT 



-• 



No. 15 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 
Equipped with No. 434 STAR Steel Stanchion 

SPECIFICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe 1^8 in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall arms 
— regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe 15-8 in. outside diameter — new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



STANCHION 



STAR Stanchion No. 434; 

patented; adjustable in neck 
space from 5 in. to 9^2 in (Page 15); one-hand, 
cow-proof lock; malleable guide removes strain 
from hinge; lock open device; protected hinge; 
swivel hanging at top and double chain hanging 
at bottom (Page 17). Uprights are high 
carbon steel U-bars, IM x J^ x }4 in. 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 
for the rust and ammonia resisting gray 
enamel, which is then applied and baked on 
permanently (Page 19). 



WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 65 lbs. 
Weight of Extra Stall Partitions, 13' 9 lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request; made of 
hardwood; to be used as pattern for shaping 
concrete mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where 
No. 515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be 
used and in every instance except where No. 
524 STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, 
in which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



SPECIAL NOTE 

The No. 15 STAR Steel Stall can be supplied 
with STAR Automatic Sure Stop or Curb 
Clamps if desired. STAR Alignment Device, 
Self-cleaning Mangers, Manger Partitions, Water 
Bowls or Name Plates can be added at any time. 

STAR Stalls always ship- 
ped completely assembled 
and ready 
to install 
(Page 
9). 




STAR Equipped Barn on Willow Brook Farm, 
North Pembroke, Mass. 



Page Thirty-three 



• 



HUTSJT « HEL^^ * FEKLrMS &> CO 




Page Thirty-four 



Fig. 855 
No. 16 STAR STEEL STALL 

(Equipped with No. 999 STAR Tubular Steel Stanchion) 



k- 



S^TJKT^ LIIVE E: Q I-J I F» IVl E J4 TT 



• 



No. 16 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 
Equipped with No. 999 STAR Tubular Steel Stanchion 



SPECIFICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe 1^ in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall arms 
— regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms .illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe 1^ in. outside diameter — new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



STANCHION 



STAR Stanchion No. 999; pat- 



ented; neck space of standard 
width; one-hand, cow-proof lock; lock open 
device; hinge at bottom extra heavy, made of 
steel with patented device preventing stanchion 
from opening only to necessary width; swivel 
hanging at top and double chain hanging at 
bottom. Uprights made from lj% in. pipe — 
new and tested (Page 48). 



WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 62 lbs. 
Weight of Extra Stall Partitions, ISLj lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request; made of hard- 
wood ; to be used as pattern for shaping concrete 
mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where No. 
515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be used 
and in every instance except where No. 524 
STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, in 
which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



SPECIAL NOTE 

The No. 16 STAR Steel Stall can be supplied 
with STAR Curb Clamps, if desired. STAR 
Alignment Device, Self-cleaning Mangers, Man- 
ger Partitions, Water Bowls, or Name Plates can 
be added at any time. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install (Page 9). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 



done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 
for the rust and ammonia resisting gray enamel, 
which is then applied and baked on permanently 
(Page 19). 




STAR Equipped Walworth County Dairy Barn 
Elkhorn, Wis. 



Page Thirty-five 



*: 



HU^INTT • F1EL>^ • F'ElTtlR^lS &9 C2 O • 




Page Thirty-six 



Fig. 856 

No. 17 STAR STEEL STALL 
(Equipped with No. 452 STAR Adjustable Wood Stanchion) 



•- 



ST^^re LIIVE 



EQUIF»>1EJ4T 



• 



No. 17 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 

Equipped with No. 452 STAR Adjustable Wood Stanchion 

SPECIFICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe l^' § in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall arms 
— regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe l^s in. outside diameter — new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 58 lbs. 
Weight of Extra Stall Partitions, 1314 lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request ; made of hard- 
wood ; to be used as pattern for shaping concrete 
mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where No. 515 
STAR Manger Partitions are to be used and 
in every instance except where No. 524 STAR 
Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, in which 
case specify special pattern No. 2. 



STANCHION 



STAR Stanchion No. 452; 

patented; adjustable in neck 
space from 4^2 in. to 8} 2 in-! one-hand, cow- 
proof lock ; malleable guide removes strain from 
hinge; lock-open device; protected hinge; swivel 
hanging at top and double chain hanging at 
bottom (Page 17). Uprights made of 1'4 in. 
X 23-2 in. seasoned hardwood — strong and 
durable; cross pieces made of high grade steel, 
securely bolted and held in place by malleable 
iron braces (Page 50). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 
for the rust and ammonia resisting gray enamel, 
which is then applied and baked on permanent- 
ly (Page 19). 



SPECIAL NOTE 
The No. 17 STAR Steel Stall can be sup- 
plied with STAR Curb Clamps, if desired. 
STAR Alignment Device, Self-cleaning Mangers, 
Manger Partitions, Water Bowls, or Name 
Plates can be added at any time. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install (Page 9). 




STAR Equipped Bam. owned 1>\ 
Woodstock. 111. 



Page Thirty-seven 




Fig. 857 

Page Thirty-eight No. 18 STAR STEEL STALL 

(Equipped with No. 495 Boss STAR Stanchion, Automatic Sure Stop, STAR Alignment Device and STAR Curb Clamps) 



•^ 



ST^^re LirvE E:cii-jiF»iyiE^4T 



• 



No. 18 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 

Equipped with No. 495 Boss STAR Stanchion, Automatic 
Sure Stop, STAR Alignment Device and STAR Curb Clamps 

SPECIFICATIONS 



ARCH 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe l''s in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall 
arms — regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. widths furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 



PARTITIONS 



STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
titions; made of high grade 

pipe 15 g in. outside diameter -new and tested. 

Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



STANCHION 



Boss STAR Stanchion No. 495; 



patented; adjustable in neck 
space from 5 in. to 9' 2 in. (Page 15); one-hand 
cow-proof lock; malleable guide removes strain 
from hinge; lock-open device (Page 14); pro- 
tected hinge; swivel hanging at top and double 
chain hanging at bottom (Page 17). Up- 
rights are high carbon steel U-bars, l}i x 
l}i X ^r, in., completely filled with kiln 
dried hard maple linings driven in and secured 
by 1^4 in. drive screws (Page 16). 



SURE STOP 



STAR Automatic; made from 



' 2 in. bowed steel; permanently 
secured to stanchion upright; operates auto- 
matically with stanchion (Page 18). 



ALIGNMENT DEVICE 



STAR Alignment 
Device; patented; 
instantly adjustable; built entirely of steel and 
best grade malleable iron; provides for extreme 
adjustment of 11' 2 in. (Page 12). 



CURB CLAMPS 



STAR Curb Clamps; pat- 
ented; built of best grade 

malleable iron; jaws connected by 3 ;, jn. x 7-^4 

in. draw bolts (Page 11). 



After all machine work has been 
done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 



FINISH 



grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 
for the rust and ammonia resisting gray enamel, 
which is then applied and baked on permanent- 
ly (Page 19). 

WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 80 lbs. 
Weight of Extra Stall Partitions, 13^2 lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 



request; made of hard- 
wood ; to be used as pattern for shaping concrete 
mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where No. 
515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be used 
and in every instance except where No. 524 
STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, in 
which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



SPECIAL NOTE 

STAR Self-cleaning Mangers, Manger Par- 
titions, Water Bowls, or Name Plates can be 
added to the No. 18 STAR Steel Stall at any 
time desired. 

STAR Stalls always shipped completely 
assembled and ready to install (Page 9). 




STAR Equipped Barn, owned by J. C. Dold 
Buffalo, N. Y. 



HUTSJT « FlELIVl • F^EI^XilS &f CO 




Fig. 525 

Page Fony No. 20 STAR STEEL STALL 

(Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion, Automatic Sure Stop, STAR Alignment Device and STAR Curb Clamps) 



•-: 



SITJKTZ HIVE E: QUJ I F» IVI E IV T 



• 



No. 20 Star Steel Stall 

(Unit System) 

Equipped with Giant STAR Stanchion, Automatic Sure 
Stop, STAR Alignment Device and STAR Curb Clamps 

SPEC! FIC ATIONS 



STAR "Unit System;" patented; 

made of high grade pipe r''s in. out- 
side diameter — new and tested. Thickness of 
pipe wall, .14 in. (Page 10). Adapted to any 
width stall by using longer or shorter stall arms 
— regular widths, 3 ft., 3 ft. 3 in., 3 ft. 6 in.; 
3 ft. 6 in. width furnished unless otherwise 
specified. Stall Arms illustrated Page 64. 

i3Ar>TTTT/-Ms.Tc STAR Triple Bend Stall Par- 
PARTlTlONb titions; made of high grade 
pipe I'^s in. outside diameter — new and tested. 
Thickness of pipe wall, .14 in. 



STANCHION 



Giant STAR Stanchion No. 



486; patented; adjustable in 
neck space from 5 in. to 9^2 in. (Page 15); 
one-hand, cow-proof lock; malleable guide re- 
moves strain from hinge; lock-open device 
(Page 14); protected hinge; swivel hanging at 
top and double chain hanging at bottom (Page 
17). Uprights are high carbon steel U-bars, 
114x114x^11. in.; completely filled with kiln dried 
hard maple linings driven in and secured by 
II4 in. drive screws (Page 16). 



SURE STOP 



STAR Automatic; made from 



1-2 in. bowed steel; permanently 
secured to stanchion upright; operates auto- 
matically with stanchion (Page 18). 



ALIGNMENT DEVICE 



STAR Alignment 
Device; patented; 
instantly adjustable; built entirely of steel and 
best grade malleable iron; provides for extreme 
adjustment of 11^2 in- (Page 12). 

CTIRR n AMPS ^^^^ ^""^^ Clamps; pat- 
CURB CLAMPS ^^^^^. ^^-^^ ^f ^^^^ ^^^^^ 

malleable iron; jaws connected by ^ g in. x 7'^4 
in. draw bolts (Page 11). 



FINISH 



After all machine work has been 



done on the material entering into 
the construction of this stall, the mill scale, 
grease, or other foreign matter is thoroughly 
removed by a special cleaning process, or acid 
bath. It provides a thoroughly clean surface 



for the rust and ammonia resisting gray enamel, 
which is then applied and baked on per- 
manently (Page 19). 

WEIGHT Average weight per stall, 88 lbs. 
Weight of Extra Stall Partitions, 13.1 9 lbs. 



MANGER PATTERN 



Furnished free upon 
request ; made of hard 
wood; to be used as pattern for shaping con- 
crete mangers. Specify pattern No. 1 where 
No. 515 STAR Manger Partitions are to be 
used and in every instance except where No. 
524 STAR Self-cleaning Mangers are to be used, 
in which case specify special pattern No. 2. 



SPECIAL NOTE 

Star Self-cleaning Mangers, Manger Parti- 
tions, Water Bowls or Name Plates can be added 
to the No. 20 STAR Steel Stall at any time 
desired. 

The No. 20 STAR Steel Stall is equipped 
the same as the No. 10 STAR Steel Stall, but 
is built to conform to any arrangement or size 
of steel posts or pipe columns placed in stall 
row, as shown in illustration on page 40. Any of 
the STAR Steel Stalls numbers 10 to 18, inclusive, 
can be built in this manner. For STAR Steel 
Supporting Columns, see Page 68. 

STAR Stalls 
always shipped c o m - 
pletely assembled and 
ready to 
install (Page 
9). 




STAR Equipped Barn on London Prison Farm 
London, Ohio 



mJIVJT « HELI^ * FEI^RIS SLf CO 




I'-iKO Forty-two 



Fig. 486 

GIANT STAR ADJUSTABLE STEEL STANCHION 



STv^r^ LIIVE E: C^ I-J I F» IVI E IV TT 



• 



No. 486 Giant Star Adjustable Steel Stanchion 

HERE is the biggest selling stanchion in the world. 
And its huge sales are based on merit. 

Time tried and proven worthy, it is now the standard toward which all other 
manufacturers are striving. 

When our basic patents expire, they may duplicate the Giant Star — 
certainly not before. 

It is easily and quickly adjustable in neck width to fit the largest bull or 
the smallest calf. And the adjustment is firm and secure. 

No other stanchion made is as strong and heavy as the Giant Star — 
comparison will prove this. 

It is equipped with a one-hand lock so you don't have to set down your pail 
of milk to turn the cow loose. 

And, automatically, it drops into position to receive the cow on her return 
to the stall. 

The sliding guide of the Giant Star Stanchion removes all strain on the 
hinge and insures perfect operation of the lock at all times. 

The wood lining is wedged into the U-bar — secured as tightly as if it were 



part of the metal 




Fig. 537 
Cross section of Giant 
Star Stanchion, showing 
wood lining. This lining is 
made of thoroughly kiln- 
dried hard maple, forced 
in under pressure, and 
then secured by long 
screws. It cannot be 
loosened 



-then additionally anchored with inch and a quarter screws. 
This wood lining is made of seasoned hard maple, thoroughly 
kiln-dried, and is the only wood lining that the cattle can 
not crowd off. 

The Giant Star costs but little more and offers so much 
more satisfaction and wear that it is by far the cheapest 
in the long run. 

Finished in gray enamel, 
thoroughly baked on. 

No. 486 Giant Star Stan- 
chion hung with chains 
top and bottom, 
weight each, 25 
pounds. Hung 
with swivel at top 
and double chain 
hanging at bottom, 
weight each, 27 
pounds. 

STAR Equipped Barn, owned by 
Salvation Army, Mentor, Ohio 




Page Forty-three 



tliJ^JT* MEL^I • I^ElTtTtJS &9 C2 O 




Fig. 495 
BOSS STAR ADJUSTABLE STEEL STANCHION 



• 



ST^2Vri LIIVE 



EQUIF^IVIEIVT 



• 



No. 495 Boss Star Adjustable Steel Stanchion 



T 



HE Boss STAR Adjustable Steel Stanchion shown on the opposite page combines cow com- 
fort and security in the highest degree. 



With this stanchion there will never be any need of squeezing large cows into stanchions 
which are too narrow for them, and never any occasion to rip off the wood lining of the stanchion 
to give a large cow the necessary neck space and comfort. It is instantly adjustable in neck 
width from five and one-half to nine and one-half inches. 



This adjustment in neck width is quickly and easily made, 
and narrow or widen the stanchion as you please. 



Simply loosen two set screws 



The wood lining of this stanchion is so applied that it cannot possibly be loosened. The 
lining is carefully shaped and fitted into the U-bar; it is wedged in place. Moreover, it is fas- 
tened by screws which stick into the wood an inch and a quarter. 

The face of this lining is rounded the same shape as the inner edge of a stanchion on which 
the cows have been rubbing for years. The Boss STAR Stanchion is just as comfortable the 
first time the cow puts her head through as it is after years of use. 

The upper end of the movable upright of the Boss STAR Stanchion is fitted with a guide. 
This guide relieves the strain on the hinge. It slides back and forth in the tube which forms 
the top of the stanchion so that the lock can't miss when the stanchion is slammed shut. 

A malleable loop forms the latch. This drops over a catch on the movable upright and 
securely locks the stanchion. The loop or latch is so protected that it cannot be raised by cattle. 
The spring which holds it in place is made of best quality spring steel, tempered in oil, 
especially constructed to stand continuous torsion strain without weakening. The Boss 
Stanchion Lock is absolutely cow proof, yet it 
can be easily opened or closed with one hand. 

The upper end of the movable upright 
is fitted with a crotch device which sets 
astride the stall frame when the stanchion 
is open. This prevents the stanchion from 
swinging. 

Finished in gray enamel, thoroughly 
baked on. 

No. 495 Boss STAR Adjustable Steel 
Stanchion, hung chain top and bottom; 
weight each, 25}^^ pounds. Hung with 
swivel at top and double chain hanging 
at bottom, weight each, 27 pounds. 




STAR Equipped Barn, owned by Oliver P. Ensley 
Indianapolis, Ind. 



Page Forty-five 



• 



I^U>JT « IH[E;L>d[ • FET^I^IS &f CZ O 




Fig. 434 Fig. 434W 

WITHOUT Wood Lining WITH Wood Lining 

STAR ADJUSTABLE STEEL STANCHION 



•- 



STT^^VrS LII^E E: QI-J I F» IVI E N^ T 



• 



Nos. 434 and 434W 
Star Adjustable Steel Stanchions 

THE Star Adjustable Steel Stanchion is constructed of special high carbon 
U-bar steel, with malleable fittings throughout and with or without Star 
wood linings. It is built to supply the demand for an adjustable stanchion, 
with wood lining, if desired, at a moderate cost. 

It is neat in appearance, light and easy to operate, but at the same time 
strong enough to secure any dairy cow. 

The lock, or latch is a strong feature of this stanchion. It is identical with 
that used on the Boss Stanchion, shown on page 44. 

This stanchion is fitted with a guide which slides in the upper cross-bar. When 
the stanchion is open the movable upright is always guided, and when closed it 
is locked by the malleable loop which drops over the guide. 

The lock is so protected that it cannot be opened by animals, but can be re- 
leased by the operator with one hand. The stanchions can be closed by simply 
shoving them shut, and you can turn the cow loose without stopping to set down 
your pail of milk. 

The stanchion is fitted with a yoke or crotch device, which straddles the side 
of the stall frame and holds the stanchion in place when open. 

Just by loosening two set-screws, one holding the upper cross-bar and the 
other holding the lower cross-bar, 
this stanchion can be instantly ad- 
justed in neck width from 5 to 932 
inches, so that the same stanchion 
can be used to accommodate a calf, 
or cow, as desired. 

Finished in gray enamel, thor- 
oughly baked on. 

No. 434W Star Adjustable Steel 
Stanchion, wood lined, weight each, 
23^^ pounds. Furnished either 
chain or swivel hung. 

No. 434 Star Adjustable Steel 
Stanchion, without wood lining, 
weight each, 21 pounds. Furnished 
either chain or swivel hung. 




STAR Equipped Barn, on Haldaway 
Dairy Farm, Prove. Utah 



Page Forty-seven 



• 



JHUIMT « H[EL>^ • F'ETZTtJS S^ CO 




I'age Forty-eight 



Fip. 999 

STAR TUBULAR STEEL STANCHION 



• 



ST^^r^ LIIVE E:QUIF»I»^E]VTr 



• 



No. 999 Star Tubular Steel Stanchion 



THE No. 999 STAR Tubular Steel 
Stanchion, illustrated on the op- 
posite page, meets with instant 
favor where a sanitary steel stanchion 
at a moderate price is desired. This 
stanchion is constructed of 1 5-16 inch 
outside diameter high grade, tested steel 
pipe. It is the strongest and most 
satisfactory stanchion of this type on 
the market. In this stanchion is com- 
bined simplicity with strength of design. 

Assuming that a stanchion has the 
necessary strength, there are two vital 
points to consider: The first is the 
lock. The lock on the No. 999 STAR 
Tubular Stanchion can be operated with 
one hand. It is positive and cow-proof. 
It is so designed that no pressure applied 
in any manner either above or below 
will cause it to unlock — yet, with the 
thumb and finger it can be instantly 
released. To close the stanchion it is 
only necessary to slam the movable bar 
into place and it locks automatically. 

The hinge on this stanchion was 
designed with a full knowledge of the 
unusually hard service demanded of a 
stanchion of this type. Its design and 
construction make hinge breakage im- 
possible. The two-part hinge is built 
of pressed steel, rather than iron. The 
inside half of the hinge attached to the 
movable bar is slotted so as to regulate 



the distance that the stanchion can be 
opened and, at the same time, to dis- 
tribute the strain between the large 
rivet operating through this slot and 
the heavy bolt upon which this hinge 
turns. While this hinge is securely 
bolted to the bars, a permanent con- 
nection is made by actually welding the 
hinge to the uprights, making a con- 
nection as secure as though all were 
of one piece. 

Each stanchion is equipped with a 
crotch device attached to the movable 
bar which engages the frame in which 
it is hung. This holds the stanchion in 
place when open and prevents it from 
turning or twisting sideways. 

The neck space is 7 inches in width. 

Finish, gray enamel, thoroughly 
baked on. 

No. 999 STAR Tubular Steel Stan- 
chion, chain hung, as illustrated, weight, 
each, 17 lbs. 




STAR Equipped Barn, at U. S. Indian School, 
Genoa, Neb. 



Page Forty-nine 



•- 



le^UlNT • I^EL^l * FER-R-IS &f CO 



• 



No. 452 Star Adjustable Wood 
Stanchion 



THE Star Adjustable Wood Stanchion offers all the advantages of 
any wood stanchion in addition to the adjustable feature. 
The uprights are made of seasoned hardwood, and are very 
strong and durable. The crosspieces are of all pressed steel, 
securely bolted and held in place by malleable braces. 

The stanchion is adjustable in neck width from 4 '2 to 8J2 inches, 
and can thus be made to accommodate very young heifers or full sized 
cows. This adjustable feature means economy. It won't be necessary 
to buy stanchions of special sizes for special sized animals. Your stan- 
chions will fit your herd alwaus — no matter how it changes. 

The latch is a vital part of the stanchion. The Star Adjustable Wood 
Stanchion locks automatically when slammed shut. The latch is made 
of a single piece of malleable iron, the simple gravity lock requiring no 
spring. This latch slides in between two pressed steel side plates, connect- 
ing the upper part of the stanchion, so that the movable upright is always 
guided when open. 

The stanchion is also provided with a fork or yoke casting on the latch 
which holds the stanchion in proper position when open. 

The stanchion is furnished with chain hangings, or if desired, with 
swivels. Be sure to specify which style of hanging is wanted when or- 
dering. 

No. 452 Star Adjustable Wood Stanchion, weight IS lbs. 





ST^^Vre LII^E E: Q XJ I F» T»l E JV T "* 



• 



Stanchion Fastenings 



ALL Star Stanchions are regularly furnished hung either single 
^ chain or swivel top and bottom. Where special fastenings, to 
attach single chain hung stanchions to wood or concrete are 
desired, those shown in Figs. 627 and 628 will answer all requirements. 
These attachments being all malleable, are light and strong. 

Note that 232 x i^s-inch lags are furnished for attaching the top 
malleable to wood. Machine bolts 334 x H-inch are furnished to 
fasten the bottom malleable to concrete. 

Attachments for single chain hung stanchions complete with two 
lags and two bolts, as illustrated, weight per set, ^4 pound. 

When so specified, any of the various styles of stanchions will be 
'furnished hung swivel top and double chain bottom, exactly as illus- 
trated below. 

The Star Double Chain Hanging has become so popular that we 
have been forced to supply it where stanchions are used in wooden 
frames. Formerly this hanging was furnished only in connection 
with Star Stalls. 

This Double Chain Hanging is especially desirable for the reason 
that it permits the stanchion to hang as close to the curb as possible 
and because it gives the necessary freedom backward and forward 
without any tendency toward side motion. 



Star Double Chain Hangings 
fastenings, with 334 x /^s-inch 
swivels with 23^ x Js-inch lags, 
set, 3 pounds. 




with malleable curb 
machine bolts, and top 
as illustrated, weight per 




Fig. 627 




Fig. 628 




• 



:H[UIVT « HELIVl * FEI^T^IS &> CO • 



^ 




Fig. 523 Fig. 524 

Page Fifty-two Showing Mangers up for Cleaning or Watering Star Self Cleaning Steel Mangers in Place 



•- 



ST^^rS ' LIT^E EC^UIF»I»lEIV"r 



• 



No. 524 Star Self -Cleaning Steel Mangers 

THE best results in feeding can be had only when the cows are fed separately. 
For this reason, an individual feed box is desirable in order to get full value 
from the feed consumed. 

It is difficult to feed properly from a common trough. The cows that eat 
fast get too much; those that eat slowly don't get enough. 

The STAR Self-cleaning Steel Manger affords an individual feed box for each 
cow so that the feed may be properly regulated. 

These Mangers are constructed in sections of three, ordinarily, or they may 
be made in sections of two on special order. They are of heavy, 18-gauge gal- 
vanized steel, reinforced by steel angles to which they are riveted. They are fitted 
with counterbalancing springs which make it easy to lift them up. These springs 
are adjusted for stiffness to hold the Mangers up when the trough is being cleaned. 

Owing to the heavy galvanized angle used along the front which gives a stiff- 
ness that could not otherwise be secured, STAR Steel Mangers are much more 
substantial than others. Even the edges of the partitions or divisions are rolled — 
no possible point that could make for durability or sanitation has been overlooked. 

There is no bottom in these Mangers, the sections being so shaped that they 
fit into a shallow concrete trough which forms the bottom of the Mangers. This 
trough can be cleaned and flushed with water when the mangers 
are raised, and filled with water so that the animals can be 
watered in their stalls. 



Where STAR Self-cleaning Mangers 
are to be used, we furnish free a wooden 
templet or form by which the concrete 
manger trough is properly shaped. 

Finish galvanized and then covered with 
gray enamel, thoroughly baked on. 

No. 524 STAR Self-cleaning Man- 
gers, for use with any type of STAR 
Stalls, weight, each, 75 lbs. 




STAR Equipped Barn, owned by Oneida Indian School, 
Oneida, Wis. 



Page Fifty-three 



•- 



MU^IVT • HELIVI . F^EKireiS &9 CO 




Fig. 761 

Page Fifty-four Star Connected Manger Partitions Raised 



Fig. 717 
Star Connected Manger Partitions in Place 



•- 



STv^re LIIVE E:QUIF»iyiE IV TT 



-• 



No. 717 Star Connected Steel Manger Partitions 

STAR Connected Steel Manger Partitions are identically the same as STAR 
Self-cleaning Mangers, with the exception that the manger fronts are 
omitted. These manger partitions fit into a concrete trough which forms 
bottom and front of the mangers. This trough can be cleaned and flushed with 
water when the manger partitions are raised; also filled with water, permitting of 
watering the animals in the stalls. 

They are constructed of heavy 18-gauge galvanized steel, reinforced by steel 
angles. 

The rolled edges of these partitions and the heavy galvanized angle along 
the front, which connects them and permits of their being "raised in sections, gives 
a stiffness and durability which could not otherwise be secured, and is found only 
in STAR Connected Manger Partitions. 

Counter-balancing springs make it easy to lift them up and these springs 
are adjusted for stiffness so as to hold the manger partitions out of the way while 
the trough is being cleaned. 

The connected manger partitions combine the good features of the complete 
mangers with those of the individual manger partitions and are meeting with 
universal favor. 



Where our connected manger parti- 
tions are used, we furnish free, a wooden 
templet or form by which the concrete 
manger trough may be properly shaped. 

Finish, galvanized and then covered 
with gray enamel, thoroughly baked on. 

No. 717 STAR Connected Manger 
Partitions for use with any type of 
Star stalls, weight each, 25 lbs. 




STAR Equipped Barn, owned by H. J. Ferris 
Harvard, III. 



*- 



HLJ>JT • HELJVI • F^EriRIS &y CO 




Fig. 516 
I'ase Fifty-six Star Individual Manger Partitions Raised 



Fig. 515 

Star Individual Manger Partitions in Place 



•^ 



snrjs.T^ LiiVE 



EQUIF^IVEEJVT 



• 



No. 515 Star Individual Steel Manger Partitions 

BY use of Star Individual Steel Manger Partitions the concrete trough can be 
so divided that each cow has her own feed box. This effectively prevents 
one cow stealing from another; it prevents waste of feed; it gives the 
slow eater an even chance and enables you to give each cow just what you want 
her to have. 

Star Individual Steel Manger Partitions place you in a position to feed prop- 
erly and get the full value out of the feed consumed. Moreover, the danger of 
any cow overeating can be eliminated by their use. 

They accomplish every purpose of the galvanized manger in spite of the fact 
that they cost less. 

While the cows are being fed, Star Individual Steel Manger Partitions stay 
in place. They are perfectly smooth; no seams, rivets, heads or bolts project; 
so that it is impossible for the cow to catch hold of them and raise them. 

After feeding, when the concrete manger is to be cleaned, the partitions can 
be lifted and not only raised up out of the trough but tilted clear back out of the 
way. 

The steel of which these partitions are made, is thick and protected so that the 
chemical action of water and of the acids in silage has but little effect. 

Their construction is so simple that there is nothing to get out of order. 

But the best of it is they cost so little in comparison with galvanized mangers 
and yet you get the same practical advantages, the saving of feed and the preven- 
tion of accident (by cows trying to reach too far for feed), the regulation of feed 
to the ration each cow should have — at just about half the cost. 

To those who intend to use Star Individual Steel Manger Partitions, we furnish 
free a templet or wood form with complete instructions 
for making the concrete manger of proper shape. 

No instructions for the installation of the 
manger partitions is necessary. Anyone 
can do it. 

Finished in gray enamel, thoroughly 
baked on. 

No. 515 Star Individual Steel Man- 
ger Partitions, for use with any type of 
Star stalls, weight each, 14 pounds. 

STAR Equipped Barn, owned by H. J. Krebs 
Wilmington, Del. 




• 



MU^p^TT • he:l>i • FEi^reis gj co 



• 




Page Fifty-eight 



*: 



ST^^Vr^ LIT«^E 



E:CmiF»IviE]NT 



• 



Star Sanitary Water Bowl 



"I 



WOULD not own a cow barn 24 hours 
without either having a set of water bowls 
already installed, or having my order on 
the way to Harvard for them," said a promi- 
nent dairyman. 

Water bowls are admittedly the biggest 
money-making equipment that any dairyman 
can put in his bam. They not only increase 
his income but decrease his expenses. They 
stop the winter slump in milk production. 
They save valuable time and work. They 
save high-priced feed. They help keep cows 
in better condition. They help prevent spread 
of disease among the herd. They better the 
growth of young stock. 

But more important than anything else, 
they increase the production of milk so much 
that no dairyman is doing himself justice in try- 
ing to get along without them. 

Increase the Income from Your Herd 

No dairyman needs to be shown that his 
cows should have plenty of water. Everyone 
knows that the more water a cow drinks the 
more milk she will yield. Her milk is about 
87 per cent water. It is as reasonable to ex- 
pect her to go without water as to go without 
food. But many dairymen do not know how 
much MORE milk a cow will yield when she 
can drink not only all the water she wants, but 
exactly WHEN SHE WANTS IT. 

A cow will drink more water if she can 
have it as she wants it, especially in winter 
when the tempered water given her in the stall 
is more relished than the icy water from the 
tank in the unsheltered barnyard. Some 
cows won't even drink warm water while 
fighting a blizzard in an open yard. 

It is estimated that a good dairy cow should 
drink from 14 to 18 gallons of water every day. 
High producing animals require much more. 
They simply have got to have it if they are to 
give their maximum production of milk. 

STAR Sanitary Water Bowls answer the 
problem. They keep a plentiful supply of 
water before the cows constantly. And like 
STAR Stalls and Stanchions, they have many 
exclusive features. Features that mean much 
to you in economy of installation, ease in keeping 
the bowls clean and sanitary, and having a better 
looking equipment when installed. 

STAR Water Bowls are strictly sanitary. 
They are open so that the purifying sunlight 
and air can enter the bowl. They are indivi- 



dual; there is no way in which water can run 
from one bowl into another — no danger of one 
bowl contaminating the water in another. 

Operate Under Any Pressure 

STAR Water Bowls are fitted with auto- 
matic valves which operate under any kind of 
pressure. They may be connected with a direct 
pressure system or a storage tank, which is 
usually placed in the loft above the stock. 

The water is admitted through the valve 
at the top of the bowl. A valve lever in the 
form of a "leaf" or "paddle" 7 inches long is 
hinged at the top and hangs down into the 
bowl at an angle. When the cow presses upon 
the lever the water runs into the bowl. When 
the pressure on the lever is relaxed, a spring 
closes the valve automatically. This is a good 
stiff spring, strong enough to keep the valve 
closed tightly, but placed so that it yields 
readily when the cow's nose presses down on 
the long lever in the bowl. 

Valve Easily Removed 

The principal working part of the valve is 
made of brass. The valve is put in with gra- 
phite, so it cannot corrode. There is no danger 
of its becoming clogged, because nothing but 
the pure, clean water direct from the supply 
pipe passes through it. If it is necessary to 
renew the Fuller ball, or if for any other reason 
you wish to remove the valve, it can be easily 
taken out. Being at the top of the bowl, it 
is easy to get at. 

This valve at the top of the bowl interferes 
in no way with cleaning, and the valve lever 
which opens the valve also lifts up out of the way. 

(Conlinued on Page 6/) 




Page Fifty-nine 



• 



FIUr^T > HELI^ » FEI^R-IS &f CO 



.:^' 



Ss 



>^ 



INCREASED MILK FLOW 
CONSIDERABLE 

Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co. 
Gentlemen: 

"My experience has been that the 
increased flow of milk from thirty 
cows in one of my barns paid the 
cost of one STAR Water Bowl every 
day, or in other words, each water 
bowl paid for itself in thirty days." 
I. T. HURD, 

Davison, Michigan. 

STOPPED'COWS' FROM 
DRYING EARLY 

Twelve Corners, Wis., 

Dec. 18, 1918. 
Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co. 

"Have used your water bowls 
for two years and am very much 
pleased as I have always had trouble 
with cows drying early but not so 
since I have in the bowls and must 
say I never had any trouble with 
the bowls " Yours truly, 

GUS. SCHROEDER, 
Black Creek, R.R.No. 2. 



v. 



^ 



^ 



GETTING MORE MILK 

Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co. 
Gentlemen: 

"My cattle look 20% bet- 
ter than they did when I had 
to turn them out in the yard. 
I had other bowls but took them 
out and put in STAR. The milk I 
never weigh but I know there is 
a great increase." 

B. G. FLOCK, 

Lisbon, New York. 



•^ 



ST>VI^ LIP^E E: cm I F» IVI E ^4 T 



• 



Star Sanitary Water Bowl 

[ConUmicJ trom Pof^c so) 

This valve lever is made 
of malleable iron, and has 
smooth, round edges on which 
it is impossible for the cow 
to catch or cut her tongue. 
The bowl is shaped so her 
nose fits into it conveniently 
and the edge is rolled to 
protect her mouth. 

Connect Either Above 
or Below 

A patented feature of the 
STAR Water Bowl is that 
you can connect the supply 
pipe from either above or 
below. Both top and bottom 
of the valve chamber are 
drilled and threaded for the 
supply pipe. The pipe is in- 
serted at one end and a plug 
at the other. 

The supply pipe can run 
along above, or be laid below 
under the cement, or along 
the curb. 

Saves Labor and Pipe 

The fact that STAR Bowls 
can be piped into from below 
means a big saving where the 
main supply pipe runs below 
the bowls. It saves about a 
foot of pipe, and a "goose- 
neck" made of two elbows 
and two pipe nipples. It saves 
also the work of connecting 
four extra joints, which would 
be necessary if it were possible 
to connect the supply pipe only at top of bowl. 

STAR Water Bowls are also furnished with 
attachments to fasten to wood. No extra 
charge is made for these. 

When ordering be sure to specify whether 
bowls are to be fastened to steel stalls or 
to wood. 

The STAR Water Bowl can also be used for 
watering hogs. In installing, it is of course 
necessary to place the bowl low enough so that 
the hogs can drink conveniently. Suitable 
fastenings can be supplied for attaching the 
bowl to wood or with clamps for attaching it 
to steel posts or pens. 




Fig. 635 Shows a method of installing a 
single STAR Water Bowl. For economy, the 
bowl is placed between two stalls, so that 
one bowl serves two cows. 



Fig 636 shows STAR Water 
Bowls installed in pairs. When 
the mangers or manger parti- 
tions are raised they slip in 
between the bowls, and the 
bowls in no way interfere 
with their operation. 




Page Sixty-one 



• 




HUIVT • I-IELiyi « FEI^r^IS &f CO 



Star Bowls Are Easily and 
Quickly Detached 

THIS is an important point. It means much 
to you in saving time in cleaning and being able 
to keep the bowls clean all of the time. When 
you clean STAR Bowls you do not have a lot of 
complicated devices to contend with. Simply lift 
the bowl off and clean it. Note the illustrations 
below and on page 63. 




y^.To remove the bowl, simply raise 
the catch below the bowl with the 
finger and lift the bowl from its position. 





The STAR Bowl is excep- 
tionally easy to clean. The 
entire bowl is cast in one piece 
with no square corners or 
openings to catch impurities. 
It is oval in shape with a 
rolled edge, which allows the 
cow's nose to fit into it com- 
fortably. It is finished with a 
heavy coat of STAR Special 
Gray Enamel. 



The valve 
lever or 
"paddle" on 
STAR Bowls 
can be raised 
instantly to 
allow free ac- 
cess to the bowl 
without remov- 
ing it from its 
position. 

STAR Bowls 
are open which 
means allowing 
purifying air 
and sunlight to 
enter. A cow 
will drink more 
water when she 
can see it all 
the time. 




To replace the STAR Bowl, place the lugs in the ears 
on each side of the valve chamber, and bring the bowl to a 
level position. 



Page Sixty-two 



•^ 



ST^^Vre LIIVE 



E:ClI-JIF»iyiE^4T 



• 



"GETS 3 MORE CANS OF MILK" 
Dear Sirs: 

I have recently installed a set of the STAR Sanitary 
Water Bowls in my stables, which I purchased from you, 
and to say that they are entirely satisfactory in their 
operation, results obtained and ease with which they 
can be placed in the barn, but feebly expresses my pleasure 
in their possession. I would not be without them. 

We are making at present about eleven cans of milk, 
whereas with the same number of cows before installing 
the BOWLS we had difficulty in producing eight cans, 
feeding practically the same. I take pleasure in recom- 
mending your barn equipment to any prospective pur- 
chaser. R. K. WOODWARD, 
Dec. 23, 1918. _ Sharon, Conn. 

"INCREASE PAYS FOR THE OUTFIT 
EVERY 35 DAYS" 

Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co., 
Harvard, 111. 
Gentlemen; 

I am glad to report to you how satisfactory the water 
bowls are that I bought of you in 1917. 

I started using 8 of your automatic bowls on Nov. 20, 
1917, after having installed them in my barn at a total 
cost of $85.11, including bowls, pipe fittings, tank and 
labor. 

In I milked the same 15 cows in 1917 as I did in 1916 and 
as I had my milk record for 1916 to compare with 1917, 
I am in a position to know exactly what the results of 
plenty of good water are on the milk flow. 

My cows were in practically the same condition both 
years and the feed was as near alike as could be in the 



two different years, and the cows gave from 4 to 7 lbs. 
a day more in 1917 than they did in 1916, or an average 
of 82 > 2 lbs. per day for the 15 cows. This figured at 
$3.00 per 100 lbs. would pay for the outfit every 35 days. 
So you see it is useless to ask if I would go back to 
the old system of watering cows. 

Respectfully yours, 



Nov. 5, 1918. 



H. MANN, 
Woodstock, 



"COULD NOT GET ALONG WITHOUT THEM" 

Answering yours of the 20th inst., will say that we do 
not see how we could get along without the water bowls 
in both our milking barn and our maternity barn. They 
have never given us any trouble, and in winter time 
especially, we feel they are one of the best assets in our 
barns. I cannot recommend them too highly. 

EDWIN S. KELLY, 
Of the Kelly-Springfield Tire Co. 
November 22, 1918. Springfield, Ohio. 



8 




To remove the STAR Bowl, simply raise the catch (2) with finger and lift bowl from its position. 
To replace bowl, place lugs (5) between ears (6) on each side of valve chamber (3) and bring 
bowl into position. 

With STAR Bowls, the supply pipe may enter either from above I8l or below (9). The pipe 
cap fits either opening. 



Page Sbity-three 



•- 



HU^JT « HELlVf-F^EFiRIS «^ CO 



^* 



Star Stalls Fit Anywhere 






^ 




THE arches or stanchion frames of Star Stalls are regularly 
made in one size, but the stalls themselves may be of 
any desired width. The width of the stall is determined 
by the length of the malleable arms which connect the 
frame or arch to the stall partitions. 

The illustrations on this page show the several styles of simple 
connections which make it possible to fit Star Steel Stalls to any 
conceivable arrangement as to size or location. 

In Figure 508 are shown the three regular sizes of arms 
for stalls No. 10 to 18, inclusive. These arms used with regular 
Urdus will make cither three foot, three foot three inch or 
three foot six inch stalls. 

The illustration at the right shows the manner of attaching 
stalls to wooden posts located in or at the end of the stall row. 
When necessary to attach stalls to wooden posts, specify exact 
size of posts, distance apart on center, and whether these posts are 
located flush with or back of manger edge of cement curb. 




Fig. 623 

Special Arm for Making Stalls No. 10 to 18 
Any Width Desired. 

The above illustration shows the special arm by which 
Star stalls can be made any desired width. The two malleable 
parts fit perfectly into the ends of a short piece of one and 
live eighths inch O. D. pipe and are connected by a five-eighths 
inch full thread bolt. The piece of pipe can be cut to the 
required length for any width stall. 

When ordering special arms, specify exact distance from 
center of arch upright to center of stall partition. 



Fig. .SOS 

Above are shown the arms 
used with Star Stalls of 
regular widths. The short- 
est arms arc used for three 
foot stalls, the longest for 
three and one-half foot stalls Special Arm for Making No. 20 Stalls Any Width Desired 
and the medium length for 

stalls three feet three inches y^^^ ^p^^j^, ^^^ ^,,q^„ ;„ p-^ g24 is used in connection 

wide. with regular width stall arches to make No. 20 Stalls any 

width desired. 





Fig. 624 



Fig. 625 

Malleable brackets fas- 
tened with lag screws as 
shown above are vised to 
attach Star Stalls to wooden 
posts located in stall rows 
or to wooden partitions or 
wall at ends of rows. 



When ordering special arms for No. 20 Stalls 'separately, specify exact distance from center of arch to center of steel 
column to which arm is to be attached, also state the outside diameter of column. 



• 



S^JS.T^ LIISIE 



e:quif»ivieivt 



• 



Star Equipment Easily Moved 




Fig. 639 
Star Cement Anchor 



AMONG the important patented features added 
to Star Barn Equipment is the Star Cement 
^ Anchor. It can be used to secure stall par- 
titions or the uprights of Star Steel Pens, which 
otherwise would have to be permanently imbedded 
in the concrete. 

The advantage of using these anchors with Unit 
System Star Stalls will be instantly seen. The stall 
partitions can be quickly removed as well as the stall 
arches, leaving the entire barn floor clear of equip- 
ment, if desired. 

This patented anchor used with Star Barn 
Equipment makes it possible for the dairyman to 
remove any or all of his equipment at any time. 
This leaves the barn entirely free from all obstruc- 
tions should he desire to use it for any other purpose. 

Being constructed of the best grade of malle- 
able iron obtainable, the Star Anchor is practically 
everlasting as com- 
pared with steel. The 
actual details of 
this construction are 
shown in Fig. 640. 



It is made in two 
parts, connected by jVinch bolts. The top of the 
lower part of the anchor is flush with the concrete 
floor. After the concrete is set, the two iVinch bolts 
are slipped into place. The foot of the stall partition 
or pen upright is inserted and securely held by the 
upper part of the anchor which fits over a pin ex- 
tending through the partition or upright. The bolts 
connecting the upper and lower part of the anchor 
can be instantly replaced if ever necessary. 

To remove a stall partition or section of pen, 
simply loosen the bolts which hold the two parts of 
the anchor together. Star Cement Anchors are 
shipped attached to the ends of the stall partitions or 
to the pen uprights as specified. This insures their 
being properly located in the concrete. 

Star Cement Anchor finished in gray enamel; 
weight, each, 2 pounds. 




Fig. 640 



PaRc Sixty-five 



• 



HUP^T • HELJ^ • J^ETtTtlS &y CO • 



i^ 



Stall Partitions and Fittings 




Fig. 719 

Star Split Flange 

No. 719 

Star Split Flanges can be quickly 
attached to stall partitions intended for 
cement floor, thereby adjusting them for 
attaching to wood floor. 

Weight each, IJI lbs. 



Finish — Gray Enamel, Baked On 

No. 618 Star Stall Partition for cement floor and 
wood upright, weight each, 14 pounds. 

No. 619 Star Stall Partition for wood floor and 
wood upright, weight each, 15 pounds. 




Partition Clamps 

No. 620 

Clamps for attaching stall par- 
titions to Steel Supporting Posts 
located back of the curb, either 
dividing the partitions or located 
at the rear end. 

Average weight, 2^ o lbs. 




'^^^^ 



Fig. 536 

Star Neck Chains 

No. 758 

In many dairies, especially 
those producing certified milk, 
neck chains are used to keep each 
cow on her feet when in the stall. 
These chains hang between the 
stall uprights and prevent the 
cow from lying down after the 
udder is washed before milking. 



Star Name Plate 

No. 536 

The Star Name Plate is a malleable frame fitted 
with two pieces of celluloid between which the 
name or record card is placed. 

Name plates furnished in gray enamel finish. 

Weight each, 2}^ pounds. 




•Si^^S^SigSSSSiS 



Fig. 758 
Star Neck Chain 




•^ 



ST^2VF5 LII*^E 



E:QuiF>iyiE:NT 



• 



No. 739 Star Chain Alley Gate 




Fig. 718 — Star Chain Alley 

Gate Hung Up When 

Not in Use. 



THE merit and operation of the 
Star Chain Alley Gate are so 
obvious upon inspection that 
it needs comparatively little 
comment. 

In the first place, by merely 
lengthening or shortening the chain, 
it can be made to fit any opening. 

Where it is impossible to secure 
absolutely accurate measurements 
or there is a possibility of slight 
changes later, the Star Chain Gate 
is the only practical one to use. It is 
fitted with a simple Automatic 
Lock. Its very simplicity is the 
best proof of durability and it can 
be adapted to practically any width 
of opening. 

When not in use, it is suspended 
from stall partitions on either side, 
entirely out of the way. 

The Star Chain Alley gate fills a 
long felt want in a highly efficient 
manner. 

Finished in gray enamel, thor- 
oughly baked on. 

When ordering specify distance 
from center to center of stall arch 
uprights, or distance from center 
of stall arch upright to wall. 

Weight of 3 ft. 6 in. gate, 8 lbs. 




Fig. 718 — Star Chain Alley 

Gate Out of the Way When 

Not Being Used. 





Fig. 



738 — The Star Chain 
Alley Gate Locks. 
Automatically. 



Fig. 739 — Star Chain Alley Gate in Actual Use. 



Page Sixty-seven 



• 



I^U^NT • HEL.>^ • FEl^R-IS &J CO * 



-* 



A 



No. 626 Star All-steel Columns 

STAR All-steel Column will support more than a wooden post twice its 
size. 



These steel columns in the long run are cheaper than large, clumsy insanitary 
wooden supports. 

They offer less obstruction to light and ventilation. They are 
sanitary and easily cleaned. 



Star All-steel Columns are not mere shells in which to build 
concrete columns. Their strength is in the steel itself; no filling is 
needed. They can be filled with concrete if desired and the cost to 
fill them "on the job" will be less than the extra freight if they were 
filled with concrete before shipping. 

Star Stalls can be made to conform to any arrangement of steel 
columns supporting the loft. 

Columns of any length furnished in five sizes, as shown in the 
table below. 



Outside 
Diameter 
Column 
Inches 

^ R 



Safe Load in Tons 

(One-fourth of Ultimate Capacity) 



7 ft. 

. 4 

- 53^ 

- 9M 
.14 

-19M 



8 ft. 

5 

9K 
13K 
19M 



9 ft. 
3H 

13 
18M 



10 ft. 

4K 
8 

18 



Outside 
Diameter 
Column 
Inches 

23/h 

3 ,. 

4 .. 

5. . 



Caps or Bases for Columns 



Fig. 625 



Size 
Inches 

.4 X 4 X 

.5Hx 5Hx 
6 X 8 X 
8 X 8 X 



y2 



X 10 X 1 



Weight 
per ft. 
pounds 

3M 
3J^ 

10 



Weight 
pounds 

2H 
4 

10 
17 



Page Sixty-eight 



•^ 



jsT^^re Lip^E 



E:QLJIF»iyiEIVT 



* 



Star Steel Pens Combine Safety With Comfort 



ALL STAR Steel Pens have uprights of the highest 
grade of steel pipe inserted into top and bottom 
bannister railings of rectangular or square steel 
tubing. This design not only eliminates all unnecessary 
clamps, but provides strength and security obtainable 
in no other way. The panels are held rigidly together 
by long bolts or tie rods running from top to bottom 
rails through the uprights. This style of construction 
leaves the rails absolutely smooth, easy to clean, and 
keep clean. 

STAR Steel Pens are designed for animal comfort. 
They should be large enough to provide plenty of space 
for exercise. The construction itself assures cleanliness. 
Absolute security is assured without interference with 
either ventilation or light. STAR Steel Pens are designed 
to give lasting service without any upkeep expense. 

Star Pen Gates Can't Sag 

In the design of the gates used with STAR Steel 
Pens, two vital points were constantly kept in mind: 
First, to guarantee a gate that could not sag; Second, 
a lock not only mechanically perfect but impossible to 
get out of order. How successful we were is evident from 
the gates themselves. The gates on all STAR Steel 
Pens are made with a one-piece continuous arch over 
the top, in addition to the regular top rail. This arched 
gate is then mounted in another arch, the legs of which 
extend into the concrete, binding the sections of panel 
together permanently. 
The arch within an arch 
gate construction, used 
only in connection with 
STAR Steel Pens, is a 
permanent guarantee 
against sagging. This 
construction is absolutely 
rigid and the strongest 
known. Each arch is of 
the same style of con- 
struction used in STAR 
Unit System Steel Stalls. 

Bull and Cow Pen 
Gates are fitted with an 
extra heavy double plun- 
ger lock; calf pens, with 
an extra heavy single 
plunger lock of the Hall 
Safe pattern type. Just 
slam the gate shut and it 
locks automatically. It 
is unlocked by turning 
a 4-inch wheel. It can- 
not possibly be opened 
by accident. 

Each gate is hung on 
offset hinges which allow 
it to swing back against 
the panel when open. It 
never sticks out to block 
the passage-way in front 
of the pens. 



Assembled Before Shipment — 
Shipped in Panels 

STAR Steel Pens are made in panels, or sections, of 
any desired length. Each panel, or section, is completely 
assembled at the factory before shipping. When install- 
ing, simply couple the corners and set the corner and 
gate posts into the cement. This means a distinct saving 
in time and expense. It gives a sanitary pen, simple in 
design, easy to install and at a minimum cost. 

The same care is used in finishing STAR Steel Pens 
as STAR Unit System Stalls and Stanchions. The steel 
is carefully cleaned so as to be absolutely smooth and 
free from scale or grease when the Gray Enamel is applied. 




Pen Department of STAR Equipped Barn, owned by B. B. Bell, Harvard, 111. 



Page Siity-nine 



Galvanized Lifting Manger 

The Galvanized Lifting Manger, illustrated, is very con- 
venient and practical for feeding purposes. The springs hold 
the manger in position when fully raised, or when as shown 
in the illustration. When raised the manger is entirely out 
of the way so that the feeding trough can beeasily cleaned. 




*: 



ST^^re LI3VE e:quif»i^e]vt 



• 



w 



Automatic Hay Rack Saves Hay 

The STAR Automatic Hay Rack can be used in connection with all STAR 
Steel Pens. It prevents the waste of hay. This rack is locked open while 
being filled; when lock is released, strong springs press front and back to- 
gether and the hay is compressed against the back within easy reach of the 
animal. Only a mouthful at a time can be taken. This prevents waste. 




Fig. 630 

R STEEL BULL PEN 



Page Seventy-one 



• 



FIUIVT « HE:L>^ • F^EIil^IS &f CO • 



• 




Page' Seventy- two 



•^ 



ST^A^r^ LII^E E:C^UII>iyi E I^TT 



• 



No. 630 Star Steel Bull Pen 



MUCH depends upon the health and vitali- 
ty of the sire of the dairy herd. His 
quarters should provide a place for mod- 
erate exercise, where he will be comfortable, 
absolutely safe, and at the same time within 
sight of the herd. STAR Steel Bull Pens meet 
just such requirements. 

The Pen shown on the opposite page, is the 
same as that illustrated on pages 70 and 7 1 with 
the exception that the bull stanchion is shown set 
back to permit a concrete manger being used. 

The advantages of having the stanchion set 
back are many. In the first place, no space is 
taken up in the feed aisle or walk in front of the 
pen. This arrangement makes it very conven- 
ient to place the water bowl outside rather than 
inside the pen, so that it is completely out of the 
way. 

The manger gate, in front of the stanchion, 
is hinged so that it can be opened readily, allow- 
ing free access to the manger for feeding and 
cleaning. The idea of using a manger gate in 
front of the concrete bull or cow pen manger is 
a big advantage over the old way of having a 
stationary panel built up 
which was always in the 
way and which made it 
impossible to convenient- 
ly clean the feed manger. 

The concrete manger 
bottom can be rounded so 
that there are no square 
corners and so that the 
manger may be conveniently 
kept in a clean, sanitary 
condition. 

Where one has plenty of 
alley room in front of the 
pen, the galvanized lifting 
manger, illustrated in con- 
nection with the bull pen 
shown on page 70, answers 
the purpose very nicely. 

The STAR steel bull pen 
is usually fitted with an ad- 
justable rigid stanchion. It 
is made of U-bar steel of the 
same weight as that used in 
the Giant STAR stanchion 
shown on page 42. The 



wood lining which is fitted into the U-bar 
uprights means comfort to the bull and safety 
to those who work around him, because it 
increases the strength of the uprights and 
prevents the stanchion from springing or 
bending. 

The pen is 5 feet high. The top and bottom 
rails are of l''s by 2''s inch O. D. rectangular 
steel tubing, laid flat. The uprights of l\s inch 
O. D. round steel pipe are 6 inches apart from 
center to center. 

Gate fittings include double arch, hinges and 
automatic safety lock. STAR Steel Bull Pen 
may be fitted with rigid wood lined adjustable 
steel stanchion and STAR Self-Cleaning Lifting 
Manger, additional weight, 100 lbs., or with a 
STAR Automatic Hay Rack, size 36x36 inches, 
weight, 42 lbs. 

Entire pen finished in gray enamel. Average 
weight per foot, 30 pounds. 

When ordering or when writing for a quota- 
tion, send along a rough sketch showing the 
measurements, as this construction is built to 
order. Estimates will be gladly furnished. 




A STAR Bull Pen Affords Comfort to the Animal and Security to the Owner 



Page Seventy-three 



• 



H1-JJ»JT • IHIELXI « FEI^r^IS &f CO 



• 




Page Seventy-four 



*- 



ST^^vre Lip^E 



e:qi^jif»i»^en^t 



• 



No. 631 Star Steel Cow Pen 



AT the time of sickness among domestic animals 
proper care is often the secret of recovery, and 
costs nothing but a Uttle attention and the appli- 
cation of good common sense in the care of the animals. 

There is too much risk involved in allowing cows 
to pass through the calving period in the old style rigid 
stanchions. There is the risk of losing the calf, and of 
injury to the mother. The tender, sensitive mother 
needs more careful attention at this time than at any 
other. She needs quarters that are clean and roomy, 
and where she may be quiet, comfortable, easily fed, 
and have plenty of light and fresh air. 

So the need of a good box stall or cow pen is apparent. 

STAR Steel Cow Pen is the acme of cleanliness, 
convenience and sanitation. It can be easily disinfected 
and placed in perfectly sanitary condition. The open 
style of construction does away with dead air "pockets" 
in corners, between floors and walls. 

STAR Steel Cow Pen is simple in construction, 
strong and sanitary. The top and bottom rails are 
made of 1 ' 2-inch square steel tubing. The corner posts 
are of l = s-in. O. D. steel pipe. The upright bars are 
made of 1 ' g-inch O. D. steel pipe and are placed 5 inches 
apart on centers and are inserted into top and bottom 
rails. Through every fourth 
upright a • 2"'nch tie-rod 
connects the top and bottom 
rails. The top and bottom 
rails are thus tied at inter- 
vals of 20 inches; so that this 
construction does not depend 
for its strength upon the 
fastenings at the ends of 
the panel. 

The top and bottom 
rails are both free of clamps 
and other dust catchers. 

The gate openings are 3 
feet 3 inches wide. The gates 
are constructed like other 
parts of the pen except that 
the end uprights, in addition 
to being connected by the 
regular top rail and its heavy 
malleable couplings, are also 
connected by a continuous 
one-piece arch. This arch 
gives double strength and 
rigidity to the gate. 

The gates are fitted with 
automatic locks which can- 
not possibly be opened by 
accident. 

They are swung in arches 
which conform to the same 



style of construction as STAR steel stalls. The 
offset hinges permit the gate to swing back flat against 
the panel when open. This is a convenience, as the 
gate will never stick out into the alley or drive. 

STAR Cow Pen may be fitted with an adjustable 
stanchion. The uprights of this stanchion are made of 
U-bar steel, the same as is used in the Giant stanchion 
illustrated on page 42. The wood core or lining com- 
pletely fills the U-bar. This prevents the bars of the 
stanchion from springing out of shape, and is quite a 
marked improvement over the tubular stanchions usually 
furnished with pens. 

Cow pens can be had in panels or sections of any 
desired length. Each panel or section is assembled at 
the factory. The corner posts and the legs of the gate 
arch are all that need to be imbedded in cement, so that 
installation is simple and easy. 

STAR Steel Cow Pen, height 5 feet, finished in gray 
enamel, average weight per foot, 20 lbs. 

Gate fittings for STAR Steel Cow Pen include double 
arch, hinges and automatic safety lock. STAR Steel 
Cow Pen may be fitted with rigid wood lined adjustable 
steel stanchion and STAR Self-cleaning Lifting Manger, 
additional weight, 100 lbs., or with a STAR Automatic 
Hay Rack, size 36x36 inches, weight, 42 lbs. 




Comfortable and Contented in a STAR Steel Cow Pen 



Page Seventy- five 



• 



HUr^T « HELXI •R'ErirtIS &y CO 



=*- 




•^ 



STT^^rg LII^E ECmiF»iyiE:iVT 



;*■ 



No. 632 Star Steel Calf Pen 



EVERY careful breeder, dairyman and herds- 
man knows that the ability and pro- 
ductive value of the mature cow depends 
largely on the treatment and care the animal gets 
while young. Many calves are lost each year 
from causes which might easily be avoided. 

For calves to grow successfully they must 
be comfortably housed in clean, sanitary sur- 
roundings and have plenty of fresh air and 
sunshine. 

The Star Steel Calf Pen is strong, sanitary 
and of few parts. It offers the least possible 
obstruction to light and ventilation. 

The top and bottom rails are of l}-^-inch O. 
D. square steel tubing. The corner posts are of 
1 ''s-inch steel pipe. The uprights and stanchions 
are of 1 1 g-inch O. D. steel pipe set 4 inches 
apart. The ends of the uprights are inserted 
into the top and bottom rails, dispensing entirely 
with the use of clamps and leaving the rails 
absolutely smooth. 

Each panel or section is assembled at the 
factory. The corner posts and the legs of the 
gate arch are all that need to be em- 
bedded in cement. 

The gate is hung 
on offset hinges which 
allow it to swing back 
flat against the pen 
when open. 

The gate is fitted 
with an extra heavy 
spring lock. It locks 
automatically and 
cannot possibly be 
opened by accident. 
The gate opening is 
3 feet 3 inches wide. 

Stanchions are put 
into calf pens, as 
desired. 

By means of a 
continuous locking 
bar they can all be 



opened or closed at one time; or opened and 
closed separately, as desired. This bar and all 
connections are below the top rail. 

Feed guards of heavy galvanized steel are 
so arranged that they can be raised when the 
manger trough is to be cleaned. These feed 
guards prevent the calves forming the habit of 
chewing or sucking each other's ears. 

Star Steel Calf Pen can be made in panels or 
sections of any desired length, finished in gray 
enamel. 

Gate fittings for Star Steel Calf Pen include 
double arch, hinges and automatic safety lock. 
Star Steel Calf Pen may be fitted with stan- 
chions spaced either 15, 20 or 25 inches apart 
on center. Star Steel Calf Pen, height, 3 
feet 9 inches from floor; finished in gray 
enamel; weig^ht, per foot, 15 lbs. Star Feed 
Guards for Calf Pen, finished in gray enamel; 
weight, each, 20 lbs. 




STAR Equipped Calf Barn on Wheatfield Farms 
Owned by J. C. Dold, Buffalo, N. Y. 



Page Seventy-seven 



•: 



Hu^iVT • he:l:m • fei^t^is &f czo * 



• 



So"TH BRANCH Ranch r- 



^WW'OKO co„„,,. 



MICH. July 22, 19JQ 



En-5f^r?orrl 



Har 






3 Co. 



■^■•■. oow and calf 



Yours 



WEff.-s 



^^^y truly. 




Page Seventy-eight 



•: 



s^j\.Tt i^it^je: 



E:cai-jiF»iyiEP*jTr 



• 



No. 813 Star Steel Young-Stock Pen 



N 



O barn is properly equipped unless pro- 
vision has been made for the proper 
housing of the young stock. 

STAR Steel Young-Stock Pen was designed 
to take care of large calves, yearlings, or even 
full grown cows. This pen is built the same 
height as STAR Steel Cow Pen. The top and 
bottom rails are made of 1 ^ ■_> inch square steel 
tubing into which the ends of the upright bars 
are inserted. The upright bars are made of 
11 s inch O. D. steel pipe, new and tested, and 
are spaced 5 inches apart on centers. One-half 
inch tie rods extending through the uprights 
bind the panels together as rigidly as though 
they were made of one piece. It has smooth 
top and bottom railing, free from clamps, and 
is easy to clean and to keep clean. 

Stanchions are spaced 30 inches apart on 
centers, unless otherwise specified. While these 
stanchions are intended primarily for young 
stock they are plenty strong and heavy enough 
for full grown cows. The uprights are made 
of l/e inch by ";s inch high carbon steel U-bars 



attached to the top and bottom railings by 
malleable clamps arranged to provide for an 
adjustment in neck space to accommodate any 
size animal. 

The STAR Steel Young-Stock Pen is built 
in panels as illustrated. As it is identical with 
STAR Steel Cow Pen described and illustrated 
on the preceding pages, it is furnished made 
to order and can be fitted with the same double 
arched gates. 

Each panel or section is assembled at the 
factory. Only the corner posts and legs of 
the gate arch are imbedded in concrete, so the 
installation is simple and easy. 

When ordering, or writing for quotation, 
send along a rough sketch showing the measure- 
ments, the location of the gates and specify the 
number of stanchions required as this construc- 
tion is built to order. 

The STAR Steel Young-Stock Pen is 5 feet 
high. Finished in gray enamel. Average weight 
per foot, 20 lbs. 




Fig. 813 

STAR STEEL YOUNG STOCK PEN 



Page Seventy-nine 



• 



I^Ur«4Tr • HELXI • FET^rMS &f CO « 



Hunt. Helm. Ferris & Co.. Berkeley. Cal, 

Harvard. Illinois. August 1, 1918. 

Gentlemen: 

Answering your letter of July 19th, we would say that the steel 
panel work installed in our Hog Cholera Plant has been found very 
satisfactory and has been an important factor in making it the best 
equipped plant in the world for this work. 

Yours ver>^ sincerely. THE CUTTER LABORATORY. 
G. M. Twining. 
Photographs on opposite page were taken in Hog Cholera Plant 
of Cutter Laboratories 



"\ 




Fig. 726 

STAR STEEL HOG PEN 



• 



STv^rS Lir^E E C^ U I F» I»<I E IVT 



• 



No. 726 Star Steel Hog Pen 



PROMINENT authorities agree that the one way 
in which Hog Cholera germs can be eliminated 
is by keeping the hog house clean and admitting 
plenty of sunshine and fresh air. 

After this equipment is once installed, it will quick- 
ly return its cost. In the first place, of course, it en- 
ables the pens to be easily and quickly cleaned. Ow- 
ing to the fact that it offers no obstruction to the 
vision of the hogs it keeps them in a more contented 
state. 

Fumigation and disinfection are really efficient in 
STAR Steel Hog Pens whereas in wooden structures 
the character of the material is such as to hold the 
germs and combat the purpose of the precautionary 
measures. 

On the principle that the early hog is the most 
profitable, hog-raisers everywhere are now beginning 
to devote serious attention to the question of properly 
housing pigs for Winter farrowing so as to prepare 
them for early pasturage and market. 

Labor costs in erecting wooden pens are extremely 
high. Labor costs in erecting STAR Steel Pens are 
very low and the difference in installation costs is one 
of the big arguments in favor of STAR Steel Hog 
Pens. The Pens are handsomely finished in the usual 



STAR standard gray enamel and good for a lifetime 
of service. 

The STAR Steel Hog Pens used on the Ohio State 
Serum Farm, Reynoldsburg, Ohio; C. S. Branting- 
ham's Modern Hog Farm (Mr. Brantingham is presi- 
dent of Emerson-Brantingham Implement Co., at 
Rockford, 111.), and many other large money making 
farms prove the leadership of STAR pen construction. 

Extra Strong — Simple Construction 

The STAR Steel Hog Pen is strong, sanitary and 
has few parts. The top and bottom rails are of 1 ' 2 
inch O. D. square steel tubing. The corner posts and 
gate arches are of l-^s inch O. D. steel pipe. The up- 
rights are 1 1 § inch O. D. steel pipe, regularly set 4 
inches apart on center. 

The ends of the uprights are inserted into the top 
and bottom rails, eliminating entirely the use of un- 
sightly and unsanitary clamps and leaving the rails 
as smooth as a banister. 

STAR Hog Pens, like Star Bull, Cow and Calf 
Pens, represent the most sanitary as well as the 
strongest pen construction yet offered for the reason 
that there are the fewest possible places for dirt and 
germs to collect and because the STAR construction 
provides for the interlinking of all parts in the most 
substantial manner possible. 




Views taken in Hog Cholera Plant of Cutter Laboratories, Berkeley, Cal. 



Page Eighty-one 



• 



I^U>JT « H[ELJ>4[ • F^ER-FilS &j CO • 



• 



No. 726 Star Steel Hog Pen 

(Continued) 




Every panel or section is completely assembled at 
the factory. The corner posts and the legs of the gate 
arch are all that need to be imbedded in the concrete. 

Note Fig. 726 showing how the Hog Pen Panel 
directly in front of the galvanized steel trough is 
hinged from the top railing and is movable. 

This unique construction permits feeding without 
the annoyance of trying to keep the hogs away or 
spilling the feed. 

Also note the STAR Pig Stop which fills up the 
opening left when the movable front is thrown back 
over the trough. This prevents the small pigs from 
getting out while the trough is being filled. 

A wrought iron hook is furnished with each trough. 
By inserting this hook between the uprights in the 
front panel, this trough can be instantly raised and 
locked up automatically for cleaning. See Fig. 746, 
page 80. 



Double Arch Gate and Farrowing Rail 

The STAR Hog Pen Gate (see Fig. 747, page 80), 
like all STAR gates, is hung on offset hinges, which 
allow itto swing back flat against the pen when opened. 
Every gate is fitted with an extra heavy spring lock, 
which locks automatically. This lock is operated by 
a round knob and cannot possibly be opened by acci- 
dent. The arched construction of the gate itself 
absolutely insures it against sagging. The arch over 
the gate, which binds the panels together, insures 
perfect operation of the gate and aligns it accurately. 

The Farrowing Rail shown in Fig. 747 prevents 
the sow from lying too close to the cement curb or pen 
panel, and affords a means of protection as well as 
escape for the little pigs. 

This Rail, which extends around the pen, is hinged 
from the pen uprights and during farrowing time is 
lowered into position. When raised, it is locked auto- 
matically and held in place so that it occupies no pen 
room. 

STAR Hog Pens are made up in panels or sections 
of any desired length. When ordering or requesting 
quotations, send a rough sketch with measurements. 

STAR Steel Hog Pens, uprights 4 inches apart on 
center, finished in gray enamel. 

Average weight per foot, 20 lbs. 



Light, Ventilation and Cleanliness are three BIG features 
in STAR Hog Pens. 

Page Eighty-two 



•^ 



ST>^rg LIISTE E;C^UIF»iyiEP4T 



-• 



No. 748 Star Steel Hog Troughs 




Fig. 748 
STAR Hog Trough, Showing^^Spacing Bars 



STAR Hog Troughs are substantially built 
of 20-gauge steel. After completed they 
are thoroughly galvanized, which process 
solders all joints and gives a construction which 
is not only water tight, but also most durable. 

This construction is far superior to troughs 
made of galvanized iron with soldered joints. 
The cross-pieces add rigidity to the trough and 
prevent the hogs from getting into the trough 
while eating. 

Each trough is furnished complete with 
hinges and clamps for attaching to a four-inch 



concrete curb. Substantial floor rests are fitted 
at each end of the trough to support it when 
in position. 

The rounding shape of the bottom renders 
it sanitary and self-cleaning when raised. This 
construction permits of no square corners so 
that it can be flushed conveniently. 

STAR Hog Troughs furnished in the fol- 
lowing lengths : 

4-ft. lengths, weight, each, 40 lbs. 
6-ft. lengths, weight, each, 50 lbs. 
8-ft. lengths, weight, each, 60 lbs. 




Modem Hog Barn Owned by C. S. Brantingham, Rockford, 111., Designed by Hunt,"HeIm, 
Ferris 8s Co., and Equipped with STAR Steel Hog Pen Construction 



Page Eighty-three 



• 



H[LJ>JT « IHlELiM * FET^rtlS &p CO 



^* 




Page Eighty-four 



STAR STEEL CUPOLA 



•: 



STv^ri LIISJE ElC^XJIF^IVIEIVT 



• 



Star Steel Cupola 



No matter how well a ventilation system is 
laid out or constructed its value is greatly 
reduced when the outtake flues are not 
properly capped. The cupola must have a 
drawing capacity equal to that of the flues and 
must be so designed and built as to prevent 
down-drafts in the hardest wind that blows. 

The STAR Steel Cupola not only helps to 
ventilate the building, but adds beauty to its 
architecture. Its design matches any style of 
building. 

It is constructed of extra heavy, rust-proof, 
galvanized steel. Never requires painting, as it 
is much better to leave galvanized steel in its 
natural finish. 

It is braced at every place where a strain 
might possibly occur. The braces and stays 
are strong and substantial and they are galvan- 
ized so they won't give out or rust out. 

All braces, rods, bolts and nuts being gal- 
vanized, will stand long and continued exposure 
to all kinds of weather. 

In the manufacture of the STAR Cupola 
there is a liberal use of rivets, and wherever any 
little touch could be added that would contribute 
to the strength and stability of the cupola, it has 
been used. No detail which might add to its 
strength has been omitted. 



Size 



With all its strength the STAR Cupola is not 
heavy. It weighs about one-fifth as much as a 
wooden cupola of similar size. 

Lightning Rod Points 

STAR cupolas are, upon request, provided 
with lightning rod points. Be sure to specify 
this when ordering, as the copper tube and points 
have to be attached at the time the cupola is 
built. 

Where lightning rod is used, the cable is run 
along the peak of the roof, under the cupola, to 
a clamp which is attached to the bottom of the 
copper tube inside the cupola. This makes a 
good connection. 

An extra charge is made for lightning rod 
point and clamp. 

The STAR cupola is easy to install. Any 
workman capable of using a hammer and wrench 
can put it up so it will be as strong and secure 
against damage from wind or weather as any 
other part of the best built barn. 

All STAR Cupolas are furnished with a 24 
inch gold leaf weather vane, ornamented with 
the figure of a cow, horse, hog, sheep, rooster or 
arrow. Specify choice when ordering. 



Sizes of Cupolas 



Ventilating 



Base 



Shipping 



Flue *Capacity Mounting Height Weight 

160 lbs. 
180 lbs. 
200 lbs. 
220 lbs. 
300 lbs. 




STAR Cupolas guarantee the efficiency of the ventilation system and add to the attractiveness of the building. 

Page Eighty-five 



• 



HLJJ^T • HLELTVf • F'ETtTtlS &j CO • 



-* 



Star Junior Steel Cupola 



ESPECIALLY designed for hen houses, hog houses, milk houses and other small farm buildings 
where the regular STAR Steel Cupola would be too large for the purposes. It is made of 
heavy galvanized steel, properly braced and reinforced, and is furnished with a 24-inch gold- 
leaf weather vane, ornamented with the figure of a hog, sheep, rooster, horse, cow or arrow. 

STAR Junior Cupolas are made in three sizes, as follows: 




Don't expect the cupo- 
las to accomplish the 
best results unless your 
entire Ventilation System 
is properly planned and 
built. Do not attempt 
to lay out a ventilation 
system until you are 
familiar with the prin- 
ciples clearly and thor- 
oughly covered in the 
chapter on ventilation 
in the Barn Plan Section 
of this book. 

Remember also that 
our Bam Plan Depart- 
ment can give you the 
benefit of a very wide ex- 
perience in solving ven- 
tilation problems. 







Ventilating 


Base 




Shipping 


Size 




Flue 


Moulding 


Height 


Weight 


No. 


10 


20 inch 


30x30 inches 


8 feet 


70 pounds 


No. 


11 


18 inch 


27x27 inches 


7 feet 


60 pounds 


No. 


12 


16 inch 


24x24 inches 


6 feet 


50 pounds 



Be sure to specify pitch of roof when ordering STAR Junior Cupolas; 
or state width of building and length of rafters. 



Star Silo Cupola 



The STAR Silo Cupola is intended to be used on silos, but 
it can also be made use of in connection with any other round 
building. 

In construction, it is like the Cupola illustrated above, 
except that the square base is omitted. It is also furnished 
with a gold-leaf weather vane. 

STAR Silo Cupolas are furnished in sizes as shown below: 



Size 


Ventilating 
Flue 


Base 

Moulding 


Height 


Shipping 
Weight 


No. 16 
No. 18 
No. 22 


16 inch 
18 inch 
22 inch 


30x30 inches 
36x36 inches 
42x42 inches 

i 


6 feet 
61/^ feet 

7 feet 


40 pounds 
50 pounds 
60 pounds 



A 




STAR Junior Cupola, Just the Thing for Small Buildings 



Page Eighty-six 



•- 



STv^rS LIT^E 



E:QI-JIF»iyiElVT 



• 




Star Registers Control the 
Supply of Fresh Air 




Fig. 741 
Outside View STAR Register, Closed 



IN STAR Registers we offer a decidedly im- 
proved method for regulating the supply 
of fresh air in connection with air intakes. 
Ordinary registers are not suitable to use at 
the outer opening of fresh air intakes because 
they offer no convenient way of closing off the 
fresh air when the barn becomes too cold, unless 
you go outside of the barn and close each regis- 
ter individually. Then, too, it is not practical 
to regulate the supply of air by closing the 
inside register for the reason that this leaves 
the fresh air intake full of cold air with oppor- 
tunities for condensation and the accumulation 
of frost on the inner wall and over the cattle, 
when the intake extends to the center of the 
barn. 

These objections have been absolutely 
overcome in the STAR Registers. They are oper- 
ated by closing the outer opening of each fresh air 
intake by use of the Automatic Shut-off which 
is illustrated at the right hand side of this page. 

No matter how far you may be away 
from each intake, at a glance you can tell whether 
it is open or closed. The chains regulating each 
shut-off hang down, indicating this instantly. 

Rain and snow are deflected by the automatic shut-off and kept from lodging 
in the fresh air intake. 

The illustration at the left hand side of this page shows the simple arrangement 
by which the chain regulating the shut-off is held. 

Designed solely for barn use by men who thoroughly understand every detail 
of barn requirements, this apparatus fills a long felt need. 

Star Registers and Register Faces are finished in black japan, thoroughly baked on. 

Star Register Face, size twelve by fourteen inches, weight, each, five pounds. 

Star Register with Automatic Shut-off, size twelve by fourteen inches, weight 
each, nine pounds. 



Fig. 722 

STAR Register Face, for Use 

Inside the Barn 



Fig. 723 

Section Showing 

STAR Register with 

Automatic Shut-off 



Page Eighty-seven 



• 



t^UINTT « l-fELlvi • F'ElTtTtJS &j CO • 



• 



Star Window Guards Regulate Window Ventilation 



A LITTLE study of the two illustrations 
of STAR Galvanized Window Guards 
will reveal one important feature 
which will make you choose them in prefer- 
ence to all others. 

These guards are fitted on the side with 
a bolt, which has projecting prongs. 

These prongs enable you to lock the 
window open as far as desired. 




Fig. 721 

STAR Window Guards Deflect the Fresh 

Air to the Ceiling 



If you want a little air, the bolt will hold 
the window in such a position that you get 
the desired amount. If you want a lot of 
air, the same thing holds true. In other 
words, window ventilation is absolutely under 
your control when you are equipped with 
STAR Window Guards. 

Star Window Guards are furnished gal- 
vanized, weight, per set, 5 lbs. 




Fig. 740 
STAR Window Guards Hold each 
Window Open any Dis- 
tance Desired 



Pane liiKllty-L-ight 



• 



SnrJ\.TZ Lir^E ECmiF»>lET^T 



• 



Fig. 817 



Fig. 724 



No. 724 Star Steel Bull Staff 




USE a STAR Steel Bull Staff and be protected against accidents 
when handling the bull. Every good feature found in any Bull 
Staff, together with exclusive STAR advantages, are found in our 
product. 

The STAR Bull Staff can be operated from two places. When hook- 
ing the staff into the bull ring, the snap can be opened from the hook end. 
When releasing the staff from the bull ring, the snap on the hook can be 
opened from the handle end. 

It gives perfect control over the bull in the same manner, only more 
efficiently, than a Curb Bit handles a horse. 

A pressure of the staff against the animal's nose or a slight turning 
of it, keeps him well under control at all times, no matter where you are 
standing. 

The STAR Bull Staff is 5 ft. in length. 

The hook and handle are constructed of very best malleable iron, 
while the staff itself is made of 1-inch steel pipe and is absolutely and 
positively indestructible. 

Finished in gray enamel, thoroughly baked on. 
The weight is 10 lbs. 




Fig. 818 

The STAR Bull Staff is operated as illustrated or by the chain extending through 
the staff from hook to handle 



Page EiBhty-iiinc 



• 



HLJIVT • MELIVI • F^EFiRIS &> CO • 



• 




Fig. 725 



No. 725 Star Sanitary Milk Stool 

THIS is one of the little things around the bam that comes 
in mighty handy. It is sturdy, and secure in its foot- 
ing, and so durable in construction that it should last 
practically forever. 

The Star Milk Stool has a wooden seat reinforced around 
the edges by an electrically welded steel rim, having smooth, 
rolled edges. This construction absolutely cannot warp. 

The Star Milk Stool combines the comfort of the wooden seat 
with a steel construction that is sanitary and easily kept clean. 

The Star Milk Stool is finished in gray enamel. 

Weight, each, 6 lbs. 



Star Gray Enamel 



Here is an enamel that will protect metal from rust and barn conditions. 
It is exactly the same composition that we use on STAR Equipment and 
has been thoroughly tested out for several years under the most trying con- 
ditions possible with the result that it has been found to give lasting service. 
It is rust-resisting and withstands ammonia and gasses found in a dairy barn. 

It is elastic enough to take care of the expansion and contraction of 
the steel on which you use it without cracking or chipping. 

We can positively recommend this enamel as the most satisfactory 
finish for protecting metal surfaces of any character around the dairy barn. 

Furnished in one-half pint, pint, quart and gallon cans. 

Weight, per gallon, 12 lbs. 





No. 637 
Star Manger Drain 

An Absolute Necessity in every Sani- 
tary Barn. If the mangers of the dairy 
barn are made of cement, they should 
be equipped with Star Manger Drains. 
Every floor that is flushed with water, 
should be so built that the water is 
carried off through a Star Drain. 

The body is of cast iron. Ordinary drains 
have iron or brass caps that rust and corrode, 
causing them to stick. The cap of the Star 
Drain is made of aluminum, a metal that doesn't 
corrode or rust, and is machined to make a close 
fitting joint. 

The Star Manger Drain complete, 4 inches 
in diameter, weighs 5} •> lbs. 



Fig. 637 



•: 



STTw^rg HIVE IE C^ U^ I F» IVI E P»J T 



• 



No. 831 The Star Floor 
Scraper 

HERE is a big work saver in cleaning the 
barn floor. Every barn owner wants one. 
It's exactly what you want in your barn. 

It is made with a blade of heavy high-carbon 
steel firmly attached to a long, well balanced 
handle. The handle socket and braces are made 
of the best grade of malleable iron. 

The STAR Floor Scraper will last twice as 
long as the ordinary scraper. The steel blade 
is reversible. After one edge has become worn 
down, remove the blade, tip it over, attach it to 
the handle and you have a new scraper. You 
really have two scrapers in one. 

Handle is varnished; blade painted black. 
Weight, each, 9 lbs. Furnished either 15 or 24 
inches wide. 

You will find the STAR Scraper especially 
convenient for cleaning off the approach to the 
barn door. A might handy tool in clearing away 
snow in winter time. 

Extra blades for STAR Scrapers can be fur- 
nished if desired. 



For cleaning the 
floors of your bam, 
you will find nothing 
so convenient as the 
STAR Floor Scraper. 
It is especially adapted 
to cleaning the gut- 
ters, too. 

It is also handy 
for cleaning sidewalks 
or streets or any place 
where a scraper is 
used. Made in two 
sizes, 15 and 24 inches 
in width. 





Page Nincty-oae 



• 



HUiVT * ihie:l>i • F^Erirtis &> co 




Page Ninety-two 



• 



S^JS.Tt LIP«^E E:ClIJriF»iyiEIVT 



• 



Cork Brick 




Fig. 638 



TO the man who has the comfort of his cows 
at heart, Cork Brick offers the ideal dairy 
bam floor. It is warm, easy on the feet, 
and perfectly sanitary. It combines the good 
qualities of both wood and cement. 

Cork Brick is made of particles of cork held 
together by refined asphalt, and moulded into 
bricks four inches by nine inches by two inches 
thick. 

They are waterproof and non-absorbent. 

Cork Brick wears remarkably well and is easy 
to install. The bricks are laid one-eighth of an 
inch apart and the cracks thus left are filled in 
with Portland cement. 

The floor problem is a serious one. Wood 
is fairly warm and easy on the feet but soon gets 
foul and rots out, and is not sanitary at any time. 

Standing or lying on the cold, hard surface 
of concrete is so injurious to the stock that it 
more than offsets the easy -to-keep-clean qualities 
of this material. Cork Brick is the modern 



solution. It offers all of the following advan- 
tages that are essential to a successful floor: 



(1) Sanitary — 


(4) 


Noiseless — 


(2) Warm to the 


(5) 


Never slippery — 


touch — 


(6) 


Durable in service — 


(3) Easy under 


(7) 


Extremely easy to 


foot— 




install — 



The number of years that Cork Brick has 
been in use and the hundreds of installations in 
all parts of the country proves beyond all ques- 
tion its practicability. 

Size of Cork Brick is nine inches by four 
inches by two inches. 

The bricks are laid flat and four will cover 
exactly one square foot of surface. 

Weight of Cork Brick is 2^ o pounds each. 

Nine thousand six hundred bricks make a 
minimum carload of 24,000 pounds. Small lots 
must be crated. 

Samples furnished on request. 



Page Ninty-three 



• 



MLJNTT • HELI^ • FEI^TtlS &f CO 




Fig. 760 

STAR HORSE STALL 
Page Ninety-four Fitted with STAR Stall Front, Automatic Hay Rack, Sanitary Feed Manger and Steel Stall Guards 



S^JS^TS. LirVE 



E:cmiF»iviE:r^T 



• 



Star Automatic Steel Hay Rack 



THE old way of feeding permitted great wastes of hay, and insanitary iCon- 
ditions where the hay was placed in an enclosed manger or thrown upon 
the floor. 

You will never realize the quantity you have heretofore wasted until you 
install Automatic Steel Hay Racks. 

An opening and closing device on this rack permits of its being instantly 
locked open so that it can be quickly filled. It is then released and the front 
closes automatically. 

An even tension is maintained which permits of the animal feeding right 
down to the last spear of the hay without a particle being wasted. 

Simplicity of construction is the keynote of all STAR Equipment and this 
is no exception when applied to the Automatic Hay Rack. It is so simple 
that it is never out of order and besides is extremely durable. There are no sharp 
corners to injure an animal, and once installed, it is a lifetime fixture. 

As a result of animals scattering hay around the stall when it is fed from floor 
or open manger, a waste of from three to five pounds of hay a day is a very con- 
servative estimate. If you will take a pencil and paper and figure out what this 
three to five pounds per day per animal totals up at the end of the year, your 
own figures will be the best possible argument we can advance in favor of im- 
mediate installation of the Automatic Steel Hay Rack. 

The saving in stall room and floor space is obvious and is a big item in many 
crowded barns. 

From a sanitary standpoint, 
the steel construction permits 
of easy and effective fumigation 
should it be desired. Further- 
more, it is self-cleaning and does 
away entirely with the eating of 
trampled, dirty, unfit feed. 

On the opposite page we 
have reproduced from an actual 
photograph, one stall in the mod- 
ern horse stable of C. S. Brant- 
ingham, of Rockford, Illinois. 
This stable was designed by us 
and equipped throughout with 
Automatic Hay Racks, Sani- 
tary Feed Mangers, Steel Stall 
Guards and Stall Posts. 

Our Architectural Depart- 
ment is always ready to help 
you solve your barn problems. 




Page Ninety-five 



• 



1-iVJ'N'T • HELXI • FETg-R-IS &J CO 



• 




Page Nincly-six 



Fig. 761 

STAR HORSE STALL 

Fitted with Open Back Automatic Hay Rack, Sanitary Feed Manger and Steel Stall Guards 



• 



STT.,^!^ LIIVE EZQUTI F^iyiE ^JT 



• 



Star Automatic Steel Hay Rack 

(Continued) 

AUTOMATIC HAY RACKS are designed to meet all requirements whether 
the hay be fed from the front alleyway, from the rear of the stall, or from 
the loft. 

The complete stall illustrated on page 94, shows the ideal hay rack construc- 
tion to be used for front alleyway feeding. 

The illustration opposite brings out most forcibly the practicability of the 
Automatic Steel Hay Rack for feeding from the rear of the stall or from the loft. 

The main frame work is constructed of 1 in. x 1 in. high carbon steel angles. 
The corners are formed rounding and are re-inforced by steel plates. The frame 
being also braced by angle iron cross bars and upright rods, cannot possibly be 
drawn out of shape. This construction is neat in appearance and sanitary and 
has the strength and rigidity to withstand rough usage. 

Every rack is fitted with two special tortion coil springs, which form the 
hinges upon which the rack operates. These springs are 2 5-16 inches of 3-8 inch 
steel and are especially adapted for use with the Automatic Steel Hay Racks 
illustrated. 

Great care is taken in tempering these springs to secure the proper tension 
and to eliminate all possibility of breakage. Being tested before shipment, every 
spring is guaranteed against defect or breakage. 

The locking device used on these hay racks consists of two 134 inch steel side 
arms operating in links at each end of a continuous piece of cold rolled shafting 
attached to the cross bars of the frame. These links, 
which work the side arms in unison, operate in a com- 
plete half circle, allowing the rack to be locked open 
for filling when below a central point and completely 
closed when raised. 

As the hay is consumed by the animal, the front 
moves to a closed position, keeping the hay always 
within reach of the animal, and when entirely closed 
occupies a space of but three inches. 

The rods through which the animal feeds are 
spaced 6 inches apart on center. These rods extend 
through the angle iron cross bars and are electrically 
welded at the ends so that they cannot possibly become 
detached. 

The pages which follow explain clearly how to 
order the construction best suited to your requirements. 




Page Ninety-seven 



• 



MVJNT • HELIVI • T^ETtJZJS &y CO 



-* 



Star Stall Front Used with Automatic Hay Rack 




Fig. 749 

STAR Stall Front with Automatic Hay Rack locked open, as it 
appears from front fcedinp; alley 



THE Star Stall Front is designed for front alleyway feeding. It fills the entire opening 
or stall front, fitting in neatly between the front stall posts. This construction is designed 
to do away with all wooden parts, as the stall front itself supports the Automatic Hay Rack 
and fills the entire opening with the exception of the space through which the grain is fed from 
the front alley. 

The upright rods are spaced 6 inches apart on center, so that the horse can reach the hay 
easily; at the same time the automatic front constantly holds the hay under pressure, keeping 
it within easy reach and at the same time prevents its being pulled out in bunches and wasted. 

The front of the rack is locked open to be filled and then released so that it occupies, even 
when full of hay, very little alley room. 

The saving in hay alone, without considering any of the other good features of this rack, 
will pay the initial cost of installation in six months' time. 

When ordering, it is only necessary to specify the exact space in between the wooden posts 
to which the Star Stall Front is to be attached. 

The Star Stall Front with Automatic Hay Rack combined, is assembled before shipment 
and is nicely finished in black japan. 

Weight, each, complete, 110 lbs. 



I\iK(* Niiu'ly-i'iRht 



•- 



STTv^ri LIIVE EQLJIF»>1EIVT 



-• 



Star Automatic Steel Hay Rack 



(Open Back Construction) 




FiK. 750 
STAR Automatic Steel Hay Rack, Fitted with Open Back, ;i() Inches High 



THE Automatic Hay Rack, with open back construction, as shown in above illustration, should 
be specified when it is to be attached to the walls of the barn. The upright wiring in the 
back of the rack is omitted so that the hay will not accumulate between the wall and the 
back of the rack. 

This construction is desirable when the hay is to be fed from the rear of the stall or from the 
loft. The operation of the front of the rack through which the animal feeds is the same as that 
described on page 98. 

We show below a list which comprises the various sizes of racks which we furnish in black 
japan, with either the 30-inch open back construction, or with the upright wiring in the back, 
when so specified. 

No. 1 Standard 
No. 2 Standard 
No. 3 Special 

No. 4 Special 

No. 5 Special 

No. 6 Special 



Height 


Width 


Weight each 


36 in. 


42 in. 


40 lbs. 


36 in. 


48 in. 


45 lbs. 


. 36 in. 


36 in. 


37 lbs. 


42 in. 


36 in. 


41 lbs. 


30 in. 


54 in. 


44 lbs. 


36 in. 


72 in. 


74 lbs. 

raiic Ninety 



• 



HUIVT « IHIE:L>^ • FEI^I^IS gj CO 



• 



Star Sanitary Feed Mangers 




T 



Fig. 755 
STAR Sanitary Feed Manger (Showing Position When Tilted) 

HE Sanitary Feed Mangers illustrated on this page are constructed of 18-gauge, refined, cold rolled steel, 
heavily reinforced. Being formed without rivets and galvanized after being made up, they are water 
tight and indestructible. 

The shape of the manger itself, all corners being rounded, makes it self-cleaning. 

Every manger is pivoted in a heavy one and one-half inch steel frame so that it may be completely turned 
over before each feeding, in this way permitting absolute riddance of dirt, sour feed, or refuse, before fresh grain is 
placed in it. 

The frame in which this manger is set may be easily attached to walls of any material by heavy lags or bolts. 
The back of this frame and one end is secured to the stall, 
while an extra heavy brace supports the unfastened end. 

All Sanitary Feed Mangers are equipped with cross 
bars which prevent the waste of feed and which act as a 
check on too rapid eaters. Entirely apart from the sani- 
tary features of this feed manger, the fact that its use means 
a saving of from ten to fifteen per cent of the grain fed is 
a strong argument in favor of its installation. 

Furnished, galvanized, in the following sizes: 

Length Width Depth Weight each 

No. 1 20 in. 12 in. 7 in. 20 lbs. 

No. 2 20 in. 13 in. 9 in. 22 lbs. 

No. 3 14 in. 12 in. 7 in. 14 lbs. 





Fig. 756 

STAR Sanitary Feed Manger (Showing Cross-bars 

Which Prevent Waste of Feed) 



Fig. 757 

STAR Sanitary Feed Manger Can be Quickly 

Cleaned Before Filling 



Page One Hundred 



• 



s^rJS.Ts. Lir^E e:qi-jif»i»ieivt 



• 



Star Steel Stall Guards 




Fig. 742 

Star Wrought Steel Stall Guard, with Rounded End 

THE Star Wrought Steel Guard illustrated above allows free circulation of air, plenty of 
light and at the same time keeps the animals apart. With this construction, the hames 
or other parts of the harness are not apt to catch. 
The uprights of one-half inch round steel are set three and one-half inches apart on center 
in a one and one-quarter inch by one-half inch channel steel frame. A plate is placed upon 
the top rail to cover the channel and prevent accumulations. 

Star Wrought Steel Guards, height two feet, are furnished in black Japan in the following 
lengths: five, six, seven, eight and nine-foot. 
Average weight, per foot, six lbs. 



































» 


L 










■_ 








r^ 



Fig. 743 

Star Wrought Steel Stall Guard, with Square End 

The Star Stall Guard illustrated above is suitable for use in connection with either single 
or box stalls. These guards are furnished two feet high, in any length desired. 

The uprights are of one-half inch round steel and set three and one-half inches apart on 
center, in one and one-quarter inch by one-half inch channel steel frames. 

Specify exact length desired. 

Finished in black Japan. 

Average weight, per foot, six lbs. 



Page One Hundred OneJI 



•- 



HUWT « HELIVI -F^Eril^IS &> CO* 



• 



Star Stable Fittings 

Star Stall Posts 

STAR Stall Posts are constructed of four-inch, heavy wrought steel tubing to which are attached 
heavy steel channels — size, two inches by one and three-quarter inches, three-sixteenths of 
an inch in thickness. These channels are attached to the Stall Posts by countersunk set screws 
in a substantial manner. The back of each channel is rounded to conform to the rounding shape of 
the stall post. This gives a neat and sanitary construction. 

The Figure 732 Star Stall Post is used where it is not necessary to support the loft above. This 
post is five feet six inches over all, not including ornamental ball. Sixteen inches of this post are in- 
tended to extend below the floor line to provide a firm and secure anchorage in the concrete. 

The four-foot channel receives the four nine-foot planks of two-inch dressed lumber which form 
the stall partition. These planks 
should be connected by dowel pins 
to keep them in line and to pre- 
vent warping. 

The Stall Post itself is nicely 
finished off with a suitable cast 
iron ornamental ball. 

Where the stall posts extend to 
ceiling we furnish regular four-inch 
supporting columns, as illustrated 
and described on page 68, with either 
four-foot or six-foot channels at- 
tached as shown in Fig. 733. These 
channels are the same size and are 
attached in the same manner as 
those furnished in connection with 
our Fig. 732 Star Stall Post. 

All Stall Posts finished in gray 
enamel thoroughly baked on. Fig. 
732 Star Stall Post, complete as 
illustrated, weight each fifty pounds; 
four-foot channels two inches by 
one and three-quarter inches by 
three-sixteenths of an inch, weight 
each thirteen pounds; six-foot chan- 
nels two inches by one and three- 
quarter inches by three-sixteenths 
of an inch, weight, each, twenty 
pounds. 




Fig. 729 
STAR Harness Hooks 



Fig. 730 

STAR Harness Hook to~attach 

to 4-inch Stall Pos"! 



Fig. 733 Fig. 732 

STAR Stall Posts 



Star Harness Hooks 




Fig. 731 
STAR Corner Feed Manger 



Star Harness Hooks, as illus- 
trated in Fig. 729, are made of cast 
iron, extra heavy and serviceable, nicely finished in black Japan, three sizes as follows: thirteen-inch Star Harness 
Hooks, weight per doz. eighty-four pounds; ten-inch Star Harness Hooks, weight, per doz., sixty pounds; eight-inch 
Star Harness Hooks, weight, per doz., thirty-six pounds. 

The Fig. 730 Star Harness Hook is built to attach to four-inch Star Stall posts by means of the malleable 
clamp shown. This harness hook is furnished nicely finished in gray enamel to match Stall Post. Weight, 
each, four pounds. 



Star Corner Feed Manger 



The Star Corner Feed Manger, shown in Fig. 731, is made of cast iron — standard size is nine inches deep by 
seventeen inches by seventeen inches. The front edge is neatly rolled and flanged; furnished in one size only; 
finish black Japan; weight, each, thirty pounds. 



Page One Hundred Two 



*: 



S^JKTt LIIVE 



E:CH-JIF»iyiE]VT 



• 




No. 744 The Self-Acting Oats Cleaner 

IN every twenty-five to thirty bushels of oats you will find one bushel of dirt and other 
foreign matter. The Self-Acting Oats Cleaner is positively guaranteed to remove one 
bushel of dirt and other foreign matter from every twenty-five to thirty bushels of oats 
that passes through it. 

The above guarantee finally answers all questions as to the efficiency of this Oats 
Cleaner. As to its durability, judge for yourself. The material is kiln-dried white wood 
with two protective coats of varnish and the entire job built by hand. 

This method of oats cleaning has made the old way of running the oats down a single 
set of screens obsolete. In the Self-Acting Oats Cleaner there are eleven slanting screens, 
operating in pairs; a table elevated in the center is located below each pair of screens, so 
that the oats fall from screen to table, from table to screen, and from screen to table, thus 
dividing the oats and giving them a very rapid impetus as they pass from each set of 
screens. Below the operating valve which is in the top of the cleaner, is a large, coarse 
grate which throws off stones, sticks and other coarse accumulations. 

The dirt box in the base of the cleaner and a hand hole in the bottom makes it 
easy to clean. 

Specify whether right or left hand side discharge of oats (facing the cleaner) is 
desired, when ordering. 

If special finish to correspond with the stable is desired, specify when ordering. 
Self-acting Oats Cleaners are furnished in the following sizes: 

No. I. 6 ft. 3 in. long, 8'2 x 15 in. Capacity 3 2 bu. per minute. Weight, each, 
65 lbs. 

No. 2. 6 ft. 3 in. long, 11 x 16 in. Capacity, 1 bushel per minute. Weight, 
each, 80 lbs. 

No. 3. 6 ft. 3 in. long, 12 x 16 in. Capacity 2 bushels per minute. Weight, 
each, 82 lbs. 



Fig. 744 



No. 745 Star Sanitary Watering Trough 




T 



Fig. 745 



HE Water Trough illustrated above is made of waterproof concrete, cast in one piece and equipped with 
waste connections and overflow. Practically everlasting and guaranteed for ten years. In three stock sizes, 
specials to order. 



SIZE "A" STAR SANITARY WATERING TROUGH— 30 in. long, 28 in. wide, 16 in. deep; weight, 400 lbs. 
SIZE "B" STAR SANITARY WATERING TROUGH— 44 in. long, 28 in. wide, 16 in. deep; weight, 500 lbs. 
SIZE "C" STAR SANITARY WATERING TROUGH— 52 in. long, 28 in. wide, 26 in. deep; weight, 600 lbs. 



Page One Hundred Tin 



• 



Directions for Ordering Star Steel Stalls and 
Stanchions, Pens and Accessories 

PRACTICALLY all we need to know to supply your needs is the style of stalls 
you have decided upon, how wide they are to be, 3 feet, 3 feet 3 inches, or 
3 feet 6 inches, or any other desired width, and the number you want. 

However, in making up your orders, it is well to observe the following general 
rules and thereby avoid the possibility of unnecessary correspondence and delay. 

L Specify number of stalls wanted and tell how many rows there will be. 
An extra partition will be needed at the end of each row of stalls. 

2. Specify the style of stall wanted, stating whether to be used with or 
without steel supporting columns. 

3. If steel supporting columns are ordered with stalls, be sure to specify 
the length over all, including thickness of caps and bases, also the outside diameter 
of the columns wanted. If stalls are to be placed in line with, or between, either 
wooden or steel supporting columns, specify the exact distance between the col- 
umns from center to center and the exact size of the columns. 

4. Specify width of stalls (3 feet; 3 feet 3 inches; 3 feet 6 inches.) 

5. If stanchions are ordered separately specify whether these are to be hung 
single chain top and bottom, swivel top and bottom, or whether they are to be 
fastened with swivel at top and double chain at bottom. 

In ordering pens, the essential thing is to measure accurately the length of 
each section or panel and to specify the position of gates, stanchions, mangers and 
racks. 

Where the arrangement of the barn has already been decided upon, it is a 
simple matter to figure out according to the above what equipment is necessary. 
But if there are ani) special conditions to be met, or if any suggestions relative to 
the arrangement of the barn are desired, just write us, enclosing a rough sketch 
of the bam. Your sketch will be redrawn to scale and a blue print sent to you, in 
order that you may check up the blue print with the actual conditions, so that 
there can be no possible misunderstanding on our part in filling your order. 



I'aKf One lltuulred Four 



STJKTt LIISJE ElC^l^I F> IVI E P»4 T 



• 




Photograplis Uktn in one of the STAR Test Barns. Note how STAR Ahgnment i'. 
Device keeps every cow in Hne at the gutter. 



• 



i-iLJiVT«i-iEL.ivi»F"E:rirtis SLf c::o 



-• 




I'llUi' Oiw lllliull>''l su 



STAR Kii\iipiH(i Daily Barn at the Faiiunis Meadow Bro 
L. H. TiinuT, Pitlsbury;h, Pi 



SlTJKTi LIIVE EQl^ I F» M E N T 



• 



...^ 




n, Leavittsburg, Ohio, Where Certified Milk is Produced. 
er; R. H. Turner, Manager 



V-W Oil.. IIiiimIh-.I SfViMi 



•-: 



HUIVT « F-IELIVI * FEI^T^IS &f CO » 



• 




STAR Equipped Dairy Buildings, Wabeek Farms, Pont; 



Pag« One Hundred Eight 



i^ 



ST>vrg LiivE e:qij^if»>^e:ivt 



• 





^" - 



' T- 



*m 



ligan. Owner, James Couzens, Mayor of Detroit, Michigan 



Page One Hundred Nine 



• 



MI-JNT • MELlVf • FET^T^IS Sj CO 



• 




PaRC One Hundred Ten 



•- 



ST^^re LiiVE e: Q i-j I F» ivi e: N^ T 




Page One Hundred Eleven 



• 



H1-J>JT • MELIVI • FEI^TMS &y CO 



:* 




Page One Hundred Twelve 



•: 



snr^^vrg lii>je equif^ivieivt 



• 




Page One Hundred Thirteen 



*: 



F^UP^T • FfEL^l « FET^I^IS &f CO 



• 




STAR Equipped Barn o 



Page One Hundred Fourteen 



*- 



STT^^re Lir^E E:cmiF>>iE^4T 



• 




V. Barnes, New Canaan, Conn. 



page One Hundred Fifteeg 



• 



Ml-JIVT • HELIVl . FET^I^IS &> CO 



• 




o 



Page One Hundred Sixteen 



^g-T^R Lir^E EQI^IF^IVIEr^T : 



• 




Page One Hundred Seventeen 



• 



HU>JT • HELIVl * FEI^T^IS &f C2 O 



• 




No. 20 STAR Steel Stalls in STAR Equipped 



Page One Hundred Eighteen 



• 



ST^^Fg LI3VE E: C^ U^ I r> IVI E JV T 



• 




Sam on Espanore Farm, at Lansing,*^Michigan. 



Page One Hundred Nineteen 



• 



F^LJNTT • HELXI • F^EI^I^ IS Sj CO 



• 




Page One ilimdred Twenty 



ST^^R LII^E EQUIF>iyEElVTr 



• 




Page One Hundred Twenty-one 



• 



HU^JT « HE:L>1 « FEI^rMS «^ CO 



^ 




Pu'^i- OiiL- lluutlred Twenty-two 



ST^^rs Lir^E e:quif»>ie r^TT 



• 




One Hundred Twenty- three 



• 



MU^>JT • HELM • FEI^r^IS &J CZ O * 



• 




Page One Hundred Twenty-four 




STAR Equipped Dairy Barn at Toledo State Hospital, Toledo, Ohio 



Page One Hundred Twenty-five 



.—MM '■■ ■' CEOiytv**. - — — — ^-s^^-s:-— 

L 



^^^ 









,y^////A- ///rn. 



November 25, 1914. 



Hunt, Keliti & Ferris, 
Harvard , 111 . 
Centleinen: -- 

Your inquiry as to our experience with the Star Equipment in 
our dairy buildings, permit me to say that everything connected with the 
equipment is eminently satisfactory. Your representative here- The George 
W. Hubbard Hardware Company- has had general charge of the installation 
and the equipment has been installed in accordance with the blue prints 
and is giving perfect satisfaction. 

There is something about this pipe stall equipment that is 
very pleasing in the care of animals, as it does away entirely with all 
dead air near the floor that is sure to remain where you use wood parti- 
tions or anything that interferes with the circulation near the floor. 

I am about to install during the early spring,- a calf barn 
equipment and expect to use the Star Tubular equipment. 

Very truly yours. 



Page One Hundred Twenty-six 



*: 



ST^2Vri LIP^E ECmiF»>lE: J4T 



• 



RAYMOND L PIKE. MANAGE 



HERBERT A. BROWN. SUFERII 




Production 

Ok/- WATCHWORD" 










G£:/\f£VA, O/y/o. 



August a, 1916, 



Hunt-Helm-Ferris & Co., 
Harvard, 111. 

Gentlemen: - 

We are enclosing herewith several views of our new sixty cow 

barn that your architects planned for us, and we wish to take 

this opportunity to thank you for all your favors and also to 

tell you that we think the "Star" harn equipment is about the 
""best ever". 

As you know, about two years ago we purchased equipment for 
thirty cows when we were remodeling our old barn, and liked 
it well enough that when we were ready to place our order for 
the sixty cow equipment we considered no other. 

In addition to this will say that, as soon as we are financially 
able, we want to build a twelve box stall barn and it will be 
equipped with "Star" fixtures. 

If our "good word" can ever be of any help to you, do not hesi- 
tate to ask for it, for we feel very pleased with our treatment 
by your firm and want to pass our good luck to our brother 
breeders . 

Very truly yours, 

FAIRVIEW FARM. 

Own^y and Manager. 

rlWc 



Pajje One Hundred Twenty-seven 



*: 



MU^NT • mELIVl • T^lEZTtTtJS &f CO 



• 







0-"-", 




tUV I6t06., 



BBEEDEBS OF HOLSTErN-FlilESIAN CATTLE 



-FIUESIAN 

:«W-o^^c^Feb. 10, 1914. 



Hunt, Eelm, Terrls &. Co., 
Harvard, 111. 
Gentlemen: 

Te are in receipt of your favor of Feb. 7th., and 
thank you for your kind words about the Es^anore booklet. It 
was our first attempt at advertising. 

Fe will take t.hle opportunity to say that we are 
very well pleased with cur Star Earn Equipment. Before build- 
ing our certified barn the writer visited many of the certified 
milk pla-'^t.s and after looking thoroughly into the matter of 
equlpir.ent decided on the Star. In the nine months this barn 
has beer in use, we have rot had to buy -a single repair. We 
think we are producing as pure a milk as is liroduced in the 
country. Only twice has our count been over 500 bacteria per 
cc and r.ever over 3,000. Several tiiLes it hag beer down to 
IOC and once was without growth. The construction of the 
tarn, the barn equipment, method of milking and care of milk, 
all contribute their share to the production of such milk. 
Yours very truly, 
Espanore ^ann, 
B y ^. ^ >^^^v^-* ^»M 



=r 



^ 



'"""''S'toLf^^'^ 



Jc^ 




Page One Hundred Twenty-eight 



•- 



ST>A.rg LIIVE E: QUIF»iyi E IVT 



• 




C^u«> 





Blet 16to8-, 



ippleton, WlsCjIIov 



Hunt, Helit, Ferris 4 Co., 
Htrvard, 111. 

Gentlemen :- 

I am very rauoh pleased with the STiR line equipment. 
It Is the beet equipment I have ever seen and I have 
seen a .^ood many. 

The STAB Pens are neat and plain and are not dirt- 
oatohers like others I have seen. The ST/Ji Viator 
Bowl is the best and most sanitary bowl on the market. 
It Is a. pleasure to oleen out a bam with the STAR 
Litter. Carrier and Boom. I do not hear any more 
swearing about opening and closing stanohions since I 
equipped ny barn with the STAB Line. 



Wishing you great Suooess, 



rSkier hairy farm. 



^ 






"*/> 



% 



^. 



"^ 




Page One Hundred Twenty-nine 



• 



HU^T^nr • I-IELIVI • FEFM^IS &f CO 



• 







Gentlemen 



* & Company, 



January 14, ^^^^ 




i* >>-3^bee^ a^ ?'^"'- =-•'«« I cfn ^"' '° ""e oef^""' Since the 
ing. ^ "^^ attention that z got 1 " ^^'^y <i«taU .^r^*f«°y that 



^*«*l«g you for past 

P''" oourteales. x a^ 



'^'•y truly yours. 





I'aKi- One Jlundrt-.l Tliiity 




Barns 

and how ^o 
Build Them 



• 



Hur^T • i^e:l>^ * fei^i^is Sj czo • ^ 



-• 



Star Barn Plan Service 



THE Dairy Barn is the Dairy 
Farmer's production plant on 
which he depends for a finished 
product and income just the same as a 
manufacturer depends on his factory. 
And in Hke proportion as he builds and 
equips his barn wisely will he obtain 
satisfactory returns on his investment. 

And, as the modern manufacturer, 
when he builds, has in mind certain 
fundamentals, such as strength, utility, 
storage, convenience, light, ventilation, 
etc., so should the modern Dairy Farmer 
incorporate into his plans and building 
certain essentials. 

The designing of the barn should no 
more be left to someone who knows 
nothing about the purpose and results 
which it is desired to obtain than a 
manufacturer would leave the design- 
ing of his factory to an architect who 
was unfamiliar with the requirements. 




In this book we aim to show building 
skill combined with scientific knowledge 
applied to Dairy Barn construction and 
equipment. You do not build every 
year. You build a bam for a lifetime, 
and there is too much at stake to turn 
its designing over to someone for experi- 
mental purposes. 

Our Service Department was estab- 
lished years ago for the purpose of 
assisting the Dairy Farmer in designing 
and equipping his barn in a manner 
that would be economical, convenient, 
efficient and comfortable. This depart- 
ment is at your disposal. It is com- 
posed of men who have specialized for 
years in barn building and who combine 
technical knowledge and practical ex- 
perience in its application. 

They have designed some of the 
largest and best bams in this country 
from plans that are the result of 
35 years' dealing with Dairymen. 
Conditions vary with different 
sections of the country. The 
constructions that are used in the 
North are not essential in the 
South. 

We are familiar with the con- 
ditions and you can safely put 
your building problems up to 
us and rest assured of intelligent 
and satisfactory treatment. 



STAR Equipped Barn Owned by Wm. Monear, Richmond, 111. 
Page One Hundred Thirty-two 



•: 



STTvZVTS LIIVE E <a U I F»>1 E N^ T 



• 



Designing and Building the Dairy Barn 



The Essentials 

IT is our purpose to show the prospective 
builder the advantages gained by having his 
Dairy Barn correctly designed, with careful 
consideration of every detail that makes for 
convenience, economy and comfort. 

The Modern Dairy Barn, correctly planned, 
affording every possible convenience to the 
herd and to those who care for the herd, never 
costs more and often costs less, than a barn 
that serves merely to house the cattle. 

A good barn is a paying investment. It 
costs less to arrange it conveniently in the 
first place than to pay for wasted time and 
labor afterwards on account of poor arrange- 
ment. It costs less to build for warmth than 
to feed for warmth. It costs less to build a 
sanitary barn, and thereby have a healthy 
herd, than to pay veterinary bills on account 
of insanitary conditions. 

Since climatic conditions vary, the barn 
must be adapted to its locality. Also it must 
conform to the individual needs of the Dairy- 
man. It should be big enough to accommodate 
a bumper crop and as large a herd as the farm 
will profitably maintain. 

The Practical Barn 

There are certain essentials which should 
be constantly borne in mind in the designing 
of a Dairy Barn. First of all, it must be prac- 
tical. Dairying is a very practical industry. 
There is very little correct theory about it that 
has not been reduced to practice. The Dairy 
Farmer is a very practical man. The barn 
which is to be adapted to his purpose 
must be a PRACTICAL barn. 

The Convenient Barn 

Next, the barn must be convenient. 
It must be arranged to save time and 
labor. There must be a place for 
everything and everything must be in 



the right place, in order that useless steps may 
be saved and a maximum of result obtained 
from a minimum of labor. Feeds must be 
stored and cattle housed and cared for with 
as little effort as possible. The barn must be 
CONVENIENT. 

The Sanitary Barn 

The Modern Dairy Barn must be sanitary. 
The health of the herd depends on sanitary 
conditions. Clean and wholesome milk can 
be produced only in a sanitary barn. To be 
sanitary, it must be well drained, well lighted, 
well ventilated and easily kept clean. Milk 
is our most important food product. Public 
Welfare demands cleanliness in its production. 
The Barn must be SANITARY. 

The Economical Barn 

It is mighty expensive to change a barn 
once built. Careful planning and the right 
method of framing can actually make a saving 
in material alone that will pay for the entire 
inside equipment. Have your barn correctly 
designed. Avoid mistakes. By doing so, you 
will practice economy — economy not only in 
construction but in operation. The barn must 
be ECONOMICAL. 

The Neat Appearing Barn 

Then the barn must be neat in appearance. 
A properly designed barn shows every dollar 
put into it. Its attractiveness not only makes 
it pleasant to the eye, but also makes it desirable 
to your neighbors or to a prospective buyer, 




STAR Equipped Barn, Owned by Theo. Langsley, Fairbault, Minn. 

Page Ons Hundred Thirty-three 



• 



HU>JT • H[E;L>1 • F^EI^rtlS &f CO 



• 



should you wish to sell. The cost will vary 
according to the size, design, convenience and 
furnishings, but regardless of the amount ex- 
pended, the proportions must be correct. It is 
essential to have a NEAT APPEARING 
BARN. 

The Comfortable Barn 

Last but not least, the barn must be com- 
fortable. Let's not overlook cow comfort. 
No more than you would build a fine home 
and do without comfortable furnishings, should 
you build a fine barn and fail to provide com- 
fortable equipment for the herd that is to 
live in it. There is just one thing that puts 
the finishing touch on the barn and gives the 
herd the greatest possible degree of comfort. 
THAT'S STAR BARN EQUIPMENT. 

The Location 

In selecting a site for the Dairy Barn, care 
should be taken to choose a location where the 
yard will be well drained. It should not be 
necessary for cows to wallow through mud up 
to their knees to reach the barn. A cow 
spends a large part of her time in the barnyard, 
and careful attention to the sanitary condition 
of the yard is necessary. 

The selection of the site is very important. 
It is best that the barn should run north and 
south to get full benefit of the morning and 




afternoon sun. The barn so arranged will 
be warmer. Also plenty of sunlight will help 
to produce proper sanitation. Consideration 
should also be given to the position of the 
other necessary buildings. The location of 
the silos, the hog house, the granary, the pump 
house, dairy and tool house, with respect to 
the barn is very important. 

All the farm buildings should be located 
conveniently with respect to each other, and 
having in mind their appearance as well. The 
appearance of the barn and adjacent buildings 
will add to or detract greatly from the value 
of the farm. A Dairyman is judged largely 
by his barn. 

The Size 

Be sure your barn is big enough. It is 
much more expensive to add to the barn than 
to make it large enough in the beginning. In 
determining the size, provide storage rocm to 
accommodate a bumper crop. Make it large 
enough to hold all the cattle your farm can 
profitably maintain. Experience has shown 
that the best barns are wide enough to accom- 
modate two rows of cattle running lengthwise- 
This type affords better ventilation and each 
row of cattle gets full benefit of the sunlight. 

Preference is generally given to a rectangular 
barn 36 feet wide. This allows for spacious 
feed alleys, stalls and gutters, and provides 
for a driveway through the barn, if desired. 
Stalls are regularly made in the follow- 
ing sizes: 3 ft.; 3 ft. 3 in., and 3 ft. 6 
in. The 3 ft. 6 in. stall gives ample 
room for any size animal. This is the 
preferred size as it is important to give 
each cow plenty of room. 

While a one-story barn may be built 
as an ell or wing to the barn in which 
the fodder is kept, it is usually more 
economical to have the Dairy Barn 
two stories high, providing hay and 
feed room directly over the cattle. The 
basement is warmer where there is a 
loft overhead. 

The floor of the loft should be of 



STAR Equipped Barn, Owned by John Mason, Elgin, 111. 
Page One Hundred Thirty-four 



•- 



STT^^vre LITSTE 



E:QuiF>iyiE:NT 



• 



double thickness, with heavy paper between. 
This prevents dust from sifting through. The 
same purpose can also be accomplished by seal- 
ing below the joists. 

Another important advantage in a two- 
story barn is convenience in handling hay and 
in feeding. Chutes can be constructed above 
feed-ways, greatly increasing convenience in 
feeding. The chutes are closed when not in use. 

The grinding room and grain bins can also 
be located on the mow floor and the grain 
spouted to feed room below. Placed in the 
mow the bins are readily accessible for filling 
and feeding and do not utilize the more valuable 
ground floor space.' The two-story barn, in 
most cases, saves the dairyman the expense 
of building a separate granary. 

The Design 

There are various ideas with reference to 
the design of the barn. A type which will 
meet requirements in one locality or state may 
not in any way be adapted to another 
locality or state due to varying climatic 
conditions possibly, or else due to vari- 
ation in the purpose. One farmer may 
have to consider his pocket book more 
than another. One farmer may be doing 
a different kind of dairying than another, 
or the materials obtainable in one locality 
may vary essentially from those obtain- 
able in another. 

Then, of course, the number of acres 
tilled and the corresponding amount of 
fodder raised, also the number of cattle 
to be housed and the corresponding 
extensiveness of the project, must all be 
taken into consideration. 



What is the most important thing about 
a barn? 

Everything! 

No detail should be neglected. But the 
place where the biggest waste is most likely 
to appear is in the arrangement of the floor. 

To-day a great deal more thought is given 
to the arrangement of the farm and dairy bam 
than was formerly considered necessary. The 
modern bam plan calls for an arrangement which 
will provide for the many devices intended to 
reduce labor and improve living conditions 
of the livestock. Walks, alleys and doors must 
be laid out in relation to the carrier system and 
the other farm buildings. 

Supposing a little change in the plan would 
save you fifty steps three times a day. That 
would figure to over ten miles a year. Ten miles 
isn't much of a walk, but many barns have a 
dozen or even more ten mile walks built right 
into them. Think that over. Then do some 
careful thinking about the floor arrangement. 




In this book, we have aimed to 
show a variety in design that will adapt 
itself to all the varying conditions enum- 
erated above. 



STAR Equipped Barn, at Homeopathic State Hospital, 
AUentown, Pa. 
On the barn, Mr. Percy Fensternacher, a recognized authority 
in State of Pennsylvania, acted as purchasing agent for trustees. 
After carefully considering all lines, the order was placed with 
Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co. for full equipment, including STAR 
Harvester Hay Tools, and STAR Door Hangers. 



Page One Hundred Thirty-five 



• 



Hl-TNT • HELXI • FEI^RIS &> CO 



-ir 



The Floor Plan 



SOME advocate facing the cows in, 
others advocate facing them out. 
Both methods of arrangement have 
supporters — men of judgment and prom- 
inence in the Dairy World. 

Usually a prospective builder has 
made his decision relative to this matter 
before other details have been considered. 

We've endeavored to present the 
arguments here with pro and con for 
the two arrangements. This is a sub- 
ject on which we're neutral. We can 
see distinct advantages in both com- 
pensations in one that are offset by 
compensations in the other. This leaves 
but little choice. 

Where Cows Face In 

This arrangement of the barn has a 
number of advantages. You can take 



the feed all down a center alley and dis- 
tribute it right and left as you go along. 
It centralizes the work of feeding. Then 
the herd is divided so you don't have 
all the cows trying to crowd through 
one door at the same time. 

The out-take chutes for ventilation 
are located at the sides of the barn where 
they are out of the way, and do not 
occupy space which could well be used 
for other purposes. 

Sunlight strikes the gutters directly 
and they get the full value of its dis- 
infecting properties. It gives you light 
behind the cows when milking in the 
morning and at night. 

Another advantage of this arrange- 
ment is that some prefer to see all the 
herd from either end of the feed alley. 



iy m_Q m C]_BO_OM ■2_ 




CjROUND- FLOOR. -PLAN 



Patie One Hundred Thirty-nix 



• 



ST>2VrS Lir^E EC^l-JIF»I»lEr^T 



• 



Where Cows Face Out 

Advocates of facing the cows out, 
call attention to the fact that while it 
may be well to do your feeding from 
one alley, you nevertheless do three- 
fourths of the work behind the cows. 
Cleaning and milking take more time 
than feeding. 

They claim that the cows breathe 
better air when they face out than 
when they face in. 

That it's more important to have 
the disinfecting action of the sunlight 
applied to the manger where the cow 
is fed than to the gutter. 

That you've got to build long in- 
take chutes for ventilation if your cows 
face in. 

That you've got to divide your 
herd to get it into the barn and if you 



get a cow on the wrong side of the bam, 
it causes confusion. 

Where cows face out the supporting 
posts for hay loft floor can be placed 
where they will in no way interfere 
with the arrangement of the stalls. 

Then the appearance of both herd 
and bam is better where cows face out. 
Cows are always sized up from behind. 
Where they face out, the whole herd 
is seen at one time. 

Furthermore, there never was a bam 
built, where the cows faced the center, 
that was wide enough to prevent the 
walls becoming spattered with manure. 
Facing the cows out prevents this. 
It keeps all the manure along one 
alley and the gasses and fumes are 
more easily disposed of when they are 
in one place. 




GROUND • TLOOR ■ PLAN 



Page One Hundred Thirty-seven 



• 



Hl-JIVT • HEL^^ • FET^T^IS &f CO 



• 



Construction Details 



The Foundation 

The foundation of a barn should be built 
with the same care as that of any other building. 
The bottom of the foundation wall should be 
at least six inches below the frost line. It 
should go down to hard pan to minimize set- 
tling of the building. The base or footing 
should be at least two feet wide for a two-story 
structure. It should be made of concrete, 10 
or 12 in. thick. 

The Wall 

The foundation wall should be carried high 
enough so that the sills are protected from 




'DtTAlL■?•^•DNRY•5^RN• 
TRAML'^'SASH' 
With STORVtHTiLKTiMcq Shields 



iy ItouQH 0?(a foR qiT: yy.lfSftSH. 

HORIIONTM SLCTION 



rotting. We recommend that the wall be run 
up as high as the bottom of the windows and 
that it, as well as the ground floor, should be 
made of concrete. 

For a simple, solid wall of concrete, forms 
are made of matched sheathing with the smooth 
side in. These are supported by 2 in. x 4 in. 
studs set 24 in. apart on center. A section of 
wall 3 or 4 ft. high can be made at one time, 
but the greatest care should be used to see 
that the forms are absolutely plumb and 
thoroughly braced. Bolts about % in. x 16 
in. should be inserted in the top of the wall at 

intervals of 6 ft. The threaded - 

ends should stick up about 6 in. 

above the wall. These are used 

to anchor the sills. 

The Windows 

Have plenty of windows and 
thereby assure an abundance of 
sunlight. A dark cow barn is 
unhealthful. Sunshine is life 
giving. It is Nature's greatest 
disinfectant. 

In determining the number 
and size of windows to be used 
in the Dairy Barn, allow at 
least 4 square feet of glass for 
each cow. The windows should 
be evenly distributed and where 
they are exposed directly to 
the bleak north wind, storm 
sash should be used. The inside 
of the barn should be arranged 
so as to obstruct the light as 
little as possible. We recom- 
mend the use of single sash 
windows, as they can be opened 
inwardly at the top and the 
air as it enters is diverted to 
the ceiling, thereby preventing 
drafts. 



Page One Hundred Thirty-eight 



*: 



S^JS^TZ LIIVE 



e;c^uif»i»^e]nt 



• 



The Floor 



As stated before, we recommend the 
use of concrete for stable floors. 
Wood floors are no longer used 
because they soon wear out and quickly 
become insanitary. 

There are two methods of construc- 
tion. In the old method, a concrete 
sub-base is first laid, about 5 in. thick, 
and this is covered with a finish coat 
about 1 in. thick. The other method 
is known as a one-course construction. 
The concrete is made richer in cement 
and wetter in consistency. To obtain a 
smooth finish, the coarse material is 
crowded down by means of a wooden 
float and the finer material is thus 
brought to the surface. 

The concrete is 6 in. thick and is 



mixed in the proportion of one part 
cement, two parts sand and three parts 
gravel. Enough water is added to make 
it of a quaky consistency so that when 
struck with a straight edge a small 
amount of water will appear on the 
surface. 

A floor laid according to this method 
will not wear slippery. 

To get the best results, freshly laid 
concrete should be protected from ex- 
tremes of temperature. A wet straw 
covering during the hot weather prevents 
a too rapid hardening, but it should 
not be put on until the surface of the 
work has set somewhat. 

In freezing weather, fresh concrete 
should be covered with straw just after 



5TAR Stlll Cow Stall 




4' zyv- 



5tar Cur& Clamp 

Cork bRicK Tloor 



^S>^^^^^ 



''ll^fl^I/^)/MJJi 



Rje.qliire:me:nt5 



omM-z--' 



'mTmmmTm'iMm^^^fmT^^^^mMfX': ; ; , 



TYPICAL STAR COW STALL 



■16"- 



QuTim 



'O Star -t- 
BtLLlRAP % 



LiTTLR 

Allly 




"^^. 



Page One Hundred Thirty-nine 



• 



HU>JT « HELIVl • FEI^TtlS &> CO 



=A- 



lO'- fc"- 



■4-o'H-^-o- 






-4'-G"- 



3O'-0' 
- Q-O" 



^- 



■5TELE.L COL5 



IS' 



-5-4"- 



16' 



"-^■^-^^^^y^fe'^S'J-^. A?:Aw<^ fe<-:'-^ 



4'-&"- 



lO'- fc" 



'Z-0=-H4'- O"- 



;CONCRE.TE. PIER5- 






bARN 30 rr WIDDCOWS fACINQOUT 




lr3 



bARN 34 Tt Widl-- Cows Tacing Out 



EliU 



I Z'- O' 



-4'-IO'H-2.-6"- 




-3&'- O"- 

-I z'- a- 






!©■ 



S'-O" -16"- 



I Z- O"- 



A'- 6- 



-Z- G"-K4- I O"- 



Bsfe^^'^-"^ "■ / •• 



:^4b3 



liiT] 



5ARN 36rTWlDL:C0W5 rACINOOUT 



tlil 



Page One Hundred Forty 



• 



ST^^VrS LIIME E: Q 1-J I F» IVf E IV T 



lo'-e' 




I &" -4'- 5"- 



rvAl E)ARN 30 TT WiDC^OWS TACINQ 1N 1213 



vl.'- 9'- 




bARN !)Z TT W1DL--COW5 rAClNQ Ih 



• 




1 1 '- &" 



G" —5-5"- 



bARN 34 fT W1DL--C0W5 TACINQ 1N 



BPp!^ 






!Z- O' 




2>G'- O" 
-12.'- O'- 



\Z' O" 



-G &- 



"^^ '^r^^iS^i'S^SS^ 




=iJS:: 



© —5- 7- 



■ ■ * -tijJ'.^y^i!.' ^ 1 



tllil 



Darn 3G Tt WiddCow^ Iacing In 



Page One Hundred Forty-one 



• 



HU^NT* HEL>^ • FEI^RIS &f CO • 



• 



it begins to set and this covering should 
be left on for at least thirty-six hours. 

Some objection has been raised to 
concrete floors on account of their being 
too cold in severe weather for cows to 
stand or lie upon. This objection may 
be overcome by covering the stall floor 
with Cork Brick, set in the concrete, 
which provides a surface as impervious 
to water and as easy to keep clean as 
the concrete itself. 

Floor Level 

It is important to get the right floor 
level. The dirt should be levelled off, 
cutting it down where too high, and 
filling in where too low, wetting and 
tamping until a hard surface is obtained. 
It should be noted that the cleaning, 
or litter alley floor, both where the 
cows face in and out, is on a level with 
the top of the door sill, or 6 in. above 
grade. The established ground floor 
level will, therefore, be 6 in. below the 
door sill if the floor is 6 in. in thickness. 

Drainage Grades 

The litter and cleaning alleys should 
have a slight pitch toward the gutter. 

Where a high feed alley floor is 
used the floor should pitch toward the 
manger. 

There should also be a certain amount 
of slope in the length of manger and 
gutter. 

These pitches in most cases being 
slight, the variation in grade can be 
made in the level of the dirt floor or 
by varying the thickness of the concrete 
floor. 



After the levels have been estab- 
lished, the drain tile can be laid and the 
drains and traps set at correct heights. 

The main floor level having thus 
been determined, the levels of the gutter 
floor, stall bed, manger and feeding 
floor can be easily obtained, being in- 
dicated by the use of sticks or by mark- 
ing the walls. 

By referring to pages 140 and 141, 
showing sectional diagrams of dairy 
floors, the various arrangements, mea- 
surements, and levels may be noted. 

Curb 

The curb is the first part of the 
floor to be built. Make it 6 in. high 
above the cow platform, and 6 in. wide. 

If STAR Curb Clamps are not 
used, the stalls should be assembled, 
set up, and plumbed true and straight in 
the curb form before the curb is poured. 

Cow Bed 

After the manger, the cow bed or 
platform is put in. 

This should be about 4 ft. 6 in. long 
for Jerseys, Guernseys and Ayershires. 
A platform 4 ft. 8 in. to 4 ft. 10 in. is 
recommended for Holsteins and Dur- 
hams. 

Twenty inches back from the curb, 
an elevation of '-^4 in. should be put in 
to hold the bedding in place and pro- 
vide a foothold for the cow when rising. 
From this point, the cow bed should 
slope toward the gutter gradually H 



Fiigc One Hundred Korty-two 



•- 



SnrJ\.T^ LIIVE E:QU^IF»lVIEINrT 



• 



cow bed should 
level of the litter 



in. to the foot. This provides for drainage 
and permits the cow to stand with front 
and hind feet on the same level. 

The surface of the 
cow bed should be 
brushed with a broom 
before drying, in order 
to give the animals 
a safe footing. 

The level of the 
be 3 in. above the 
alley. 

Manger 

The manger is constructed next. 

There are two types of mangers, as 
shown by the illustrations on this page. 
Each type has its advantages. 

The manger at the right is brought 
up to the level of the feed alley — where 
there is plenty of room between the 
feed alley and the ceiling. A manger 
of this type is often desirable for the 
reason that it is convenient to push 
the fodder back into the manger. 

The manger shown at the left of the 
page is brought up higher than the feed 
alley. The advantage of this construction 



is principally that the alleyways through- 
out the barn are all on a level. There 
are no inclines to overcome. 





We consider that both construc- 
tions are practical and these construc- 
tions represent the two most popular 
types of mangers now being built. 

Wooden forms, or templets, are fur- 
nished for forming either manger illus- 
trated. The manger should be 28 in. 
to 30 in. wide and should have a proper 
slope to drain. This width is needed 
so that the feed will not be scattered 
and wasted. When the cow eats, she 
takes a mouthful and extends her nose 
straight out in front. The distance 
from the stanchion to the end of the 
nose is from two to two and one-half 
feet. Therefore, a 
manger wide enough 
to catch the scat- 
tered feed is neces- 
sary. 

The sloping con- 
crete manger keeps 
the feed within 
reach at all times. 



Page One Hundred Forty-three 



• 



l^UTSTT « l-JEILIVI • FEI^I^IS g> CO * 



:• 



This is an important point, for when 
cows reach too far they are liable to 
slip, thus causing big knees, various 
sprains and bruises. 

The surface of the manger should 
be finished with a steel trowel and made 
as smooth as possible. 

Gutter 

The gutter should be 8 in. to 10 in. 
deep on the side of the cow bed, and 
16 in. to 20 in. wide. Constructed in 
this manner, the gutter is wide and 
deep enough to accommodate the manure 
and keep the cows clean. On the side 
of the alleyway, the gutter should be 
about 3 in. to 5 in. deep so the cow can 
easily back out of the stall. 

The bottom of the gutter should 
have a pitch of Yl ii^- from the stall 
side to the alley side so that the liquids 
will run to the back of the gutter. It 
should be trowel-finished in order that 
it may be easily cleaned. It should 
be sloped to a drain so that it can be 
flushed when necessary. 

Feed Alley and Cleaning Alley 

The balance of the floor is devoted 
to the feeding alleys and the cleaning 
alleys. The width of the feeding alley 
and the level above the ground floor 
will be determined by the type of 
manger used. 

The proper height of the feed alley 
floor, where the floor is brought to the 
level of the top of the manger, is shown 
by the illustration at the top of page 143. 

The bottom of the manger and cow 



bed are on a level. The feed alley is, 
therefore, equally high above both. The 
amount of room left is devoted to the 
cleaning alley, which should be brushed 
with a broom before the concrete has 
set in order to give it a rough finish. 

The importance of making the barn 
wide enough will be seen at once be- 
cause anything taken from the width 
comes out of the alleys and a narrow 
alley is an inconvenient place in which 
to work. 

The Drains 

Every part of the concrete floor, as 
well as mangers and gutters, should 
be provided with a means of drainage 
so that they can be flushed with water 
and thoroughly drained. 

Care should be taken, however, that 
the walks and alleys are nearly level 
so that there will be no danger of the 
cow slipping. 

Posts or Columns 

In planning the inside arrangement 
of the barn, one of the most important 
matters to consider is the arrangement 
of the posts or columns. These should 
be located in the curb between the 
stalls and in line with them where the 
cows face in, and they should be placed 
back of the stall partitions where the 
cows face out. 

Steel columns are preferable to wood 
posts because they occupy less space, 
are stronger and are more durable — 
also, because they offer less obstruction 
to the light and are not subject to decay. 
They are more sanitary. 



Page One Hundred Forty-four 



•- 



snrjs.T^ LiiVE 



Ecii-jiF»>iE:r^T 



• 










t'l'!-*fl- ''ilia -^^B^^i'"'' 





The Star Trussed Roof Barn 



THE plank frame construction has 
taken the place of the old style 
timber frame construction for the 
following reasons: 

1. It is stronger. 

2. It is cheaper. 

3. It is easier to build. 

4. It provides more loft room. 

The timber frame construction de- 
pends for its strength on careful work 
in making the joints and on the heft of 
material used. A timber frame is no 
stronger than its weakest tenon. The 
plank frame is heavily braced. It is 
made up of several trusses. These 
trusses are placed at intervals length- 
wise of the bam ranging from 10 to 14 
ft. apart, depending on the height of the 
building. The plank frame is so trussed 
and knit together that the strength of 
every fiber is brought into use. Heavy 



timbers are scarce and consequently ex- 
pensive. In the plank frame construc- 
tion, nothing heavier than 2 in. planks 
are used. 

In erecting a plank frame barn, no 
scaffolding is required. When the first 
truss is completed, it serves as a pattern 
for the others which are made exactly 
like it. It is an easy matter to erect 
the trusses, this being accomplished 
either with a small gang of men or a 
horse and tackle. 

The plank frame construction makes 
easy the putting away of the hay in the 
mow with the hay carrier as there are 
no^crossed beams or heavy supporting 
timbers in the way. Therefore, requires 
less help to put away the hay and it can 
be done in much less time — which is an 
important factor in hay making. 

This construction also provides for 
much more storage space in the loft. 



Page One Hundred Forty-five 



• 



HLJ>JT « 1-IELiyi * FEI^T^IS &f CO 



=)i^ 




INTERIOR View 

Star Trussed roof Barn 
Plank Frame Construction 



Page One Hundred Forty-sb: 



•- 



ST^^I^ HIVE EQXJI F»iyiE N^TT 



• 



as* Collar bim ■ 

UPPLR RAFTE.R5- 
Zx6"-Z'^"o; 



^ALV.lROU RlDcqE-ROLL. 



-5-2. ^HlNCqLLS 

U' ROOF 6QAR0J 



Z-2.\^o" Purlin 

bLOCKEO APART" 



Lover Rapte-RS.- 




EMa 






j:Pun 'TRii? 



;^/ 






^rt 



<<^ 



<^/ 



The Typical Truss 



:« 



<^;^ 



THE illustration on this page shows a STAR \^'' 
Plank Truss. This truss is continuous 
from foundation to ridge. The construc- 
tion is not broken at the mow level and it is therefore 
stronger and gives a better anchorage to the lower part 
of the barn frame. Stresses are carried directly to the 
foundation wall. 

The 2 in. X 8 in. studs are continuous from sill to plate. 

A three member truss chord ties the trusses together 
at the mow floor level. 

The purlin post built up of 2 in. x 10 in. planks is 
thoroughly braced, securely bolted and spiked to the truss 
chord at the mow floor level. 

The purlins consist of two 2 in. x 10 in., blocked apart 
and run the full length of bam. A 2 in. x 4 in. ledger 
is added forming a seat for the upper run of rafters. 

The truss principal extends from below the plate to 
the ridge. 

Two 2 in. X 6 in. struts run from purlin to truss principal. 
Purlin is braced to truss principal by 45 degree angle 
braces. The ridge is 2 in. x 10 in. A 2 in. x 8 in. collar 
beam ties the trusses together at the ridge and supports 
the hay track. 

The most convenient way is to cut lumber for all the 
trusses, so that all cuts will be uniform and then build 
and erect the trusses one at a time. 

The foot of the truss is blocked at the sill, and raised 
with block and tackle used in connection with a gin pole. 

After the first two trusses are raised the two upper 
plates, and the two lower plates are put in. Then the 
side framing, including the girts around the building, are 
installed (side framing shown in detail on page 150). 
When all the trusses are up and braced as shown by the 
details on the following pages, the two purlins are hoisted 
to position by block and tackle, and the ridge pole is 
added. The rafters, look-outs, and rafter ends are the 
finishing touches to the frame. 



m. 



-5-Z SHlNt^LES 

-Pitch : 
'TRuu-llRlSE- 



■ ?ITCH 



MOW Floor \ 



m^JOI5T5 



Floor Lme_ 



fiBIWl':'!t" 



'qKAPt- 






Page One Hundred Forty-seven 



• 



HUIVT • t-lELXI « FEI^I^IS SLf CO » 



• 



Detail of Construction at Foot of Truss 



THE illustration on this page shows 
in detail the construction at the 
foot of the truss, including the 
sill and the lower plate. 



2"x6" Studs 
CoNTiNuoQS From 
Sill td Top Plktl 




DETAiL9f Joints 
Toot 9f truss 



Anchor botx 
2-2"x6"SlLL 



Detail of 
Construction at 
Foot of Truss 



This drawing shows particularly well 
the continuous studs running from sill 
to plate, instead of starting at the 
second floor. The strength of this con- 
struction is easily seen. 

The sill, built up of 
two 2 in. X 8 in., with joints 
broken and lapped _at the 
corners, is anchored to the 
foundation wall by bolts 
embedded in the concrete 
for that purpose. 

Upon this sill the trusses, 
as described on the preced- 
ing page, are raised. The 
lower plate is made of 
two 2 in. X 8 in., and is 
spiked and placed between 
the continuous studs. It 
is supported by 2 in. x 8 in. 
cripple studs, which are 
spaced according to the windows tobe used . 

Diagonal braces are placed as shown 
in the illustration to support the ends 
of the lower plate. 

On the lower plate the floor joists 
rest. The truss chord connecting one 
truss with the opposite truss is clearly 
indicated in the drawing. The purlin 
post is bolted to the truss chord. 



Details of Construction at Top Plate 



As illustrated on opposite page, a 
built-up plate constructed of two 
2 in. X 8 in. rests upon the 2 in. 
X 8 in. continuous studs. This plate 
runs around the entire building. All 
corners are well lapped and joints bro- 
ken. The lower end of the 2 in. x 12 in. 
which forms the truss principal is bolted 
and spiked between the two 2 in. x 8 in. 
studs, directly beneath the plate. 



The truss principal is also bolted 
and spiked where it crosses between the 
two 2 in. x 10 in. which make up the 
purlin post. Horizontal braces and single 
pieces of 2 in. x 8 in. are spiked in place 
as shown in the illustration. The draw- 
ings showing the side framing and end 
framing on following pages clearly show 
any other details of wall construction. 



Page One Hundred Forty-eight 



• 



STJS.Ti I^ITVE 



EQUJIF»IviEr»JT 



• 



Detail of Construction at Purlin 



IN the illustration below is shown a 
detail of the construction at the 
purlin. The purlin is made of two 
2 in. X 10 in. held apart by blocks, or 
spacers, at intervals of about 3 ft. The 
purlin is supported by the purlin post 
which is cut to receive it, as shown in 
the illustration. A two member strut 
connects the purlin and purlin post with 
the truss principal. One end of a 2 in. 



X 6 in. diagonal brace is spiked to the 
purlin, 4 ft. from the bent. The other 
end is securely spiked to the truss princi- 
pal. On the other side of the truss 
another angle brace is spiked in like 
manner, as shown in the illustration. 

Note particularly how the various 
members are joined and knit together. 
There can be no sagging roof with this 
kind of construction. 




Z'^XlO^RlDqE:.- 



z'X6" Raftlr 

fTtLE-R 



e:"x6" Rafter 




Detail at Ridge 




Detail of Truss at Top Plate 



Detail of Truss at Purlin 



Page One Hundred Forty-nine 



• 



HUI^T « IHIELlVf • FET^r^IS gj CO 



• 



rXlP'RlDQE- bOARD 



ZI'xA" Collar btftMS 




CONCRLTt 



-tZ"x S'j Walu Plat t- -^^^ 
FOUNDATION 



Sradsi bNfc- 



'PART'SlDt'TRAMlNq' 



Page One- Hundred Fifty 



• 



ST^^ri Lii*^E e:c^uif»>ie]nt 



Z')(10"«lD(qL bOARD 



• 



2-mo'PuRLm 



2-2"k10" Purlin 




— QON'^BLIt JNCLIN t_Tq_& ARN _ 
foOTlN^CbuRStOMlTTtD L!hDE.R LA,RG|E- Op\q. 



Typical^ END^fRAMmG 



Page One Hundred Fifty-one 



• 



H1J^I>JT « IHIELIVf « FEI^T^IS &f CO 



• 




INTERIOR View 

STAR BRACED RAFTER BARN 
Plank Frame Construction 



Page One Hundred Fifty-two 



i^ 



snrjKTi. Lir^E e: cm i f» ivi e p*j t 



• 



Star Braced Rafter Barn 



WE submit on the opposite page 
another type of bam construc- 
tion—the STAR Plank Frame 
Braced Rafter Barn — a popular type of 
construction for the short, low struc- 
ture, not exceeding 36 ft. in width. 

An advantage of this type of con- 
struction is that short lengths of lumber 
are alone needed. The lumber can be 
secured from the smallest dealer's stock, 
as no timber going into this frame is 
over 12 in. wide, and 16 ft. in length. 
A mechanic is not required to frame this 
barn, as there are few difficult joints to 
make — a feature that will be appreciated 
by the farmer who is his own carpenter. 



This barn has been widely advertised 
as requiring less lumber than a truss 
roof barn. Built of equal capacity and 
substantially framed, it has, however, 
been definitely proven by estimates fur- 
nished by two lumber concerns that it 
contains more board feet of lumber than 
a truss barn. 

In the use of this construction, no 
posts are required in the hay mow to 
support the peak of the roof as the roof 
is self-supporting. For this reason, the 
largest amount of storage space is pro- 
vided in the mow and there are no ob- 
structions to hinder in the unloading of 
hay by means of Hay Carriers and Tracks. 



The Star Gothic Roof Barn 



There is still another type of con- 
struction, known as the Gothic type, 
which is used to considerable extent and 
which has several points of advantage. 
We do not show any details of this style 
of construction, but do show on pages 169 
and 182, exteriors made after this type. 

This barn is particularly admired 
for its attractive appearance. It is 
easy to build and comparatively inex- 
pensive. The Gothic rafter is made 
from 1 in. lumber, built up to the re- 
quired thickness by nailing together 



several pieces of 1 in x 4 in or 1 in x 6 in. 
material. The curve is marked out on 
the loft floor, along which blocks are 
nailed and to these blocks, the first 
member of the rafter is bent and nailed 
and the rafter built to the size required 
by adding 1 in. material, which is bent 
to the curve and nailed. All the rafters 
are made in one form. 

This type provides an unobstructed 
hay mow and a roof that is well drained 
and strong, as is implied by its arched 
construction. 



Page One Hundred Fifty-thn 



'"^f r imJ^JT « HELIVI * FEKLI^IS gj CO « ^ F^ 



Ventilation 

BARN ventilation is a necessity. It is just as essential that stock 
should be supplied with an adequate amount of fresh air every 
24 hours as it is that they should be supplied with food and water 
— it is even more necessary, as pure air is not only essential but vital. 

We are too apt to reverse the order because of being under the. 
necessity of providing the food and water at whatever expense, whereas 
pure air is an ingredient that automatically comes into the building 
and we get the impression that all we have to do is to open a door or a 
window or a sufficient number of them and it will be supplied without 
any especial effort on our part. 

The very reason that this erroneous idea prevails explains why, in 
the majority of cases, so little thought is given by the man who builds 
a barn to the important subject of ventilation. 

In some cases, farmers do give thought to the subject and try to 
work out a system of ventilation of their own with the usual result that 
it proves unsatisfactory. Now, almost any system of ventilation is 
better than no system, but there is no reason why the best should not 
be had when it can be obtained at as little cost as something far inferior. 

The matter of barn ventilation is not complicated or difficult to 
understand. There are only three factors that enter into it the area- 
tors or cupolas, the fresh air intakes or flues and the foul air out-takes 
or flues. 

When these three are installed in the right relationship to each other 
and of the proper size, then the correct system of ventilation is bound 
to result, which means that a constant supply of pure, fresh air will 
be taken into the barn and the foul air, laden with impurities and mois- 
ture, will be removed from the barn and not only will the stock be supplied 
with an abundance of pure air, but the barn itself and its contents, other 
than stock, will be kept in a dry, clean and healthful condition. 

The dairyman is most interested in getting the largest amount of 
milk yield possible. It goes without saying that in order to do this. 



Paul- Oni; Hundred Kifts'-four 



y f STyxrg LiiVE jEQi^iF^iyiEivnr ^^ F^ 



Ventilation— Continued 

he must have a healthy herd. It is equally apparent that in order to 
have a healthy herd, an abundance of pure air must be supplied as well 
as an abundance of pure food. They are set down here in the order 
of their importance, since as stated, pure air is more vital than pure 
food and, in quantity, requires to be furnished in doubly the amount. 

Suppose you own a herd of 40 Holstein cows. You would not think 
of giving these cows from one-quarter to one-half as much feed and water 
as would be required to keep them either healthy or productive. The 
thought would be absurd. But if you fail to provide a system of venti- 
lation which will give these same animals the proper amount of pure 
air, then you have failed to the same degree as though you had deprived 
them of adequate feed and water. True, without the proper pure air 
supply, they might not die, at least for a long time, but these same cattle 
would continue to live for a considerable length of time only half fed 
and half watered. 

Cattle may be starved by depriving them of a proper supply of pure 
air just as they would be starved by a lack of food or water. The only 
difference is that it is readily detected if the herd is starving because 
of a lack of food, where it is not so easily determined that they are starved 
by a lack of pure air. 

You have doubtless noticed a rough, scrawny herd turned out to 
pasture in the spring, thin, lifeless and with the appearance of having 
been poorly kept. The natural thought would be that this condition 
was due to insufficient food and water but a careful analysis will more 
frequently prove a lack of sanitation, insufficient sunlight and little or 
no ventilation. 

Note the improved appearance of the same herd 30 days later. Too 
often this change is attributed to the green pasture afforded the herd 
and not often enough to the fact that out-of-doors the herd has the 
opportunity to obtain in quantities the pure air of which it had been 
deprived during the winter in a poorly ventilated barn. 



Taijc- On.: lliinilrH Pirty-fivp 



•- 



If LJ IM'l' 



MELTVf 



T^nzTtrtis «j c::o 



-• 



Why Pure Air Is Required 



IF (I rf)HHlniit chmiKf of iiir is nci'dlul, lluii 
the How should Ik- sufricic-iit niul coiitimious 
i\\ nil tiTiii-s. Tills cimnot t.-ikc |)l;icc iiiilcss 
llic piopci syslciii is i)roviclf(l. 

To illustnilf more forcibly how iini)cr!ilivc 
is the iifcil of pure air, let us sliilc llint the 
liniiiK membriine of the lunns of (in onliiiiiry 
cow, if it could he stretched out in a continuous 
sheet, would have an arer\ of 1,500 s(iu!\re feci. 
This area is equal to that of the sides and ceiling 
of a room 11 ft. s(iuare and the same height. 

Ill order lli.il the blood may have an opjxir 
tiinity of absorbing the oxynen brought into 
the luiiKs, this membrane contains a network 
of tiny blood vessels or capillaries. The red 
cori)uscles in the blood exchauKC the carbon 
dioxide waste, or as it is sometimes called, 
carbonic acid K"**. '<"' "xynen. Il will, there- 
fore, be seen that the air inhaled undergoes 
a ra<lical olianne. Whc-n exhaled, its tempera- 
ture is increased and it is laden with moisture 
(.'.ivcii (ill by the lunns, and the carbonic acid 
^•.n;l has repliucd the bulk of the oxygen which 
il (-onlaincil. 

We have brielly described what takes i)lai-e 
duiiiic. our icspirat ion. Multii)ly this by the 
luinibtr n\ respirations per minute and the 
imiubci of cows in the Iwirn, and you will have 
some idea of llie necessity of replacing with 
l)ure air the moisture laden air and iniisonous 
Kascs Riven ol'f. 

Plenty of statistics could be shown to prove 
that the amount of oxygen taken out of the air 
once exhaled makes it absolutely unhl to be 
again inhaled until it has been mixed with a 
bcsh sui)ply of pure air. 



Horse 

Cow 

Pig 

Sheep 

Hen 



Amount of Air Breathed Daily 
by Different Animals 

I.1)H. 

272 

224 

89 

58 



Cu. ft. 
3,401 
2,804 
1,103 
726 
29 



Another Need for Ventilation 

Aside from the bringing in of pure air to 
replace the oxygen being used up, a ventilation 
system is essential for removing the moisture 
thrown off by the cattle. 

It is estimated that apiiroximately ten 
))ounds of moisture, in the form of an invisible 
vai)or, is given off by each animal ])er day. 
With a herd of forty cows this would mean 
four hundred jjounds of moisture every twenty- 
four hours that must be disposed of. 

This vapor, if allowed to remain, will condense 
into moisture on the walls and ceiling of the barn. 

One of till- best evidi-ncis of a poor venti- 
lation system is tin- bost which forms on the 
inside of the stable, caused iirincipally by the fact 
that the moisture exhaled is not being carried off. 

This moisture tends to decay the building 
and heljis to contribute to the cold, damp, 
insanitary condition. 

In addition to the moisture given off by 
the .animal, it must be remembered that the 
incoming air is also moisture-laden. 

To prevent condensation, it means that there 
must be an adi'iiuatc .iiid continuous movement 
of ;iir. To give you sonu icK.i of tlu' i)i()bk'm to 
be contendeil with, we show below another 
table which states the reipiired number of feet 
of air per hour antl per head, which must pass 
througli the stable, to prevent condensation of 
moisture when it enters the stable 75"f; saturated 
and leaves it saturated at thi' stable temperature. 



If the outside air 






When 


the 


stable tempir 


at me is: 




is 7.'i"/j saturated at 


30" 




40' 




W 




60" 


70" 


the lemi>( ratine of 




Tlu 


■ voluuie of 


air 


per head 


and 1 


)er hour must 


be: 




Cu. ft. 




Cu. ft. 




Cu. ft. 




Cu, It, 


Cu. ft 


0" 


1 .982 




1,253 




832 




554 


402 


10" 


2.334 




1 .385 




887 




569 


415 


15" 


2,620 




1,480 




931 




614 


424 


20" 


3,140 




1 .()34 




9i)(, 




638 


434 


30" 


b:nn 




2,201 




1,1 (>.S 




715 


466 


40" 






4,268 




l,5ft() 




842 


520 


50" 










1,782 




1,126 


655 



r.lU<' Our- lllllKllnl l''l(lv kK 



• 



STT^^R LIIVE EQI^JIF^IViEIVT 



-• 



And it must be remembered that the foul 
air, ammonia and gasses which arise from the 
manure, if not carried off, would in themselves, 
contaminate the air in the barn to such an 
extent that it would be unfit to breathe, even 
if it contained the necessary amount of oxygen. 

Autiioiities agree that the air in stables 
should not contain more than 3.3% of air once 
breathed. This means that with an ideal 
ventilation system, the air in the stable is 
maintained, as nearly as possible, equal in 
purity to that outside. 

The Kinds of Ventilation 

There are primarily two kinds of ventilation 
— forced and natural. 

Forced ventilation is only necessary in 
office buildings, factories, theatres and such 
places where an artificial suction is the only 
means by which the impure air can be removed. 

This system for dairy barns would not only 
be expensive, but unnecessary. 

The theory as worked out by Professor 
King, formerly of the University of Wisconsin, 
is the basis today, either in its original form, 
or with such modifications as later experiments 
have proven advisable, for all natural ventila- 
tion systems. 

We have dwelt at Icngtli on the subject of 
why to ventilate, without entering into a 
technical explanation or submitting statistics. 

As applied to a dairy herd it is merely a 
matter of dollars and cents. The less pure air 
given to the animal, the more water and feed 
required. To properly fatten cattle or to keep 
them in a healthful condition without an ade- 
quate supply of pure air is next to impossible. 
Proper food, plenty of water and, above all, 
adequate ventilation, are the essentials which 
keep the production of the dairy herd at its 
maximum. 



The Real Problenn of Ventilation 

The real problLin of ventilali<jn is not WHY 
to ventilate, but HOW to ventilate. 

The intake and outtake flues as well as the 
cuixjla itself, must have sufficient capacity. 
Tlie ideal arrangement is to have the fresh air 
released in front of the cattle and the foul air 
taken out near the floor back of the cattle. 

While it is true that warm air rises, and 
as warm air is exhaled, one might get the im- 
pression that the impure air would be near 
the ceiling. The fact is that respired air 
cooled to a temperature between 70 and 30 
degrees is heavier than pure air of the same 
temperature. This, together with the fact that 
the foul air and gases rise from the gutters, 
will explain the reason for having the outtakes 
extend almost to the floor. 

This system permits the fresh, pure air 
which is released in front of the cows and at 
the ceiling, to become moderated before reach- 
ing them, and at the same time there is a 
tendency to constantly force the foul air back 
of the cattle. 

To obtain the best results, both intakes and 
outtakes should be double thickness insulated 
with paper between, making an airtight con- 
struction. 

All hay chutes should be kept closed so 
that the air both coming in and leaving the 
barn will follow the channels intended. 

On the pages which follow, we have illus- 
trated and described at length ventilation 
systems for the various conditions to be met. 

While the foul air outtakes are important 
they are no more important than the cupola 
into which the foul air flows. 

STAR Steel Cupolas were designed with a 
knowledge of the conditions to be met. The 
wind blowing through the opening creates a 
suction or up-draught. This design prevents 
a down-draught which would defeat the object 
for which the entire system was designed. 

STAR Steel Cupolas are illustrated and 
described on pages 84 to 86. 



I'agt: Uliu IIuikIk'iI iMfly-Hcvc-n 



• 



H[UWT * HELIVI * FEI^I^IS &j CO 



-* 



GALV. STELL CUPOLA 

FOUL AIR OUTLCT 




FRL5H AIR 
INTAKE. - 



<Nt Star ^ystlm Or Ve.ntilation 



Cow5 Facing In 



Page One Hundred Fifty-eight 



• 



STT^^Vre LIIVE E:C^UriF»iyiEIVT 



^ 



Ventilation System for Dairy Barn 
Where Cows Face In 



THE illustration opposite shows a 
cross section of a dairy barn 
arranged to accommodate two 
rows of cattle facing each other. 

With this arrangement, the best way 
to ventilate the dairy bam is to have 
the large out-take flues, or foul air 
shafts, arranged as indicated. These 
out-take flues should be built so that 
they extend straight up to the roof 
line and follow it to the cupola or ven- 
tilator. They should be spaced so that 
no point of the barn will be more than 
30 feet distant, as practical tests have 
shown that this is the greatest distance 
where these flues can be depended upon 
to draw efficiently. 

Out-take flues should start from 
12 to 18 in. from the floor so that the 
damp, heavy, foul air, moisture and 
gasses will be drawn out rather than 
the warmer air. This gives the fresh 
air entering the barn an opportunity of 
becoming moderated through contact 
with the warmer air, nearer the ceiling, 
before it reaches the cattle. 

The illustration brings out clearly 
the fact that the fresh air should enter 
the intakes from three to four feet 
lower than the point where it flows into 
the barn. This arrangement guarantees 
the flow of air into the barn rather than 
a tendency for the warm air to leave 
through the fresh air intakes. 



The intakes should be evenly dis- 
tributed around the building to force 
general distribution of the fresh air as 
it enters the barn so that all of the 
animals may share alike in its benefits. 

Note from the illustration that the 
fresh air intakes must be extended to 
the center of the bam so that the fresh 
air is released in front of the cattle and 
so that the pressure has a tendency to 
force the foul air and gasses back toward 
the foul air out-takes. 

Size and Number of Intakes 

The fresh air intakes should be a 
trifle over one-half square foot in area. 
Arrange for two for every five cows. 
To be exact, figure thirty-two square 
inches of intakes for each cow and 
forty square inches for each horse. 
These intakes should be distributed 
about the barn not more than ten to 
twelve feet apart to get the best results. 

Keep in mind that the combined 
area of the intakes should exceed the 
combined area of the outlets by from 
five to ten per cent. This gives a 
pressure from the outside slightly greater 
than the capacity of the outlets, which 
tends to increase the velocity of the 
up-draft. 

Details of the construction of both 
intakes and outlets are given on pages 
which follow. 



Page One Hundred Fifty-nine 



• 



Hi-r>jT • iHiEL^i * FE:rg.rg,is &y CO • 



• 



rRt5H AIR 
INTAKE 



GALV. STt^L CUPOLA 

FOUL AIR OUTLE.T 




-- FRC5h AlP 
--- INTAKE 
© 



Grade. 



<Mt 3 TAR 5Y5TLM Or VE.NTILATION 
Cows Tacinq Out 



Page One Hundred Sixty 



•- 



ST^^vrC LII**JE 



EZQlLJIF^iyiErVT 



• 



Ventilation System for Dairy Barn 
Where Cows Face Out 



ON the opposite page is shown an 
illustration of a cross section of 
a dairy barn, arranged to accom- 
modate two rows of cattle facing out. 

With this arrangement, the best way 
to ventilate the dairy barn is to have 
the large out-take flues or foul air shafts 
arranged as indicated. These out-take 
flues should be built so they extend as 
nearly straight up to the roof line as 
possible in order to keep friction or 
resistance at the lowest point. These 
out-take flues should be spaced, if pos- 
sible, so no point of the barn will be 
more than 30 feet distant. Practical 
tests have shown that this is the greatest 
distance at which these flues can be 
depended upon to draw efficiently. 

You will note that these out-takes 
are located either in line with the cattle 
or back of them, if possible, so that at 
no time does the foul air have to travel 
in front of the cattle to make its escape. 
The out-takes should start from twelve 
to eighteen inches from the floor so the 
damp, heavy, foul air, moisture and 
gasses will be drawn out rather than 
warm air. This gives the fresh air 
entering the barn an opportunity of 
becoming moderated through contact 
with the warm air nearer the ceiling 
before it reaches the cattle. 

The illustration brings out clearly 
the fact that the fresh air should enter 
the intake E from three to four feet 
lower than from the point where it 
flows into the barn F. This arrange- 



ment guarantees the flow of fresh air 
into the barn rather than a tendency 
for the warm air to leave through the 
intakes. 

The intakes should be evenly dis- 
tributed around the building to force 
general distribution of the fresh air as 
it enters the barn so that all the animals 
share alike in its benefits. 

Note from the illustration that the 
intakes E release the fresh air in front 
of the cattle and at the ceiling F so that 
the pressure has a tendency to force 
the foul air and gasses back toward the 
foul air out-takes. 

Size and Number of Intakes 

The fresh air intakes should be a 
trifle over one-half square foot in area. 
Arrange for two for every five cows. 
To be exact, figure thirty-two square 
inches of intakes for each cow and forty 
square inches for each horse. These 
intakes should be distributed about the 
barn not more than ten to twelve feet 
apart to get the best results. 

Keep in mind that the combined 
area of the intakes should exceed the 
combined area of the out-takes by' 
from five to ten per cent. This gives 
a pressure from the outside slightly 
greater than the capacity of the out- 
takes, which tends to increase the ve- 
locity of the up-draft. 

Details of construction of both in- 
takes and outlets are given on the 
pages which follow. 



Page Oiu- Hundred Sixty-one 



• 



Construction of Intake Flues for Barns 
Where Cows Face in 



'I All, 



-• 





dairy barns where the cows face in, il is well to arrange the joists 
iiuiinn crosswise [so that the fresh air inlets may be constructed 
very little exix-nse by sealing over between two joists. 

Where the joists niii IciiKthwisc, it is necessary to construct fresh 
iitakes which haiin below the joists. 

"lie construction of the intake Hue siiown in the illustration is 
a to that shown on the opjiosite i)aRe, except that it is extended 
e I'cnler of the b.iin so tli.il Ihi' I'resh air may be released at the 
H imd in IVoiit of the cattle. 



rile Irish .lir duct should be m;i(k' of D. & M. Boards, double 
ness, with either oiu' half inch air space between or insulated with 
inn paper. This is necessary to prevent condensation on the barn 
ig and walls in line with these fresh air ducts. When the warm 
air in the barn strikes these fresh air ducts, which are, of course, 
condensation takes place unless the proper insulation is provided. 

The outside openings should have STAR Registers fitted with 
automatic shut-offs which can be operated from the inside of the barn. 
The openings in the ceiling should be fitted with STAR Register Faces. 

Note p.irticularly the delleclors which divide the fresh air 
duels so tli.il the ,iir is releasetl into the barn where otherwise 
till- teiukiicy would be to travel the length of 
the entire iluct . 



W^*^*^ 



Also note that the inlet where the fresh 
air is taken in is located from three to four 
feet lower than where the air is released. 
This is done to insure suction into the barn 
rather than a tendency for the warm air to 
leave. In other words, the warm air is 
trapped, preventing a too sudden cooling of 
the barn. 



Uuiiili.'il SIMy iHii 



•- 



Construction of Intake Flues for Barns 
Where Cows Face Out 

THE construction of the intake flue or fresh 
air duct where the cows face out is com- 
paratively simple. A box comstructed of 
1 in. X 6 in. D. & M. boards, built in between 
the studding answers the purpose nicely. To 
, avoid condensation on the inner wall in line with 
the fresh air intake, double thickness boards 
should be used with a one-half inch air space 
between, or with building paper for insulation. 

The outer opening of the flue or duct should 
be a little larger than the flue itself. It should 
be covered with a STAR Register fitted with an 
automatic shut-off so that the volume of fresh 
air taken in can either be regulated or shut off 
if necessary. 

The inner opening should be the same size as 
the outer opening. It should be covered with 
a STAR Register face. You will note that 
where the cattle face out, the fresh air is released 
at a point from three to four feet higher than 
where it enters the inlet and as near the ceiling 
as possible, directly in front of the cattle. 

Ventilation can be increased by having the 
windows fitted with STAR Window Guards. 
When the windows are opened, they drop back 
into the guards which in turn deflect the air to 
the ceiling, allowing it to become moderated 
before reaching the cattle. Details of window 
construction are given on page 138. Note that 
the window illustrated is so designed that for 
summer ventilation it can be raised from below 
or entirely removed. 

Where the masonry wall extends to the mow 
floor, it is at times advisable to locate the 
windows in pairs with a mullion between. This 
mullion should be large enough to serve as the 
fresh air intake. This makes a very desirable 
arrangement to take care of this condition be- 
cause the fresh air inlet is located in between 
each pair of windows and does not have to be 
built into the masonry. 



• 




Pane Oiic- Ilunilrpd Sixty-llircc 



• 



I^l-JNT • HELIVI . F^EI^reiS SL9 CO • 



• 



Construction of Out-take Flues 



ON the out-take flue depends, to a 
great extent, the success or fail- 
ure of the ventilation system. 
This flue preferably should be square 




%^'':. 



or round in cross section. It must be 
constantly kept in mind that the 
straighter the flue, the less friction. 
The cross sectional area should be main- 
tained the entire length of the flue. 
For example: if the flue, at the 
start, were the proper size and 
were decreased in size going through 
the mow, the capacity would be 
correspondingly decreased. 

This flue should be constructed 
of matched boards, double thick- 
ness and insulated with paper. It 
is essential that this construction 
should be as near air tight as pos- 
sible. If care is not taken on this 
point, then the efficiency will be 
correspondingly decreased. 

It is advisable to locate these 
foul air out-takes so that no point 
of barn will be more than thirty 
feet distant. This is the greatest 
distance where the out-take flue 
can be depended upon to draw 
efficiently. 

It is well to locate a sliding 
door near the ceiling practically 
the same size as the opening below, 
so that during the summer months 
when the barn becomes too warm 
or too damp, the warm, damp 
air can be released quickly. 

Of equal importance to the out- 
take is the cap or ventilator on the 
roof. STAR Steel Cupolas are 



Page One Hundred Sixty-four 



•: 



STv^re LIIVE 



E:cii^iF»iviEr^T 



• 



Construction of Out-take Flues 



(Continued) 



scientifically designed and are more 
efficient than wooden cupolas. Not only 
that, they are lighter and their con- 
struction guards against a down draft. 
It is important that a cupola should 
extend at least three feet above the 
ridge of the barn or any surrounding 
barns if the best results are. obtained. 

The principle is just the same as 
that of a chimney and if the require- 
ments of an efficient chimney are kept 
constantly in mind it will aid greatly 
in constructing these out-take flues. 

The preceding pages have covered 
in as brief and concise a manner as 
possible, the fundamental principles of 
ventilation. These principles are those 
on which recognized authorities agree 
and on which all successful ventilating 
systems are based. 

From the explanations given and 
the illustrations shown, a practical 
system of ventilation can be figured 
out to suit any ordinary requirements. 

There may be special cases, not 
covered in the suggestions outlined. 
But THERE IS ALWAYS A WAY 
TO VENTILATE, and to take care of 
such cases we shall be glad to have you 
call upon our BARN PLAN DEPART- 
MENT for advice and co-operation. 
This department has made a thorough 
study of ventilation from a practical 



standpoint and is prepared to assist 
you in every way possible in figuring 
out problems of ventilation as well as 
barn equipment. 

Size of Out-take Flues 

Due to the variance in humidity, tem- 
perature, height of duct and velocity of 
wind, it is difficult to outline a cut-and- 
dried formula for figuring the size of out- 
take flues which will apply under different 
climatic conditions, etc. However, most 
authorities will agree that a safe rule 
to follow is to allow thirty-two square 
inches of area for each cow and forty 
square inches of area for each horse. 
For example: in a barn stabling ten 
cows and two horses, the combined area 
of the out-take flues should equal about 
four hundred square inches. In other 
words, a flue twenty inches square, 
inside measurements, would be ample. 

Where conditions arise making sharp 
angles or bends necessary, the area of 
the flue should be increased to offset the 
loss of efficiency due to friction. 

When the flue has to be flattened 
somewhat, so that its shape is neither 
round nor square, the area should be 
relatively greater. 

This rule is as practical a basis on 
which to figure as any that has yet been 
established. 



Page One Hundred Sixty-five 



• 



HUISTT « HELIVl •F^EI^RIS SLf CO* 



• 



Have Your Barn Built on Paper First 



WE are equipped to produce and 
supply plans for Modern Dairy- 
Barns and other farm buildings. 
At the head of this department are ex- 
perienced men who for years have been 
designing barns for leading dairymen 
throughout the country. They are ex- 
perienced in the field of barn construc- 
tion and engineering. 

This department furnishes: 

1. Floor Plans. 

2. Complete Working Plans. 

3. Complete Specifications. 

We furnish, without charge, com- 
plete floor plans. These plans are blue 
printed, drawn to exact scale and cover 
our recommendation in each individual 
case according to the conditions and 
requirements. On these floor plans, we 
show accurately the location of each 
door and window, also the arrangement 
of all stalls, pens, bins, ventilating 
chutes, feed and litter alleys, etc. 

We also furnish at a nominal charge, 
complete blue printed working plans in 
addition to floor plans. These working 
plans show drawings of all elevations, 
cross-sections showing construction of 
foundation walls, floors, side walls and 
height of ceilings and cross sections of 
framing, showing size and lengths of 
rafters, joists, studding, braces and all 



other lumber used and how same is 
joined together. 

Also all detailed drawings are pro- 
vided showing construction of windows, 
doors, cornices, ventilating flues — both 
intake and out-take — hay chutes, etc. 

Complete specifications are also fur- 
nished with each set of plans where 
desired. 

We submit herewith a number of 
practical Dairy and All-Purpose Barns 
intended to cover the ordinary range of 
requirements. Choose the design of 
barn that best suits you. Send to us 
for the floor plans or complete plans 
and specifications. Floor plans are free. 
The nominal charge made for complete 
plans and specifications will be refunded 
upon the purchase of STAR Equipment. 

Or, if you wish us to furnish complete 
special plans for a barn of unusual 
character or design, we will do so at a 
cost commensurate with the work in- 
volved. 

In any event, you can bring your 
building problems to this department 
with the assurance that you will get 
the most expert authoritative advice, 
and that the plans submitted will be 
scientifically correct and in accordance 
with the best principles of modern barn 
construction. 



Page One Hundred Sucty-gix 



•- 



ST^^Vr^ LIIVE E:cmiF»IviEN^T 



• 




Star Dairy Barn No. 1 



36 ft. wide, 126 ft. long, and approximately 
44 ft. from grade to ridge. 

It has a feed room accommodation at the 
end, 36 ft. wide and 20 ft. long. The driveway 
to mow floor simplifies the unloading of hay 
and straw. Grain bins located above the 
mixing room can be filled directly from wagon 
and grain can then be spouted to the mixing 
room on ground floor. Hay mow capacity is 
217 tons. 

The ground floor is planned to accommodate 
40 cows, 4 calf pens, a cow pen, 
and a bull pen. The cows face in, 
with a broad feed alley down the 
center. 

Ground floor height is 8 ft. 6 
in. The entire ground floor and 
foundation walls are of concrete. 
Foundation walls extend to the 
level of window sills. The con- 
struction is a plank frame with a 



trussed roof, as illustrated on page 146. The 
exterior walls of ground floor are covered with 
horizontal drop siding and vertical siding is used 
above mow floor. 

This is a beautiful as well as a practical, 
modem milk factory. It is well lighted, well 
ventilated, has ample storage capacity, and a 
business end in which the largest amount of 
work can be handled with a minimum of effort. 

It is a type of barn that can be built and 
STAR Equipped complete at reasonable cost. 




Ground • fLOOR • flas 



Page One Hundred Sixty-seven 



• 



HU^^iJT « HE:L>1 * FET^TMS &> CO 



• 




Star General Purpose Barn No. 2 



36 ft. wide, 72 ft. long and 38 ft. high from 
grade to ridge. The cattle shelter and imple- 
ment shed is built at the silo end, 24 x 40 ft. 

This barn is of the braced rafter type of 
construction, as shown on page 152. It is a 
well constructed building with no posts in mow 




to interfere with the unloading of hay. The 
floor and foundation up to the window sills are 
of concrete. The frame walls are sided with 
horizontal drop siding, making a very neat 
appearing structure. Hay mowcapacityis lOOtons. 

It is planned to accommodate 18 cows, and 
9 horses, including two box stalls. 

The stock face out, which gives an 8 ft. 
driveway in the center for manure spreader. 

In the horse stable a harness room has been 
provided in which harness can be hung and 
various supplies kept. 

A concrete floor in the cattle bam extends 
4 ft. beyond the building — a feature which the 
farmer will appreciate. 

The implement shed has been well designed 
for the convenient handling of farm implements. 

This barn and annex form a very complete 
and convenient farm group. 



Page One Hundred Sixty-eight 



•: 



SnrJS.TZ LIIVE E;ClI-JIF»iyiE]NT 



• 




Star General Purpose Barn No. 3 



36 ft. wide, 62 ft. long and 38 ft. from grade 
to ridge, with a shed addition, 36 ft. wide and 
13 ft. long. 

In this plan provision is made for the 
stabling of horses across one end. There are 
three horse stalls and a box stall. The cow 
barn is partitioned off from horse barn, and 
accommodates 20 cows. Cows face out. 

The oats bin and hay chute are conven- 
iently planned. The small bin is filled directly 
from the larger bins located on the mow floor. 
Hay is elevated from the outside. Access to 
mow is by a stairs in horse barn. Hay mow 
capacity is 86 tons. 

Ceiling height is 8 ft. 6 in. in clear. The 
entire lower floor and foundation walls are of 
concrete. Foundation wall extends to the level 
of window sills. This is a plank frame, Gothic 
roofed barn with vertical drop siding. It is 



especially well planned, lighted and ventilated. 
Bins and silo are so located that feeding can 
be done quickly and with a minimum of effort. 
The construction of this barn is simple, 
and requires no expensive labor to build. The 
mow is large and unobstructed, and the graceful 
curve of the roof affords the best possible 
drainage. This is an unusually beautiful barn, 
yet less board feet of lumber are required to 
build it than any other type of construction. 




flROUNO-riOOR'PUN' 



Page One HiinHred Sixty-i 



• 



MI-JP4T • ULELIVl . FEI^rfclS &f CO 



-• 




Star General Farm Barn No. 4 



36 ft. wide, 98 ft. long and 42 ft. from grade 
to ridge. 

The interior arrangement of the cow barn 
provides for 28 cows, facing in, and two calf 
pens accommodating 12 calves. Feed bins are 
built next to the silo with larger bins overhead. 

The horse barn contains 3 single and two 
double horse stalls, and a box stall. A feed room 
with overhead bins is located in the horse bam. 

The concrete foundation wall extends up to 
the mow floor level. Barn has a concrete 
approach for the convenient handling of grain 
and hay, directly on the mow floor. The bam 




above the concrete wall is of a STAR plank 
frame, trussed roof construction, similar to the 
barn shown on page 146. The frame walls are 
covered with vertical drop siding. Hay mow 
capacity, 145 tons. 

Special attention has been given to the plan- 
ning of lighting and ventilation in this barn. 
It has all the advantages, but none of the 
objectionable features of the dark, damp, old 
fashioned bank barn. 

This is the kind of bam that answers the 
requirements of thousands of American farmers. 
As you can see from the floor plan, it is de- 
signed to save the greatest pos- 
sible amount of labor. The feed- 
ing alley runs out from the feed 
room, thus shortening the dis- 
tance between cows and feed 
and saving thousands of steps 
throughout the year. Complete 
STAR Equipment makes the 
work in the barn a real pleasure. 



Page One Hundred Seventy 



• 



STv^Tg Lir^E EC^UIF»>1E^T 



:* 




Star General Purpose Barn No. 5 

36 ft. wide, 100 ft. long and 38 ft. from grade to ridge. 

The feed room and silo are built on one side. This arrangement permits the farmer to increase his barn in its 
length as required. Grain bins are located on mow floor. The width of doors to ensilage room gives access to wagon 
load of roughage which can then be distributed down the feed alleys. 

The ground floor of cow barn is planned to accommodate 
24 cows, a calf pen and a cow pen. The wide feed 
mixing floor separates the horse barn from the cow bam. 
8 horses are stabled in 6 single stalls and 2 box stalls. The 
stock face out and a wide center driveway will permit the 
driving through with a manure spreader, if desired. 

The bam is of a plank framed, braced rafter construc- 
tion. The exterior walls are covered with horizontal drop 
siding. Hay is elevated from the outside and the mow is 
lighted and ventilated by dormer windows. Hay mow 
capacity is 144 tons of hay. 

This general farm barn has been especially designed to 
meet the needs of the farmer on a 200 to 250 acre farm, 
and who desires a good substantial building at a minimum 
outlay of capital. 




GROUND' fLOOR'PlAH 



Page One Hundred Seventy-one 



• 



HUP^T « IHIEL^^ • F^ErirtlS &> CO 



• 




Star Dairy Barn No. 6 



34 ft. wide, 110 ft. long and approximately 
30 ft. from grade to ridge. 

It is a barn that should appeal to the think- 
ing farmer, the wide awake dairyman who 
knows that a comfortable, sanitary building 
is the only kind of barn he can afford to put his 
money into. 

A herd of 36 milch cows comfortably stabled 
in STAR Steel Stalls; two calf pens accom- 




'QROUND'flflOR'PLW 



modating 12 calves, a cow pen and a bull pen, 
makes this an ideal and practical floor arrange- 
ment. The cows face out, with a driveway 
through center of barn. 

There are four large hoppered bins readily 
accessible for feeding and filling. Hay is 
taken in at the end and the unobstructed mow 
will hold plenty of hay and roughage to feed 
the herd. Hay mow capacity, 100 tons. 

The ground floor height is 
8 ft. 6 in. in the clear. The 
foundation wall is of concrete 
and extends 6 in. above the 
grade. The exterior walls are 
built of hollow tile to the plate 
and stuccoed. The roof is the 
braced rafter type, illustrated 
on page 152. 



Seventy-twc 



• 



ST^^T^ LIP^E EC^UIF^iyiEN^T 



• 








IRWIIIlllil 

JL^W la] 



Star Dairy Barn No. 



36 ft. wide, 98 ft. long and 39 ft. from grade 
to ridge. 

There are two large silos attached to a 
shelter shed, 36 ft. wide and 21 ft. long. The 
grain bins are located above and grain is spouted 
to ground floor. 

This is a distinctive building that will add 
tone to any farm. It is not a novelty, but a 
barn combining all the good features of a 
rectangular barn, and the beauty, strength and 
economy of a round roof. 

It has stall accommodations 
for 30 cows. The pen barn is sepa- 
rated from the milking barn by a 
tight partition, and contains two 
calf pens, two cow pens, a mater- 
nity pen, and a bull pen. The 
stock face out and a wide, center 
driveway will permit the driving 




through with a manure spreader, if desired. 

The foundation wall and first floor are of 
concrete. The foundation wall extends 2 ft. 
above grade. The ground floor height is 8 ft. 
6 in. All framing lumber is of 2 in. material. 
Drop siding is used on the outside of walls. The 
beautiful Gothic roof, entirely free from sup- 
porting timbers, makes a hay mow where hay 
can be handled with a minimum amount of labor. 

Hay mow capacity is 139 tons. 



'■Shelter IT 



[ Shelter 
"Shed 



-'S. "tto ^v^] 


1 d'sV&k 'IccIn -tsTkLk i s'rAlMcliKiN^ 



m 



Pen 



K LiTTEg_ciRsi^TEAas J mm:m<_ 

- CLEANWi^ (\LLtY L 

C[^L^ DtN 



'Ground ' flooR- Plam- 



tli 




Page One Hundred Seventy-three 



• 



Hu^Tsnr • n[EL>^ • F^Eririis &f co • 



• 




Star Dairy Barn No. 8 



36 ft. wide, 82 ft. long. The interior arrange- 
ment provides for the stanchioning of 28 cows, 
headed in. Two pens accommodating 14 calves, 
a cow pen, and a well located feed room complete 
the plan. 

The entire lower floor and foundation walls 
are of concrete. The foundation wall extends 



TfftTC^lXiTiL'Ti.irrS.^' ■ 


\4 


|U|3T|AE| CpWi5l)KU| <-i5TAJIGHION5| 




CoiiciLLTL Kmatt 


L 


rtt D Alley 


1 r 

1 


C0HCe.(.Tf. ^^AN&t,EL 


\Ah^W cU' siALliHAJcJiois 





2 ft. above the grade. Ceiling height is 8 ft. 
6 in. in clear. The outside walls are covered 
with horizontal drop siding. 

The dairyman who desires to have his feed 
and hay stored in a separate building will like 
this barn. It is planned according to the best 
practices of dairying, and is equipped with all 
modern labor-saving devices. It 
is well lighted, and well venti- 
lated. It is smooth and sanitary 
on the inside, and especially 
pleasing in appearance. 

This barn, completely 
equipped with STAR Equip- 
ment, could be made a highly 
productive milk factory. 



QROutiD-rLOoa Plah- 



Page One Hundred Seventy-four 



•^ 



ST^^S^rS LIIVE EC^UIF»>lE]NrT 



• 




Star Dairy Barn No. 9 



36 ft. wide, 70 ft. long and has a feed room 
annex 20 ft. wide and 20 ft. long. 

Grain bins are located on second floor of 
feed room and grain is spouted to hoppers 
below. 

There are two rows of cows, facing in, with 
cross alleys at the ends of stall 
rows. 

The entire ground floor and 
the foundation walls extending 
to the level of the window 
sills, are of concrete. The 
building above foundation wall 
is rigidly framed and trussed. 
The exterior walls are covered 
with drop siding. 

This Monitor roofed dairy 
bam is adapted to Southern, 
or Californian conditions only. 



It is especially well lighted, and sash are so 
arranged that they can be readily removed and 
blinds or screens attached. Owing to climatic 
conditions, this barn has no ventilation system. 
The windows and louvers in Monitor are de- 
pended upon for a thorough circulation of air. 




QROUNP'rLOOR'PLAN 



Page One Hundred Seventy-five 



• 



HU>JT • HELIVl • FEl^I^IS &f CO « 



• 




Star Dairy Barn No. 10 



34 ft. wide, 56 ft. long and 36 ft. from grade 
to ridge. 

There are stalls for 20 dairy cows, facing in. 
One end of barn is partitioned off and divided 
into a calf pen, a cow pen, bull pen and feed 
room. The silo is well located in 
relation to the feed room. A stairs in 

I 5 I LO 

■Qkound'Tlook' PlM' 




feed room gives access to the mow. Hay is 
elevated from the outside. The grain bins on 
mow floor can be filled by a bucket elevator 
located in the driveway. 

The floors are of concrete. The ceiling height 
is 8 ft. 6 in. in clear. The foundation walls are of 
concrete extending up to the level of window sills. 

The braced rafter, trussed frame barn, il- 
lustrated on page 152, is the type of construc- 
tion used. All framing lumber is of 2 in. 
material, well braced, and thoroughly bolted. 
The mow floor is supported by STAR Steel 
Posts. The exterior walls are covered with hori- 
zontal drop siding. Hay mow capacity 80 tons. 

This barn is modern from every viewpoint. 
It allows an abundance of sunshine to flood the 
gutters, and disinfect them daily. It is well 
ventilated and is easily kept in sanitary condition. 
The STAR Litter Carrier and Boom shown in 
the illustration show how to make short work 
of the litter problem. 



P iKP Onp Hundred Seventy-sue 



• 



STJKTi. LIP^E 



e:quif»i»^e]vt 



• 




36 ft. wide, 56 ft. long and 43 ft. high from grade 
to ridge. 

This bam is planned to accommodate 16 cows, facing 
in, a cow pen and a calf pen. The mixing room is located 
right next to the silo and grain bins. With a STAR 
Overhead Carrier system, the cattle can be fed con- 
veniently and quickly. 

The foundations and floors are of concrete. The 
ceiling is 8 ft. 6 in. high. The barn above foundation 
is a plank frame, trussed roof bam of the same construc- 
tion as the building shown on page 146. The mow is 
especially high, and will take care of a bumper crop. 
Its capacity is 88 tons. 

This is a roomy and convenient barn, well ventilated, 
with wide feed and grain alleys and with cross alleys 
well located. The combination of horizontal siding 
below hay mow floor, and the vertical siding above, 
broken by a well designed belt course, gives this barn 
both a pleasing and substantial appearance. 



Star Dairy Barn No. 1 1 




$lLO' YQROUND'rLOOK'PLAN- 



Page One Hundred Seventy-seven 



• 



HUP4T • he;l:m • F^Ei^rtis Sjf co » 



=*- 




Star Dairy Barn No. 12 




'SROUtlD'rLOOR'PlAH' 



36 ft. wide, 38 ft. long and 34 ft. from grade to ridge. 

It is a practical, simple and economical bam, well 
lighted and well ventilated and is especially suited to the 
needs of dairymen having a medium sized herd. 

It provides quarters for 14 dairy cows and a cow pen. 
The cows face out, which is a very convenient arrange- 
ment in a bam of this size. The stairs to the mow is 
located in the feed room. Feed bins are located on mow 
floor and feed is spouted to ground floor level. Hay is 
taken into barn through a large gable door. The hay 
mow is unobstructed by any supporting timbers. Capac- 
— ity of hay mow is 40 tons. 

The ceiling is 8 ft. 6 in. high. The foundation is of 
concrete and extends 2 ft. above grade. The barn is of 
a STAR Plank frame, braced rafter type. The mow 
flioor is supported by STAR Steel Posts. Outside walls 
are covered with drop siding. 

A barn like this can be made a pleasant place to 
work in with a complete STAR Equipment. 



Page One Hundred Seventy-eight 



• 



S'TJS.TS. 



LIIVE 



e:c^i^if»]viej4t 



• 




Star Dairy Barn No. 13 



32 ft. wide, 36 ft. long and 32 ft. high. Its plan 
is similar to the barn shown on the opposite page. 

There are 12 cow stalls, facing out, and a large 
calf pen accommodating 5 calves. One comer of the 
barn is devoted to a feed room with a silo attached. 
A stairway to the mow runs up from the passageway 
right next to the feed room. Under the stairway there 
is a closet for utensils. Hay mow capacity is 36 tons. 

The ceiling height is 8 ft. 6 in. in clear. The ground 
floor and foundation are of concrete. The foundation 
wall extends 2 ft. above grade. 

This bam is a STAR plank frame, braced rafter 
bam, the same as illustrated on page 152. It is a 
small, compact dairy bam, embodying all the essential 
features of the bigger plant. 

You can make this barn a very profitable one with 
STAR Equipment. 



-36'-0' 




'OROUND'TLOOR 

•Plan- 



Page One Hundred Seventy-nine 



• 



FIU^JT « HELXI • FEI^re.IS &> CO 



• 




Star Dairy Barn No. 14 




28 ft. wide, 30 ft. long and approximately 29 ft. 
high from grade to ridge. 

There are stalls for a herd of 7 cows. Also a cow 
pen and a calf pen. Access to the hay mow is by a 
stairs conveniently located near the feed room. Feed 
can be stored in bags or spouted from an overhead bin. 

Ground floor height is 8 ft. 6 in. in clear. Ground 
floor and foundation walls are of concrete. The foun- 
dation wall extends 2 ft. above grade. 

The construction is of the plank frame, braced 
rafter type shown on page 152. The exterior walls 
are covered with horizontal drop siding. The bam is 
well lighted and ventilated by a STAR Automatic 
System of ventilation. The studs, sills, plates and rafters 
are of 2 in. x 6 in. material. Joists are of 2 in. x 8 in. sup- 
ported by two built-up girders. STAR Steel Supporting 
Columns are specified. Hay mow capacity, 20 tons. 

This well proportioned barn can be completely 
equipped with STAR equipment at an unusually low cost. 



Pare One Ilundrpd Eishty 



•: 



ST^^vre LIP^E 



E:CmiF»IvgEJ4T 



• 




Star Combination Horse and Dairy Barn No. 15 



36 ft. wide, 70 ft. long and 38 ft. high from grade to ridge. 

There are six single, four double and two large box 
stalls. Horses face in. Underneath the driveway to the 
mow is a root cellar with a trap door to the driveway. 
Grain bins located in the mow can be readily filled from 
wagon, and the grain spouted to small 
bins in the mixing room. The milking 
machine room is well located in re- 
lation to the Dairy Barn. 

The dairy bam is 36 ft. wide, 86 
ft. long and 30 ft. high from grade to 
ridge and is planned to accommodate 
30 cows. It also contains two calf 
pens, a cow pen and a bull pen. Cows 
face in. 

The horse barn is a plank frame, 
trussed roof barn with horizontal drop 
siding. The dairy barn is a plank 
frame, braced rafter bam with hori- 
zontal drop siding. 

The entire lower floor and founda- 
tion walls are of concrete. The foun- 
dation wall extends to the level of the 
window sill. Both the horse barn and 
dairy barn are well lighted and ven- 



tilated. The mows are well lighted by well propor- 
tioned dormer windows. 

Enough hay, straw, grain and roughage can be 

stored to fully meet the feeding requirements of the 

stock. Combined mow capacity is 170 tons of hay. 

I This modern farm group is so constructed 

and designed that it is a factory capable of 

being run on a business basis, in which both 

waste of material and labor have been 

reduced to a minimum. 




Page One Hundred Eighty-one 



• 



I^UINTT « H[EL]VI • F^EI^I^IS &J CO • 



• 




Star General Purpose Barn No. 16 



38 ft. wide, 140 ft. long and 42 ft. from 
grade to ridge. 

The feed room annex at the silo end is 38 ft. 
wide, 17 ft. long and 34 ft. high. 

The barn has stalls for 50 dairy cows, facing 
out, two calf pens, a bull pen, and a general 
purpose room, well planned, at the bam yard 
side of the barn. There is a tight partition 
between the horse and cow barn. The horse 
bam will accommodate eight horses, in single 
stalls. Hay is elevated from the driveway which 
is open to the roof. Bins are built above the 
Feed Mixing room, and grain is spouted to the 




ground floor. The hay capacity is 245 tons. 
The ground floor and foundation walls are 
of concrete. The ceiling height is 8 ft. 6 in. 
in the clear. This barn is a STAR plank frame, 
trussed roofed barn, of the type illustrated on 
page 146. The long rooflines are broken by 
dormer windows which scale in well with the 
main barn. 

In this modern farm barn waste motion, waste 
material, and waste labor have been eliminated. 
Things move in a straight line and in one direc- 
„„. tion — there are few corners to 

turn and no steps to retrace. 

The finishing touch to a barn 
like this would be to make it 
STAR Equipped throughout. 
This means not only STAR Stalls 
and Stanchions, but also STAR 
Steel Pens, STAR Water Bowls, 
STAR Litter and Feed Carriers, 
STAR Door Hangers, Hay Tools 
etc. A STAR Equipped Barn 
is a work-saving building. 



Page One Hundred Eighty-two 



•- 



ST^^N.1^ LIIVE IE Q U I F» ivi E IN T 



• 




Star General Farm Barn No. 17 

38 ft. wide, 70 ft. long and approximately 37 ft. from grade to ridge. A small ensilage room is built 
adjacent to the silo. The cow barn is partitioned off from the horse and pen barn. There are stall accommodations 
for 20 milch cows, 4 single horse stalls, a cow pen and a calf 
pen. The stock face out. An enclosed stairway to mow is 
planned in relation to the driveway above. A spreader can 
be driven through the barn. Bedding and roughage can 
be brought into the bam through the same driveway. 

The foundation walls are built of local field stone. 
The ceiling height is 8 ft. 6 in. in the clear. This type 
of gable barn is a favorite in certain sections of Pennsyl- 
vania, Ohio and Indiana. It has all the good features 
of the old timber framed barn, but is modern in con- 
struction. The frame is built of plank and the roof is 
supported by trusses. 

Hay mow capacity is 85 tons of loose hay. 




'QKOUNO' riOOK'PLAM' 



Page One Hundred Eighty-three 



•: 



HI-JI*4T • IH[EL>d[ • J^ElTtT^JS &9 CO 



• 




Star General Purpose Barn No. 18 



34 ft. wide, 70 ft. long and 36 ft. high from 
grade to ridge. 

There is a wide driveway on the silo end 
from which hay can be unloaded into the mow. 
Driveway is separated from the rest of the 
barn by a tight partition, which prevents the 
dust from getting into the barn proper. 

The bam contains accommodations for 12 



(qROUND'fLOOR'PLAN 




COWS, a cow pen and a pen for 5 calves. Pro- 
visions are made for 4 horses, including a box 
stall and a grain bin. The stock face out. 
Hay mow capacity is 76 tons. 

The barn is of a plank frame, trussed con- 
struction, as shown on page 146. The 
foundation extends 3 ft. 6 in. above grade, and 
is of concrete. The frame walls above founda- 
tion are sided with vertical siding. 

The feed and cleaning alleys are wide and 
the cross alley is well located. The vertical 
siding above the high foundation gives this 
barn a pleasing and substantial appearance. 

Here is a roomy and convenient bam. It 
is well lighted and well ventilated and is out- 
fitted complete with STAR Equipment, which 
means making it a building in which the greatest 
amount of work can be accomplished with the 
least effort. 



Page One Hundred Eighty-four 



•: 



ST>2VI^ LIIVE 



E:cmiF»IVIE^4T 



-* 




-44-0- 



Star General Purpose Barn No. 19 

34 ft. wide, 44 ft. long and 37 ft. high from grade to ridge. 

Four horses are stabled across one end, separated from the cow barn by a tight partition. The 
cows face in, and there are stall accommodations for 10 animals, a calf pen and a cow pen. Grain bins 
placed in one corner are well located for the feeding of stock. The hay chute is centrally located. 
Access to mow is by an enclosed stairs in feed room. The hay mow capacity is 50 tons of loose hay. 

Ceiling height is 8 ft. 6 in. in clear. The ground 
floor and foundation is of concrete. The foundation 
wall extends two feet above grade. The construc- 
tion is a plank frame with a braced rafter roof. The 
exterior walls are covered with horizontal drop 
siding. 

This general purpose barn is designed to meet 
the needs and requirements of farmers owning about 
80 to 120 acre farms. It is compact in arrangement, 
especially well lighted and ventilated. It is a type 
of barn that will form the nucleus of a good set of 
farm buildings that will prove a credit to the farm 
and community. 

• (^ ROUND 'flOOR'PLftN' 




Page One Hundred Eight>--fiv 



• 



l-IL^JINT" « HlELJVI-F'EriRIS SLp CO* 



-• 




Star General Purpose Barn No. 20 




ipproxiniHtrly 20 ft. liifili from 



MA\Nf|_ _Al.LtY 

ll-K TM<r<fEnTn"A.CK 



Tiu7 



(iROimD'flOOR'PlAH 



t- T 



M) It. wiiic, .it) n. iciiiR 

Unulc to lidKi-. 

Tht'if (irc sliills I'of 5 cows, ii row piii miil ii niH' pen. Tlireo 
liorsfS nif stnblfd across one end. Access to liny mow is hy « 
stiiirs conveniently locnted in the feed room. Feed can be stored 
in IxiRS, or spouted from nn overliead bin. Hay mow capacity 
is 34 tons of hay. 

Ground lloor heinlil is K ft. d in. in clear. Ground lloor and 
foundation walls are of concrete and extend 2 ft. above Rrade. 

The construction is of the planU frame, braced rafter type, 
shown on pa^e 152. The exterior walls are covered with liorizontal 
drop siding. The barn is well lighted and ventilated by a STAR 
System of ventilation. 

The studs, sills, plates, and rafters are of 2 in. material. Joists 
are supported by two built uji girders. STAR Steel Supporting 
Columns are specified. 

There are a number of small farms where a barn of this type 
will furnish all the accommodations needed a farm where the 
owner does all the work and wishes to keep but few cows and horses. 



Iluhilic.l Kli:lilv«l.\ 



• 



S'TJS.Ti LIIVE EQI-JIF>iyiE]VT 



-• 




Star All-Purpose Barn No. 21 



60 ft. wide, 76 ft. long and 37 ft. from grade 
to ridge. 

This barn is especially designed for the 
keeping of the dual purpose herd. A barn of 
this size and shape will take care of the average 
farmer's needs. Almost a car load of beef 
cattle are sheltered along one side, partitioned 
off from the horse barn. Horse barn accom- 
modates two team stalls, two single stalls, and 
two box stalls. Ten dairy cows, a calf pen and 
a cow pen are housed in the opposite side. 
Hay is stored in the center of the barn, and over 
the stock, two grain bins, and a silo complete 
the plan. Hay mow capacity is 150 tons. 

The entire barn is floored with concrete, 
except the hay barn. The foundation wall is 
of the same material and extends 2 ft. above 
grade. The barn is a plank frame structure, 
and is well braced and trussed. The outside 
walls are covered with vertical drop siding. 

This barn is convenient, practical and econ- 



omical for the farmer. Everything is centralized 
here to save labor and make winter feeding easy 
and profitable. Silage can be easily distributed 
down the feed alley, hay and other roughage 
stored in the mow, can be handily fed into 
the manger, or hay racks, located along the side 
of the mow. 

^76 '-O- — 




i H...... I M. . 11..,.: 1 1 li li ill 

' Hay ' t>ARN ' 



iQT^roimxT 




QpouMO'rLoo^^'rj- 



Vav.f One Huiidn/d liijihty-suvcn 



*: 



ML/NT • HELIVI • T^ETtT^JS &9 CO 



* 




1 



Star Horse Barn No. 22 



£-0' 



40 ft. wide, 72 ft. long and approximately 40 ft. from grade to ridge. This plan shows a practical farm barn 
especially designed to stable horses. It contains 15 single horse stalls and two large box stalls. Two 
corn cribs are built across one end and extend up into the hay mow. Two bins can be conveniently filled 
from the driveway. A spreader can be driven through the barn and manure hauled directly to the field, if desired. 

Hay is elevated to mow through large gable doors and access to 
mow is by a stairs adjacent to the feed bin. A harness cabinet 
built in passage will store two or three good sets of harness. Hay 
mow capacity is 138 tons of hay. 

The ceiling height is 9 ft. in the clear. The floor and founda- 
tion is of concrete. Foundation wall extends 2 ft. above grade. 
The barn is of a plank frame, trussed roof construction. The 
outside walls are covered with vertical drop siding. 

The building serves its purpose best when especially adapted 
to the purpose intended. A horse barn should be different than 
any other building on the farm. The health and comfort of the 
horses should be a first consideration, but the convenience in feeding 
and attending to their wants should not be forgotten. 




QROUNO'TIDOR.'PIW 



Pa«c One Ilunilrcd ICishty- eight 



• 



ST^^rg LI>JE e:c^uif»ivie^4t 





Star Farm Dairy House No. 23 

THE progressive, wide awake dairyman realizes that in order to produce nnilk or cream of the best quality, the 
dairy house must be so constructed and equipped that the products can be cared for in the most convenient 
and satisfactory manner. To correctly design the dairy house it is essential that the size of the herd, how the 



product is to be disposed of, the location of the barn, well, etc., 
be known. However, a few general principles can be followed in 
the building of any dairy house. 

Although the dairy house should be near enough to the barn 
to be convenient, it should not be directly connected. When 
selecting the location for the house proper, drainage should be first 
considered. Any building medium may be selected depending 
upon the investment the owner wishes to make. Plastered interior 
walls are preferable to wood walls. The building should be parti- 
tioned off, and the rooms should be well lighted and ventilated. 
A solid and impervious floor of concrete is essential. All floors 
should be well drained. Lastly an abundance of clean, cold, run- 
ning water is necessary. The dairy house shown above is amply 
large to take care of the product of a herd of 30 to 60 cows. 
The same general plan and layout may be followed for a larger 
plant by increasing the overall dimensions of the building to 
accommodate the larger machinery and storage space required. 



•30'-0- 




' fuDon ' Plan ■ 



Page One Hundred Eighty-nine 



• 



HVJIVT • MELIW • T^IEZTtTtlS Sjf CIO 



-• 




Star Modern Hog House No. 24 



EVERY successful farmer and hog raiser in 
the country is familiar with this type of 
house. The house is 26 ft. wide and 81 
ft. 4 in. long. The height of this type of house 
is always governed by the latitude in which 
it is to be built. The illustration shows a 
house designed for latitude 42 degrees north. 
There are 16 STAR Steel Hog Pens. Four bins, 
a scale, and cooking space are located in one 
end. If desired, this space can be utilized 
for four more pens. Size of pens are 8 feet x 
9 feet. Small doors in side walls give the pigs 
access to the outside pens. 

The foundations and floors are of concrete. 
The side and end walls are of hollow tile. The 




iPOUND-rLOOQ-Pl.AN • 



roof is exceptionally well framed and is covered 
with shingles and composition roofing. The 
ridge of the house should always run east and 
west, to get a southern exposure. Sunshine — 
good, warm, clean, wholesome sunshine, is an 
absolute essential for hog growing success. It 
means better health and faster growth. 

The windows in the house are of a size and 
so located that the new born pig, farrowed in 
February or March, will receive a maximum 
amount of wholesome sunshine. A decided 
advantage of this type is that the hot, per- 
pendicular rays of the summer sun will not pene- 
trate the interior of this house. Swine are as sus- 
ceptible to heat as they are to cold, and no 
-J other type of house possesses the advan- 
tage mentioned above. 

Constant repairs and continuous de- 
preciation is eliminated in this modern 
hog house. With prices assured and 
unlimited markets the fanner is war- 
ranted in disregarding the seeming 
higher first cost of a permanent tile 
construction. 



I'aKC One llmulred Ninety 



•- 



ST^^VI^ 



LIIVE 



EC^i^iF»ivfij:iM"r 



-• 




Star Combined Corn Crib, Granary 
Hog House No. 25 



a 



nd 



1 



">HK coiiihin.il ion corn nil), nr;iii;iiy .-iiid 
lioK liousf illiistralcd above, forms a most 
ideal, practical and economical farm 
Hrf)U]). Tlie farmer K"'"K '"''■' pork production 
will readily appreciate its many merits and 
labor saving ,-idvanta«es. 

The Corn Crib and Granary 

The building is 26 ft. wide and 28 ft. lon^. 
The corn cribs are 8 ft. wide and 18 ft. hinl' to 
the square. A trench runs leni^thwise Ihrounh 
the cribs, forming a convenient runway for the 
drag of the corn sheller. Grain bins are located 
above the 10 ft. driveway, and grain can be 
spouted to a wagon below. Grain 
is elevated by a i)ortable elevator. 
The capacity of corn crib is 2,640 
bu. of ear corn, and the bins hold 
approximately 1,.500 bushels of 
small grain. 

This is a mrxlern crib and 
granary, designed to carry maxi- 
mum loads. The entire lower 
floor is of cfdicrete. The plank 
frame is well braced and covered 
with standard cribbing. 



The Hog House 

A house of this type should be built with 
the ridge running North and South, so that 
the sun's rays will strike all the pens. The corn 
crib located at the north end will shelter the 
house from the prevailing winds. The dimen 
sionM of the house are 24 It. x 60 ft., and it con 
tains 19 STAR Steel Hog Pens, and a feed 
room. Pens are 6 ft. x 8 ft. Ceiling height 
is 7 ft. in clear, and hay and roughage can be 
stored overhead. Floor and foundations arc of 
concrete. The plank frame is covered with 
drop sifling. A simple, |)ractical, convcnicMt 
prjrk-prfxlucing plant. 







' GaouND-ri-Ooa- P lan 




Vah'' Oil'- Miinftr'''! SUtrty'Utw 



• 



HVJJ4T « HELIVI > FEI^RIS fij CO • 



• 




1 



Star Hay Barn No. 26 



THIS Hay Barn is not a temporary shed, 
but a permanent and substantial struc- 
ture which will add greatly to the value 
of any farm. 

The over-all dimensions of the barn are 30 
ft. by 84 ft., and the height from grade to 
ridge is approximately 36 ft. It has a capacity 
of 130 tons of hay. 

The roof is carried by a well designed truss. 
The walls are thoroughly braced and trussed. 
The frame can be covered with vertical drop 
siding, or barn boards with wood or steel bat- 
tens. The super - structure of the building is 
carried on concrete piers. The bam has no 
concrete floor, but this feature can be added 
if desired. 

The large driveway doors at the side and 
gable end permit the entrance of a load of 



hay. The grade doors are conveniently arranged 
for the baling of hay. Where increased storage 
of forage crops is desired, this barn will prove 
a paying investment. 

Always Specify Star "Harvester" Hay Tools 

No matter what kind or style of hay or 
grain storage bam you may build, you can 
get STAR Hay Tools for it and make it a better 
and more profitable building. STAR" Harvester" 
Hay Tools have won the highest endorsement 
from thousands of American farmers wherever 
hay or grain is stored. They are built with 
the strength that insures long, satisfactory 
service and are designed to give you all the 
latest labor-saving conveniences that years of 
study and experience could produce. 



Page One Hundred Ninety-two 



*: 



STT^a^r^ Lir^E E C^ UT I F»IVI E J^ T 



• 




Star Farm Poultry House No. 27 



A HIGH, well drained, sloping area with a 
southern exposure is the ideal place to 
locate the permanent poultry house, if 
the best results are to be expected from laying 
hens during any season of the year. 

The building should be situated with a view 
towards saving time and labor in caring for 
the birds. Direct sunlight should reach every 
part of the house. Ventilation is so important 
that it determines, to a large extent, the design 



40-0' 




' FLOOR 'PLI\N' 



of the house. Poultrymen agree that some 
form of the open front, such as shutters, muslin 
curtains, or wire netting, supplies the best 
system of ventilation. To obtain the best 
results, the house should be so constructed that 
it can be made perfectly tight except part of 
the south side, which always should be left 
open to admit fresh air. It should be rat and 
vermin proof. 

The outside dimensions of the hen house 
shown above, are 20 ft. x 40 ft. The concrete 
foundation wall is 8 in. wide and 20 in. deep. 
The shed roof type of construction is used, with 
9 ft. studs in the front and 4 ft. 6 in. studs in 
the rear. The outside walls are covered with 
drop siding. The muslin curtains and sash 
are hinged, and can be left up. The dropping 
board, perches, and nests are arranged on the 
back wall. The perches can be hooked up when 
cleaning. A large, dry, mash hopper is built 
into the middle partition. There is an elevated 
platform underneath the muslin front providing 
room for water, grit, and shell hoppers. Each 
unit of 20 ft. has a capacity of 100 hens, and as 
many units can be built as desired. 



Page One Hundred Ninety-three 



•-: 



MtJIVTr • HELIVI . T^BZTtTtJS &> CO « 




'stock FARM- 

HKElOel!* Of 

f.iifWiSLv (Arac 



Visilors Alw.iys Wflci 



WALDORF FARMS 



I KJNNI V, Trr. 



KiNWOOD KFAIi'l' < Olil'OK ATION. Owi..r> 

lirird.rs of I'ur,' Hr.cl Sloclc Guernsey Cattle Berkshire Hogs S. C. White U-gliorn I'ouliry 

NOFvTH CHATHAM. COLUMBIA COUNTY, N. Y. 
11., cl,.- Alluny Soullu-rn R. R. — W.i:dorf Sl.inon 



OlVuf : W.il.lorl U.iiUliiij; 



Albany, N. Y., I)ec . l^J , 1918, 



Hunt, Helm, Ferria 
Harvard, ill . 



Co., 



Cieat Icrnt-n: 

In answer to yoiir;? of recent date v/e are indeed glad to 
endorse the use of the star v;a,ter Bowl. We have been using 
thera for over eighteen months and would not care to return 
to the old eystem of allowing water to run through the 
raanger. 

They have not only Increased the flow of milk but we 
believe aro very beneficial to the health of the cows, 
allowing thera to have fresh water when needed and not 
contivniiuited by any other animal. 



Yours truly. 



ofk/a 



WALDORF FAHMa 






arrjers 



• 



HuisjT « i^EiLi^ • F^Erireis &y co • 



• 



Special Features About Star Carriers and 



S /\ LMOST any litter carrier is a good 
J. X investment. It's a labor-saving de- 
vice that is needed in every barn. 

But, there's a difference in litter carriers 
just as there's a difference in other barn 
equipment. 

A litter carrier should give long service. 
Even tho it saves its cost every few months, 
there is no reason why a litter carrier should 
not give many years of good hard service. 

STAR Litter Carriers are built to last. 
I They are simple, which means less likelihood 
I of getting out of order. They are extra 
strong, which means withstanding long, 
severe service. They are built with every 
sensible feature for convenience of operation. 
They are in a variety of types to suit the 
purchaser's needs. And they are backed 
with years of experience and the broadest, 
iron-clad guarantee. 

Just remember this one point. We 
have never heard of any farmer who would 
take a STAR Carrier out of his barn for 
the price he paid for it. 

Three Kinds of Star 
Carriers 

Regardless of the arrangement of the barn 
you can get a STAR Carrier adapted to its needs. 
No barn arrangement is so complicated but that 
a STAR Carrier can be made to work in it suc- 
cessfully. 

I 
To meet every need, three distinct lines of STAR Carriers have been designed, and are 

fully illustrated and described in this catalog. 




Page One Hundred Ninety- 



• 



ST^2vri LiiVE E:c^i-Jif>iyiE:NT 



• 



A^hy Farmers Prefer Them 



1. Those to operate on STAR Double Angle 
Steel Track both in the barn and outside, using 
either swinging booms or stationary track in the 
yard. (See page 198.) 

2. Those to operate on STAR Double Oval 
Steel Track in the barn and Rod Track in the 
yard. (See pages 216 and 218.) 

3. Those to operate on STAR Rod Track 
both in the barn and in the yard. (See pages 216 
and 224.) 

SIMPLE, SERVICEABLE, SECURE - 
STAR Carriers are simple, practical and durable. 
Each individual part of the Carrier is built for 
service and will stand the weight or strain placed 
upon it in use. 

QUICK HOIST— The tub is raised by an 
endless chain running over the main drive wheel 
operating the shaft. The lifting power afforded 
by the drive wheel, and the double purchase 
effect secured by the chain running under the 
pulleys at each end of the bail, makes it easy to 
raise. This device works rapidly, raising the 
tub in one-third the time ordinarily required. 

RAPID LOWERING— The tub may be 
instantly lowered by pulling the trip chain, 
which releases the ratchet, allowing it to descend 
freely to any point desired. You do not have 
to work to lower the tub; it drops of its own 
weight, controlled by the friction brake which 
works on the ratchet. 

THE STAR CHANNEL BAIL— The chan- 
nel bail serves two purposes — it protects the 
tripping mechanism so that it cannot get out of 
order, and gives great strength and rigidity to 
the tub. The carrier tub is held rigidly by latches 
in the bail, these latches locking both ends of the 
tub. A chain running in the groove of the bail 
connects each latch with the double eye tripping 
lever on top of the bail. The tub can be un- 
latched only by pressure on this lever. Both 
latches lock and unlock simultaneously, allowing 
the tub to_dump either way. 




Page One Hundred Ninety-seven 



• 



I^UP^T « HIELXI » FEl^R-IS gj cJo" 



• 




Reproduced from Actual Photograph of the 

No. 333 Star Litter Carrier 

Full Roller Bearing for STAR Double Angle Steel Track 



"'"T^HINK of getting three carriers in one!" 
J_ That is exactly what you can get with 
this outfit. The conveyor of this No. 333 
STAR Litter Carrier are interchangeable with 
the STAR Feed Carrier Body and the STAR 
milk can carrier rack, as illustrated on pages 200, 
201 and 202. 

This means an economy of equipment, 
and much greater convenience in doing -barn 
work. Changing from one carrier to the 



other means simply unhooking the tub or rack. 

This is something new in litter carrier 
equipments. You will want it in your barn. 
And once you have it, you will never want to 
get along without it. 

The conveyor operates on STAR Double 
Angle Steel Track in the barn in connection 
with either swinging boom outside or stationary 
track supported by posts. 



Page One Hundri-d Ninety-eiuht 



• 



ST^^vri HIVE E: ex 1-J I F> IVI E IV T 



• 



No. 333 Star Litter Carrier 

(Continued) 
SPECI FICATIONS 



DOUBLE ANGLE STEEL TRACK — described on 
page 206. 

LAG SCREW HANGERS for Double Angle Steel 
Track — described on page 206. 

SWIVEL TRACKER W H E E L S — affording a 
double bearing on the track; diameter 4y2 inches. Each 
Tracker Wheel operates on 12 extra long, cold rolled 
steel bearings surrounding a shouldered axle pin of special 
hardened steel. 

MALLEABLE SUPPORTING BRACKETS — con- 
nected to the trucks by heavy cold rolled swivel heads. 

HORIZONTAL SHAFT — on which the wrap 
chains wind. This shaft revolves in the supporting 
brackets which afford a four-point suspension, and turns 
on 76 cold rolled, hardened bearings contained in the 
supporting brackets. 

FOUR-POINT SUSPENSION — The tub is sus- 
pended by wrap chains from four points on the shaft 
which gives not only a double purchase on the load but 
also eliminates end motion. The wrap chains are made 
of close link Machine Chain and will wind closely and 
neatly around the horizontal shaft without kinking or 
breaking. 

HAND CHAIN — The tub is raised by an endless 
chain operating over the main drive wheel secured to 
the end of the shaft. When the tub is raised to the 
shaft it becomes rigid so that there is no swinging motion. 

RATCHET AND BRAKE — The tub is lowered 
by pulling the trip chain which releases the ratchet, 
allowing the tub to descend freely to any point desired. 
Additional pressure on the trip chain acts as a brake, 
giving the operator control of the speed in descending. 

CHANNEL BAIL — Holds tub perfectly rigid, 
protects the tripping mechanism and adds strength to 
the tub. Fitted with loops for holding hooks and pulleys 
for interchanging with feed and milk can carriers. 

BAIL LATCHES — The tub is held rigidly upright 
by latches locking both ends. A chain running in the 
groove of the bail connects both latches with the tripping 
lever and operates them in unison. 

TRIPPING LEVER — The latches hold the tub 
at each end and are released by pulling on the trip chain 
attached to the tripping lever. 

CHAIN GUIDE — Malleable iron— keeps the hand 
chain in line with the main drive wheel and prevents it 
from jumping off. 

TUB — Constructed of heavy galvanized steel. 
Ends are of one piece with flanges formed on the edges, 
to which the body sheet is riveted and soldered, making 
it water-tight. 

The ends are reinforced with heavy galvanized plates; 
top edges of the tub are reinforced with galvanized angle 
irons both along the ends and sides; the comers are 
securely riveted, as is every joint in the construction 
of the tub. These tubs are indestructible; will not get 



out of shape, and are self-cleaning when dumped on 
account of the rounding bottom which permits of no 
corners in which litter can collect; the shape of the tub 
makes it possible to carry a larger load than with square 
or other shaped tub. 

WEIGHTS AND SIZES OF TUBS 
Tubs furnished in four sizes, as follows, outside 
dimensions: 

Depth 

14 in. 

17 in. 

19 in. 

24 in. 



Length 
41 in. 
41 in. 
41 in. 
41 in. 



Weight Capacity 

91 lbs. 6 bu. 

93 lbs. 8 bu. 

95 lbs. 10 bu. 

130 lbs. 12 bu. 



No. Width 

2 26 in. 

4 26 in. 

6 26 in. 

8 34 in. 

SWINGING BOOMS 
pages 204 and 205. 

SWITCHES, CURVES AND OTHER ACCES- 
SORIES are found on pages 206 to 211, inclusive. 

No. 333 STAR Litter Carrier, weight, not including 
tub, 50 pounds, finished in gray enamel. 



described and illustrated on 




Page One Hundred Ninety-nine 



• 



MU^NTT • MELIVI • F^EFil^IS SLf CO • 



-i^ 




Reproduced from Actual Photograph of the 

No. 334 Star Feed Carrier 

Full Roller Bearing, for Use on STAR Double Angle Steel Track 



A NECESSITY— Time has proven that a 
Feed Carrier is a necessity in any dairy or 
stock barn where more than six head of cattle 
are kept. STAR Feed Carriers and STAR 
Feed Trucks have, for a number of years, been 
a proven success in thousands of dairy barns. 

SAVES STEPS— Feeding silage and ground 
grain is a long, tedious chore if the old-fashioned, 



back-breaking basket method is used. A care- 
ful estimate in a 40-cow stable shows that you 
will walk from 50 to 70 miles farther in six months' 
time feeding silage twice a day with a basket 
than whileusing a STAR Feed Car or Feed Truck. 

Saving steps is saving labor, and saving 
labor is saving money and helps solve the 
hired help problem on the farm! 



Page Two Hundred 



•- 



ST^^r^ Lir^E ElQU^IF^IVIEf^T 



• 



OVERHEAD TRACK A Feed Carrier 
operating on a track suspended from the ceiling 
is not hindered by different floor levels or by 
obstructions in the feed alley. It is especially 
convenient where Feed is to be carried any 
distance as the outside track can be extended 
so that the^feed is easily delivered to feeding 
racks or troughs. 

AN INVESTMENT— A STAR Feed Carrier 
will pay for itself in six months' time by actual 
time saving. From that time on it represents 
an investment that pays dividends every day 



in the year. It not only saves time and labor 
but it makes possible the systematic feeding 
of a balanced ration, so necessary in the pro- 
duction of a maximum yield of milk. 

The Feed Tub is easily raised and lowered 
by its own weight. It can be held at any 
desired height while feeding. Any boy large 
enough to do feeding can operate a STAR 
Feed Carrier easily and successfully. 

Tub is instantly detachable as shown below 
in Fig. 843, and may be replaced with litter tub 
shown in Fig. 333 on page 198. 



SP ECI FICATIONS 



OPERATION — The Hoist and Trucks of the 
No. 334 STAR Feed Carrier are identically the same as 
those used on the No. 333 STAR Litter Carrier of which 
detailed description and specifications are given on 
page 198. 

CHANNEL STEEL BAILS — of Ij^ x J/g-inch 
channel steel. The high bails are made oval so as not 
to interfere in any way with the filling of the tub or the 
feeding. They are securely bolted to the tub and extend 
almost to the bottom, reinforcing the 
sides. Fitted with loops for holding 
hooks and pulleys to interchange with 
litter and milk can carriers. 

GALVANIZED ENDS AND 
BOTTOM — give a smooth surface 
from which to shovel. This heavy 
galvanized steel is securely bound and 
reinforced at sides and bottom. 

FEED TUB — Sides are of best 
selected wood, well seasoned and kiln- 
dried, clear and free from knots. The 
shape permits shoveling from either 
end and is therefore practicable to be 
used by two men, one working from 
either end Size of tub — 68 inches 
long, 26 inches wide, 24 inches deep. 
Capacity — Approximately 16 bushels. 

FINISH— All Steel and malle- 
able iron parts finished in gray enamel, 
baked on. Woodwork after being 
carefully sandpapered, is given a lead 
and oil coat, after which it is finished 
with a final waterproof coat of special 
varnish-enamel . 

Weight of Carrier complete with 
tub, 125 pounds. 



INSPECTION - All STAR Feed Carriers and Feed 
Trucks are subjected to five inspections before they 
finally leave the shipping room. 

SWITCHES, CURVES, TRACK and other acces- 
sories are described and illustrated on pages 206 to 211, 
inclusive. 

The No. 334 STAR Feed Carrier illustrated opposite 
is shown in connection with STAR Double Angle 
Steel Track. It is also furnished for use on STAR Double 
Oval Steel Track when so specified. 




Fig. 843 Feed Tub being removed to permit use of Litter Carrier Tub 

Page Two Hundred One 



•- 



HLJNT • mEL^^ • FEI^I^IS &J CO • 



-• 




Reproduced from Actual Photograph of the 

No. 413 Star Milk Can Carrier 

Full Roller Bearing, for use on Star Double Angle Steel Track 



THIS illustration shows our new 
and improved raising and lower- 
ing STAR Milk Can Carrier. 
Many attempts have been made to 
construct a Milk Can Carrier that would 




perform the maximum amount of work 
with the minimum amount of labor. 
We believe, therefore, that the STAR 
MILK CAN CARRIER will at once 
commend itself to every dairyman. 

OPERATION: This carrier oper- 
ates exactly like the No. 333 STAR 
Litter Carrier described and illustrated 
on pages 198 and 199; has the same con- 
veyor and raising and lowering device. 
To this conveyor may be hooked the 



I'iiKi- Two Uiin.li.'d Twii 



^ 



ST^^VrS Lir^E ECmiF»IVlE]NT 



• 



No. 413 Star Milk Can Carrier 



(Continued) 



litter tub shown in Fig. 333 on page 198, 
or the feed tub shown in Fig. 334 on page 
200. Instead of suspending a tub from 
the winding chains, the sheaves through 
which the winding chains operate are 
hooked to both ends of a steel bar. 

Steel straps are suspended from the 
main bar with hook ends which engage 
the milk can handles. These steel 
straps are spaced the proper distance 
apart to admit the use of a strainer 
without having to detach the cans from 
the time they are taken empty from 
the milk house to the time they are 
returned filled. As the cans can be 
lowered to within an inch of the floor, it 
is unnecessary to bring them into con- 
tact with the barn floor, assuring a 
perfectly sanitary condition. 

When the carrier is run into the 
milk house, the cans may be lowered 
into the cooling tank by merely pulling 
down on the trip chain, releasing the 
ratchet on the drive wheel. The speed 
in descending can be regulated by the 
hand chain. 

This carrier is a distinct improve- 
ment over the platform type with which 
it is not only necessary to lift the cans 
on and off the platform, but there is 
always a chance of their slipping off 
when going around a curve. 

Those who daily have to lift and 
carry the filled cans from the barn to 
the milk house, put them into the 



cooling tank and then lift them out 
again, will appreciate at a glance the 
saving in time and doing away with a 
lot of hard work made possible by the 
installation of a STAR Milk Can Carrier. 

SPECIFICATIONS 

MAIN BAR— 51 inches long ofli.t'xli:^ 
inch T-rail steel to which the malleable sheave 
frames are hooked and from which the three 
pairs of steel can hooks are suspended. 

CAN HOOKS— engaging the handles of 
milk cans, of yt, x 1' 2"irich steel, securely attached 
to the main bar. 

SWITCHES, CURVES, TRACK and other 
accessories are found on pages 206 to 211, 
inclusive. 

FINISH — Gray enamel, baked on. 

No. 413 STAR Milk Can Carrier, 3 cans, 
weight complete, 70 lbs. 

If single can carrier is desired, specify 
No. 419. 

Either the three can or single can carriers 
are furnished for use with either STAR Double 
Angle Steel Track, STAR Double Oval Steel 
Track, or Rod Track, when so specified. 




Pase Two HunJrcd Tin 



• 



HtJ>JT • FlELlVf • FE1^R,IS SL9 CZ O 



* 




Reproduced from Photographs of Star Swinging Booms in Actual Use 



I'aKi; Two lluiulri'd Kc.iir 



•^ 



S^J\.T^ LIIVE 



EC^UI F»]VI E JNTT 



• 



The Star Swinging Boom 



THE STAR Swinging Boom represents the most 
satisfactory method of supporting track outside 
of the barn. It leaves the yard entirely clear, 
there being no supporting posts to interfere with the use 
of the yard or to cause injuries to cattle or horses; no 
lumber to rot out or break. 

The STAR Swinging Boom makes possible a dumping 
area eight or ten times greater than with a post supported 
track. 

When not in use, the boom may be swung around 
against the barn. This feature is especially desirable 
where the hay is taken in at the end of the barn, as the 
boom is not in the way. 

The track inside of the barn and that suspended 



from the boom is connected by the Sliding Removable 
Section shown in Figure 438. 

The length of the boom depends upon the height of 
the barn. The distance from boom to the clevis, from 
which the guy rods are suspended, should be at least 
3 to 5 feet greater than one-third of the total length. 

If a 30-foot boom is desired, the guy rods should 
be attached 13 to 15 feet or more above the boom itself. 

The boom is attached to the barn by means of our 
patented hinge shown in Fig. 438, which straddles the 
door rail. Pivoted in this hinge is the boom itself of 
suitable length and supported by guy rods secured to 
the barn by clevis and plate directly above boom hinge. 



SPECIFICATIONS 



MALLEABLE BOOM HINGE - straddles door rail, 
a Ig X 5V2-i"ch pin forms the pivot and connects the part 
of the hinge secured to the boom with the part attached 
to the barn. 

BOOM — constructed of heavy 2 x 2-inch galvanized 
high carbon steel angles, from which track is suspended 
by malleable clamps and track hangers. This construc- 
tion is much stronger and more lasting than booms of 
ordinary gas pipe. 

BOOM HANGERS — of suitable length to suspend 
the track approximately 6 inches below the boom. If 
for any reason it is necessary to place the boom hinge 
above the door rail, longer hangers are necessary. When 
ordering longer boom hangers, specify the number of 
inches "longer than regular." 

SLIDING REMOVABLE SECTION — This pat- 
ented feature is one of the strongest arguments in favor 
of a STAR Boom. It is built of malleable iron. 
This section telescopes as the boom turns around 
in a half circle. It allows the carrier to leave the barn 



even when the boom is standing at an angle, without 
friction or binding. 

The Sliding section may be removed from the pivots 
at one end or at both when the sliding doors are to be 
closed. If double sliding doors are used, these doors 
may be notched to fit closely around the sliding removable 
section so that it is never necessary to remove it. 



STAR DOUBLE ANGLE STEEL TRACK 
page 206. 



See 



LENGTHS — Booms are furnished regularly in the 
following lengths: 15 ft., 20 ft., 30 ft., 35 ft., and 40 ft. 

Furnished complete with track hangers, guy rods, 
truss rods, side arms, etc. The side arms and truss 
rods are not necessary with the 15-ft. and 20-ft. lengths. 

When ordering, specify distance from the point 
where hinge of boom will rest, to the point where the 
guy rods fasten to the barn. 

STAR Swinging Boom, complete, including Sliding 
Removable Section, hinge, track, hangers and all acces- 
sories, average weight, 71/2 pounds per foot. 




r 



Fig. 438 



Paae Two Ilundrci Fivi 



• 



HLJJ4T • 1H[ELIV1 * FEl^rg-IS &J CO 



ir 



Star Double Angle Steel Track 



SPECIFICATIONS 
STAR DOUBLE ANGLE STEEL TRACK, 

as the name s u u u c s t s . is built of two 
pieces of ^a-inch high carbon steel angles, sep- 
arated by malleable spools and securely riveted. 
This construction will test out stronger than 
anything used for a similar purpose — with 
hangers spaced 12 inches apart it has been 
used successfully to carry loads averaging 1 .000 
pounds to the foot. The two angles not only 
afford a double tread for the tracker wheels 
but are joined so rigidly that the track lines 
up perfectly and remains so. Compare this 
perfect alignment of any installation where 
Double Angle Steel Track is used with 

the "snake's crawl" appearance of ordinary one-piece tracks. Figure 
the saving in installation — the saving in keepmg aligned and lastly 
the appearance and then decide the track to use in your barn. Star 
Double Angle Steel Track is finished in japan— weight per foot. 2 
pounds. Furnished in 6 and 12-ft. lengths. 

STOP BLOCK FOR'END OF TRACK, Fig. 
:i6.') (not illustrated), weight each, 'i lb. 

LAG SCREW HANGER— accomplishes two 
things well— makes the track perfectly rigid, doing 
away with swinging motion and keeps it level 
always, no matter how uneven the joists. The 
diameter of this hanger is 7-16 inch. It is threaded 
H'2 inches. 

Note the square shoulder just above the 
track on which a wrench can be used at any time 
to keep the track level. 

A track can carry no more than the hanger 
supporting it. With the lag screw hanger, the 
weight is always directly below. The advantage 
of this method of suspending track over that of 
using track hangers fitted into the side of the 
track will be apparent if you will raise any given 
weight with the arm straight down and then 
attempt to raise the same weight while holding 
the arm at a right angle. 

When installing, use a chalk line to line up the hangers — screw 
them into the joists, remove the burrs and washers, then attach the 
track — you don't have to bother with the track until the hangers 
are in place. 

SIZES— The 10)4-inch lag screw hangers allow the track to hang 
approximately 6 inches below joists or wood supports in the yard. 
Specify this size where wood liiiil.i i, .cm- ii-,ic1 to support track out- 
side or where there are no bi.iiii i" • 1' .■ iii,ide of the barn. These 
hangers are usually spaced :^ I i" li' mhi l'"t construction of track 
permits spacing them to suit tin- .iii.uiteiiiLul of joists. When deter- 
mining the number of hangers, allow four for each curve. 

The stock sizes of Lag Screw Hangers follow. Where longer 
hangers are needed on account of extra high ceilings, simply 
specify the distance from joists to track and the proper length will 
be supplied. 







Fig. 414. 10)4-in. Lag Screw Hangers, weight per doz., 5 lbs. 
Fig. 414, l.5K-in. Lag Screw Hangers, weight per doz.. 7.' a lbs. clears 
6 in. beams. 

Fig. 414. 17M<in- Lag Screw Hangers, weight per doz., 9 lbs., clears 
8-in. beams. 

Fig. 414, 19'/i-in. Lag Screw Hangers, weight per doz., 10 lbs., clears 

10-in. beams. 
Fig. 414. '2ll4-\n. Lag Screw Hangers, weight per doz., 11 lbs., clears 

12-in. beams. 

MALLEABLE TRACK SPLICE— included in each shipment 
without extra charge. Joins and holds sections of track rigidly so 
an even strength is maintained 



Accessories for Double Angle Steel Track 

Where Lag Screw Hangers are not used, then Fig. 339 Eye Hangers 
should be specified. They can be used with either Joist Brackets. 
Fig. 126. or Ridge Pole Hangers, Fig. 87. or in connection with 
double eye hangers. Fig. 377, and Screw Eyes, Fig. 376. where the 
track must hang a greater distance below joists than usual. 

Ordinarily figure one Fig. 339 Hanger with either Joist Bracket 
or Ridge Pole Hanger for every two feet of track and four of each for 
each curve. Construction of track and curves permits hangers to 
be spaced to suit joists — the G%-m. length should be specified for use 
with wood supports in yard or where there are no beams to clear in 
the barn. 

The stock sizes of F'ig. 339 Hangers are shown below: 
Fig. 339, Eye Hangers, 6i!'4-in.. weight per doz.. ."> lbs. 
Fig. 339, Eye Hangers, 11 J-i-in., weight per doz.. 7 lbs., clears 6-in. 

beams. 
Fig. 339. Eye Hangers. 135i-in., weight per doz., 9 lbs., clears 8-in 

beams. 
F'ig. 339, Eye Hangers, ISJ^-in., weight per doz., 10 lbs., clears 10-in. 

beams. 
Fig. 126, Joist Brackets for use with Fig. 339 Hangers, weight per 

dozen. 3>2 lbs. 
F'ig. 87. Ridge Pole Hangers for use with Fig. 339 Hangers, weight per 

doz., r)'2 lbs. 

F'ig. 376. Screw Eyes for use with Fig. 339 
Hangers, weight per doz., 4J^ lbs. 

Fig. 377, Double Eye Hangers for use with 
F'ig. 339 Hangers, 15 in., weight per 
doz.. 10 lbs. 

F'ig. 377, Double Eye Hangers for use with 
Fig. 339 Hangers. 20 in., weight per 
doz., 12 lbs. 



Fig. .3.39. 
Hook Hanger 



Fig. 377.— Double Eye Hanger 



Page Two Hundred Sis 



•- 



STv^R 



LINE 



Ec:^LJiF>iviL!:r>["r 



-• 



Star Two-way and Three-way Switches 

h'or Uh»- ill C<>tin«'(;l ion with Sliir l>«ul>l<- An)/I«- Steel Track 

CONSIRUCIION 

r-|^HE STAR Ovcrlicfid Switches, 

I illu-il r.'iled on tliio jKinr, li.'ivc been 

|)i 1 Icctcd to ;i point l.'ir in (kIvjiiicc 

ol .inyl hiiij/ 'iiiiiil.'ir odcicd, ic)/.;ii(llc'iti ol 

We I'.iii oKci you no Ixttci !ii^nnuiii\ 
ioi iiiiitJilliiiK ,-i STAR OvcrlicJid MynlcMi 
ol tr.-ick' If)!" ,'iiiy pnrpoMc tli.'jii the per- 
fected !twit<li'', wli]( li we hove been 
fuI■|liHlIilJ^', .1 niinibii ol yearH. TheHC 
HWitchcM tilt: ;iii jiHsuiniiee ugtiiilHt fill 
Hwitch annoynnccH tliey arc Hiinplc, 
Htron« aij(l cflicieiit tiotliinK to k'"' "'i' 
<)( order, iiothiiit^ to bre.'ik, and wlint 'ri 
more, the carrier cannot run oil when the 
Hwilch in open. The automatic Halcly 
lockft take care of that. 

S'J'AI'^ SwjiilieH arc contil i u' w tj (uiniiy of 
liie beiit nialleajjle iron, except the iinmi<\ heel ion 
and the backbone, which are of tlic Manic HtronK 
conHtruclion uh STAR Double An(4le Steel Track 
itHcIf, They are rigidly attacficd to tlie track and 
curve cndH by mallealile Hplic-ew. The back 
bone and malleable le«H on the frame are joined 
a-i ri«ifily aH though they were cant in on<- pir-ce, 
yet tliirt backbone i« adjuMfable in oid( i ijj.it ihc 
', witch it'iejl c;in be lined up with llii Ii.mU and 
(III ye-, wliK ii il ronmi i ■-, 




OPERATION A ■.nnpl.- downw.-.id pull on 
either hand chain will cause tli< liint'/'l ■,( < lj(,n 
to tiavel either tr> ri({ht or I'll, nc.i-.lci .iiid 
lock automatically in perfect ali«iinienl, and 
jusl the inHlant that the hinged Hcction is re 
leaned from ilH poHition the Hafety lock droj)fi 
down and ({uardH the open end of cither -ilraii/.h! 
track or curve no watchman crjuld be :n fnith 
ful or efficient . 

Specify Two way Swi I I II wImh bi.iiirlni^'. 
off either to ri^ht or lefl ol m.-mi li;i(k Allow 
29 inchcH between the two cihK ol the 
main track, then bolt the Mwitcfi in place. 

Specify Three-way Switih whin 
branchinK off to both ri^ht and |i It ol 
niaiii liark. AII'jw 2') inchcH be1w<<ii 
ilic I wo riid\ ol ihc main track, linn 
bolt switch in jjlace. 

Two-way Switch, wei(/,ht each, 2() 
I>ounds. 

Three way Swilili, weij/jil each, 2') 
pf>undn. 

Fininh Mlack japan. 

When ordcrin« curvcH for uhc with 
SwitcficH, specify whctficr for Two-way 
or Three way SwitchcH. CurvcH illus- 
trated and dcHcribcd on page 208. 




I'lK- U'l 



lliiiKlml H.-v«i 



•- 



I^U^JT • HEL:M • FEI^TMS &f CO 



• 




Curves For Use With Star 

Double Angle 
Steel Track and Switches 




STAR Double Angle Steel Track can be 
made to work satisfactorily in any barn 
regardless of the number of turns or how 
complicated the arrangement. The curves are 
of the same construction as Star Double Angle 
Steel Track, illustrated on page 206, except 
that before joining the angles, they are formed 
separately to an accurate radius in special dies 
for that purpose. Allow 4 Lag Screw Hangers 
(see page 206) for each curve. All curves finished 
in black japan to match track and switches. 

Removable Section of Track 

The illustration below shows the Star Re- 
movable Section to be taken out when the door 
is closed. This short section is fitted with 
malleable ends which release the safety locks 
when the section is in place. The safety 
locks are most important as they automatically 
drop down to prevent the carrier from 
running off the open ends of track when 
the removable section is taken out. 



In Fig. 346, A shows position of safety lock, 
when Star Removable section is removed, pre- 
venting carrier from leaving track. B shows 
position of safety lock when Star Removable 
section is in place, permitting carrier to pass. 

This Removable Section is also used to ad- 
vantage where two tracks cross at right angles 
as a space of 18 inches can be left in both tracks 
at the point of intersection and the Removable 
Section is interchangeable with either track. 

By reinforcing the Star Removable Section 
and making it longer, it can be taken out when 
swinging doors are closed. When specifying 
reinforced removable sections for swinging 
doors, state the length wanted. This length 
should be at least six inches more than the width 
of the door to allow plenty of clearance. 

Star Removable Sections for Sliding Doors 
or Cross Overs where tracks intersect, regular 
length 18 inches, weight, 6 lbs. 

Star Reinforced Removable Sections for 
Swinging Doors, any length up to 5 feet 6 inches, 
approximate weight, "Vi lbs. per foot. 



Wall Bracket 

For Wood 

Ridge Pole 

Fig. 361 

Where Wood Rid^;'' 
Pole is used outside of 
the barn to support tin- 
track, this can In- 
attached to the barn 
by wall bracket. Fiti . 
361. 

This wall bracket of 
malleable iron is made 
to give the necessary- 
support to the end of 
the Wood Ridge Pole 
and to provide clear- 
ance for the door rail 
and sliding doors. 

Wall Bracket. Fig. 
361. for Wood Ridge 
Pole, weight, 6 lbs. 




Page Two Hundred Eight 



• 



JST^^rS LIIVE E:cmiF»iyiEN^T 



• 




Support for Star Double Angle Steel Track 
Outside of Barn 



THE above illustration shows our unique 
All-steel support for STAR Double Angle 
Steel Track in the yard where a swinging 
boom or wood ridge pole is not desired. 

This steel support is similar to the STAR 
Swinging boom construction, illustrated on 
pages 204 and 205. It is made of two 2-inch 
high carbon galvanized steel angles rigidly 
joined by hanger supporting clamps. This 
construction is very strong and durable as 
well as neat in appearance. 



STAR Steel Columns, as described and 
shown on the following page, are used to support 
this steel construction. These columns should 
be placed ten or twelve feet apart and securely 
set in concrete. 

STAR Steel Support for Double Angle 
Steel Track complete, including track, 
hangers and attachments — everything except 
supporting columns, average weight per foot, 
6 pounds. 



Page Two Hundred Nine 



• 



HUIVT • HELJyi * FEI^I^IS &y CO * 



• 



Star Steel Columns and Brackets 

For Supporting STAR Double Angle Steel Track 



IN FIGURE 781 we illustrate a Steel Column 4 inches in diameter, with triangular 
bracket from which the Steel Support illustrated and described on the preceding 
page or Wood Ridge Pole, Fig. 782, can be neatly and permanently suspended. 
In figuring the height of the columns, allow at least two feet for an anchorage 
below ground level. Each column should be firmly set in concrete abutment. 

The triangular bracket allows for the proper clearance of the carrier. This 
bracket is made of 1 ^ ^"'"ch O. D. pipe and attached to the upright column by 
malleable clamps. 

Steel Columns — Diameter, 4 inches; height to order; weight, per foot, 5 pounds. 
Ornamental Ball for Steel Column, weight, each, 6 pounds. 
Triangular bracket, complete as illustrated, weight, each, 20 pounds. 
When ordering, specify whether for Steel Support or Wood Ridge Pole. 
Finish: Gray enamel. 

Fig. 783 shows a special horizontal bracket for carrying the Steel Support 
illustrated on the previous page when installed along side of barn. This does away 
with posts or other obstructions and leaves the space along side of barn entirely 
clear. A malleable split flange is used to attach bracket to the side of barn. 

Horizontal Bracket for Steel support complete as illustrated, weight each, 12 
pounds. 

Finish: Gray enamel. 

Fig. 784 illustrates a simple and economical method of suspending the Wood 
Ridge Pole supporting Double Angle Steel Track along side of barn. The track 
should be attached to2x8or2xlO timbers which can be held away from the barn a distance of 4 feet 6 inches by 
wood pieces spaced 6 to 8 feet apart. Strap irons attached by Lag Screws support the entire wood construction. 
This illustration offers a practical solution of the problem of installing Double Angle Steel Track suspended from 
Wood Ridge Pole along side of barn. 




Fig. 781 





Fig. 783 



Fig. 784 



Page Two Hundred Ten 



•: 



S^J\.Tt LIIVE 



E:CmiF»lVIEI»4T 



• 



How to Order Carriers and Accessories for Star 
Double Angle Steel Track 



CARRIER Select the carrier and if for 
Litter, specify the size of tub — either No. 2, 
4, 6 or 8. 

TRACK — Take inside measurements first 
as though the track were to be installed with 
square turns. Add the number of feet required 
for out in the yard and then deduct 8 feet of 
track for each curve used without switch and 
4 feet of track for each curve for use with 
switch. (If a Swinging Boom is desired, do 
not figure any track, hangers or accessories 
for use outside of barn, as everything necessary 
will be furnished with the boom. ) Track is 
shipped in 6 and 12-foot sections. 

HANGERS — Fig. 414 Lag Screw Hangers 
are universally used. Figure one for every 
joist if 2 feet apart, one for every other joist if 
spaced 16 inches apart. Always figure 10^4- 
inch hangers for track suspended from Wood 
Ridge Pole in the yard and for inside of barn 
if there are no beams to clear. If carrier passes 
under the beams on which the joists rest, then 
measure the size of the beams and by referring 
to page 206 you can determine the length of 
hangers needed for use inside of the barn. 
Track should be installed level where possible. 

To determine length of hangers for different 
heights of ceiling, first determine length of 
hangers needed for suspending track under the 
lowest ceiling, and the hangers required for 
the higher ceiling will be as much longer as 
one ceiling is higher than the other. 

SWINGING BOOM — If Swinging Boom 
is desired, specify length, 15, 20, 30, 35 or 40 
feet, and the distance above hinge that the 
guy rods will be attached to the barn. The 
boom includes everything necessary for use 
outside of barn, also the sliding removable 
section (see page 205). If the boom hinge 
instead of straddling the door rail, which would 
be impossible with a single sliding door, is to 
be attached to the barn above the door rail, 
then specify length boom hangers that will 
be required. Simply specify how many inches 
longer than regular these boom hangers are 
to be. Regular length boom hangers allow 
the track to hang 6 inches below the boom. 

Swinging booms are also used frequently to 
suspend track over driveway, so that when 



swung out of the way, the driveway is clear. 
When ordering booms for driveways, specify 
the exact length and also specify one cast iron 
boom bracket to support the end of the boom 
opposite from the hinge to hold it in place. 

REMOVABLE SECTION — Specify one 
Removable Section for each sliding door through 
which track passes (see page 208), except when 
swinging boom is ordered, in which case the 
sliding removable section is furnished in con- 
nection with the boom. Also specify removable 
section for each place where two tracks intersect 
at right angles. 

REINFORCED REMOVABLE SECTION 
— Specify one Reinforced Removable section 
for each swinging door out of which track 
extends, being sure to state length. Length 
should be at least 6 inches longer than width 
of door. 

SWITCHES — Specify two-way switch for 
each place where track branches off to either 
right or left of the main line. Specify three- 
way switch for use where track branches off to 
both right and left of main line. 

CURVES — Specify one regular 90-degree 
curve for each right angle turn where switch 
is not to be used. Specify one curve for use 
with two-way switch for each two-way switch 
used. Specify two curves for use with three- 
way switch for each three-way switch used. 

END STOP — Fig. 363. Specify one for 
each end of track to keep car from running off 
the track. 

WALL BRACKET ~ Specify one to use 
in connecting Wood Ridge Pole to barn (see 
page 208). 

DETACHABLE SECTION — If a section 
of wood support in the yard or across driveway 
is made removable to allow passageway for 
teams, specify a Detachable Section of track 
the same length as the wood ridge pole made 
removable. This detachable section is attached 
to and can be taken out with the section of 
wood ridge pole. 



Hundred lilcvtn 



• 



F^UIVT « HELIVl * FEI^I^IS Sj CIO 



• 




^ 



STAR 

FEED TRUCK 

HUHTHELM.FERRISiCO.MfRS. 

HABVABB.!"- 





Reproduced from Actual Photograph of the 

No. 443 Star Feed Truck 



THE STAR Floor Feeding Truck is 
a necessity in every barn where an 
overhead feed carrier is not used. 
It is lower in cost than a suspended 
carrier since track hangers and switches 
are not required. It can be operated to 
any place in the barn, run directly under 
the feed or silo chutes — can be used not 
only for carrying feed, but also bedding, 
baled shavings or any other material to 
be delivered to any part of the barn. It 
is easily operated over a concrete or wood 
floor and can be turned in its own length. 
Read the description on opposite page. 

Easy Running Short Turning 

Here^is a feed truck that is very easy to 
handle. It is built 
low down, easy to 
fill and feed from, 




and rides on wheels properly spaced to 
balance the load. 

It is built, reinforced and finished 
so that it will not warp, crack or go to 
pieces under the hardest usage. No 
point for strength and durability has 
been overlooked. The heavy hardwood 
frame bolted together, extends the full 
length of the bottom, with an extra full 
length center-piece reinforcing the steel 
bottom of the tub. 

The hardwood frame to which the 
trucks are secured is built entirely sepa- 
rate from the tub and is in no way de- 
pendent upon the tub for support. 

This is a truck that will last for 
many years of hard service. The care 
exercised in its construction is the reason 
why you will find it in use in thousands 
of the finest barns in this country. 

No expense has been spared to build 
a truck that is stronger, more lasting 
and neater in appearance than any 
similar truck offered. 



STAR Equipped Barn, Owned by Myron Stratton 
Home Farm, Colorado Springs, Col. 

Ilumlred Twelve 



•- 



SlTJKTi. LIIVE 



E:c^i-jiF»iyiEiNrT 



• 



SPECIFICATIONS 



TUB 



bottom of one piece, heavy gal- 
vanized steel securely fastened 
to the sides of selected wood, well 
seasoned, kiln-dried, clear and free from 
knots, sap and check. Reinforced at 
sides, bottom and ends with galvanized 
steel corner plates. Truck is fitted with 
hand-holds at ends. 



FRAME 



upon which tub rests of best 
selected 2x4 inch hard 
maple, kiln-dried, three pieces extending 
lengthwise of truck with bolted cross 
pieces at ends. Frame built entirely 
separate from tub, and not dependent 
upon tub for strength. 



FRONT SWIVEL WHEEL ^ "" a y 

iron, 6 
inches in diameter; l'^ inch face, with 
cold rolled steel shaft; swiveled to permit 
truck to be turned in its own length. 
All wheels spaced for easy moving of 
heavy loads. 



FINISH Wheels and iron work gray 
enamel, baked on. Wood 
work given prime coat of lead and oil 
after which it is given a final brush coat 
of special varnish-enamel. Color, gray. 



MAIN WHEELS 



Gray iron, 12 inches 
in diameter; 2 inch 
face; machined bearings turning on cold 
rolled axle, 1 inch in diameter. 



SIZES AND 
WEIGHTS 



Regular size (for feed 
alleys, 36 inches wide or 
wider) 68 inches long, 26 

inches wide, 24 inches deep. Capacity, 

16 bushels. Weight, 190 lbs. 




Larger size (for feed alleys 40 inches 
wide or wider), 71 inches long, 30 inches 
wide, 30 inches deep. Capacity, 25 
bushels. Weight, 225 lbs. 




STAR 

FEED TRUCK 

Hunt riEui rtiiiiis;-, ;,) ,>if us 



^x- 



J*^^ 




Page Two Hundred Tliirlucn 



• 



HLJIVT • 1-IELIVI * FEl^RIS &9 C Cy 



-* 



No. 836 
STAR "All 

Purpose" 
Barn Truck 

(Pat.nl A|)pliiil lor) 




Fig. 836 




HERE is a Barn Truck that can be used for carrying bulk feed, ensilage, cans of milk, barrels 
of water or swill, bagged grain and for other trucking purposes common in doing the regular 
chores around the barn. It is an "ALL-PURPOSE" Barn Truck for practically the same 
price as an ordinary Feed Truck. 

Fig. 836 shows the truck with feed box in position complete with tongue. Where bulk feed 

is being carried, it is generally more handy to push the truck rather than pull it. The tongue is 

equipped with a special constructed hinge, so that it can be detached or attached to the truck 

almost instantly without removing a bolt simply raise up the front end and remove or replace 

the tongue as desired. When tongue is in position it is as secure as if bolted. 

The Castor Wheel is so constructed that it will swing under truck, which 

makes it possible to turn the truck in its own length. 

Fig. 838 shows the feed box being removed by one man. All that is 

necessary is to lift up the front end of box to about the position shown in 

illustration, and it will automatically release from the truck proper. Then 

stand t he box up on end against side of barn or partition ; the box is replaced 

by lowering it, so that steel projections on the truck bed fit into 

, /"^tji'*' *''^' t*° slots cut in the steel plate attached to bottom of the 

f iir'"~^^^Tf i Feed Box; then continue to lower it until in regular position 

J T^^B MVfl%g ^^ when the steel pin forming part of castor wheel will fit into steel 

m 1 Kr^^Kr '""^K" wK ^'^^ attached to front of box, holding it securely. 

i^M m m ^B jJ • when the Feed Box of the STAR "All -Purpose" Truck 

4HB ■ ■ ^1 tv %*• '^ removed it can be used for any 

'^^^»*^^^ Jr :.^^r^\2K-^,^ number of purposes such as carrying 

L j.^jk^^— — ■^K'-' ^J ^^'**'-* »^ milk cans, barrels, bags of grain, etc. 

-''■W-' ^-k7\X ^^^^^^ -rw ^'^- ^^^ shows the truck loaded with 

five 8-gallon cans of milk. 



.igr Two UuiuIk'iI Koiirii' 



Fin. 837 



• 



STv^ri 



LIIVE 



EC^u^iF^iviEivnr 



• 



It can also be used as a hand truck, 
as shown in Fig. 839 by removing the 
castor wheel and tongue. This can be 
done instantly be releasing the spring pin 
which permits the wheel, etc., to slip out 
of position when front of truck is raised. 
The castor wheel can be replaced by just 
the opposite operation. 

SPEC I FICATIONS 

BOX Bottom of one piece, heavy 
galvanized steel, securely fastened to the 
sides of selected wood, well seasoned, 
kiln-dried, clear and free from knots, sap 
and check. Reinforced at sides, bottom 
and ends with galvanized steel corner 
plates. Box is fitted with hand -holds at 
ends. 

FRAME OR BED Frame or bed 
upon which box rests of 1 ' •> in. x ^^ in. 
steel channel to which floor, made of 
2 in. x ■'h in. lumber, spaced ■'' i< in. apart, 
is securely attached. 





Fig. 838 

TONGUE Of hard, kiln-dried, maple, 36 in. x \'ji in. x \'}.i in., 
equipped with special hinge for instantly detaching or attaching tongue 
to swivel truck. 

MAIN WHEELS Gray iron, 12 inches, in diameter; 2 in. face, 
machined bearings turning on cold rolled steel axle, 1 in. in diameter. 

FRONT SWIVEL WHEEL Gray iron, 6 in. in diameter; ly^ >"• 
face, swivel fork and all other fittings of best grade malleable iron ; 
equipped with automatic spring pin permitting wheel to be re- 
moved or replaced; easily released and positive hold; swiveled to 

permit truck to be turned in its own length. All wheels 

spaced for easy moving of heavy loads. 

FINISH Wheels and iron work, gray enamel, 
baked on. Wood work given prime coat of lead and 
oil after which it is given a final brush coat of special 
varnish-enamel. Color, gray. 



^ 



SIZES AND WEIGHTS Box 68 in. 
long, 26 in. wide, 24 in. deep. Capacity, 
16 bushels. Frame and bed, 36 in. x 28 
in. Distance from outside to outside 
of main wheels, 34j?f in. Weight, 
complete with box and tongue, 160 lbs. 
Weight, less box, 90 lbs. 



Fig. 839 



ll.mrlr.-.l Kifl.. 



• 



HUINTT « HEL>^ * FEI^T&IS &y C O • 



• 




Reproduced fiom Actual Photograph of 

No. 592 Star Litter Carrier 

Full Roller Bearing 
A Combination for STAR Double Oval Steel Track Inside and Rod Track ,Outside 

Can also be used on Rod Track both inside and outside 



RECOMMENDED where the returning 
feature afforded by the Rod Track and 
the inside adaptability of the Steel Track 
is desired. The Double Oval Steel Track in the 
barn is always level so that there is no tendency 
for the carrier to move while being loaded. The 
carrier is given a push at the barn door and re- 
turns automatically. This carrier can be suc- 
cessfully installed in any barn no matter how 
complicated the arrangement, and regardless of 
the curves and switches required. The popu- 
larity of this type of Litter Carrier is accounted 
for by the fact that it combines so many desir- 
able features of the steel track equipment with 
those of the rod track outfits. 



The important connection between the STAR 
Double Oval Steel Track inside the barn and the 
Rod Track outside is made with the patented 
Giant Suspension Bracket which is used at the 
doorway. This bracket, forms the connection 
between the two tracks. It allows a direct run 
from the STAR Double Oval Track to the Rod 
Track. This patented connection between the 
inside and outside track is a superior STAR 
feature which gives you the big advantage of 
being able to give the carrier a start while it is 
still inside the barn and depend upon it passing 
to the outside track with safety. 



Page Two Hundred Sixteen 



•: 



S^JS^Tt LIP^E 



e:c^uif»iveej4t 



• 



SPECIFICATIONS 

STAR DOUBLE OVAL STEEL TRACK - des- 
cribed on page 220. 

STAR DOUBLE OVAL STEEL TRACK HANG- 
ERS — described on page 220. 

SWIVEL TRACKER WHEELS — 7 inches in 
diameter, have a lathe-turned tread. Each tracker wheel 
operates on 12 extra long, cold rolled steel bearings, sur- 
rounding a shouldered steel axle pin. 

TRIPPING DEVICE — is so constructed that as 
soon as it hits the Trip Block the tub automatically 
releases the Double Latches and unlocks the tub at the 
bail. See Fig. 599. This device locks and unlocks the 
tub at both ends in unison. 

RETURNING BUMPER — Insures the return of 
the carrier to the barn after dumping. 

TUB — is made of heavy galvanized steel. 
Measures 25 x 41 inches and is 14 inches deep. The 
ends are of one piece with flanges formed on the edges, 
to which the body sheet is riveted and soldered, making 
it water-tight. The ends are reinforced with heavy 
galvanized plates; the top edges of the tub are reinforced 
with galvanized angle irons, both along the ends and 
sides: the corners are securely riveted, as is every joint 
in the construction of the tub. These tubs are inde- 
structible; will not get out of shape; when dumped, are 
self-cleaning on account of the rounding bottom which 
permits of no corners in which litter can collect. The shape 
of the tub makes it possible to carry a large load. 

SPRING KEEPERS— which are automatically 
thrown up into place as the carrier leaves the Double Oval 
Steel Track for the Rod Track. See Fig. 600. These 
keepers absolutely prevent the carrier from jumping the 
track, and also rigidly lock the wheels in line with the track 
and prevent their binding. As the carrier returns from 
the Rod Track to the Double Oval, these keepers are 
automatically thrown down to permit the operation of 
the carrier on the Steel Track, and to allow the tracker 
wheels to pass the track hangers. At the same time that 
the keepers are thrown down, the swivel trucks are un- 
locked so that the carrier will readily pass the curves 
and switches. 

GIANT SUSPENSION BRACKET — supports the 
Ridg-Rod Connecting Track Coupling. See pages 221 
and 222 for complete description. 

TRIP BLOCK — is 9 inches long, is constructed of 
very best malleable iron and can be fastened to the Rod 
Track at any desired point. 

ROD TRACK — for use outside of barn. Made 
of special drawn wire in two sizes, 0000 and 000000. 

KEEPER RELEASE ~ a simple, unbreakable de- 
vice which throws the keepers up as the carrier leaves 
the Steel Track for the Rod, preventing the tracker wheels 
from jumping the Rod Track and locking them in line. 
When the carrier returns to the Steel Track this device 
throws the keepers down so that the tracker wheels can 
pass the hangers and swivel on the curves. 

SWITCHES, CURVES AND OTHER ACCES- 
SORIES for STAR Double Oval Steel Track may be 
found on pages 220 to 222. 

SWITCHES, CURVES AND OTHER ACCES- 
SORIES for Rod Track may be found on pages 226 to 228. 

No. 592 Litter Carrier — weight complete, 1 50 
pounds. Finished in gray enamel. 




Fig. 600 — Shows position of Spring Keepers and 
Suspension Bracket 




Fig. 599 — Tripping Device 

Page Two Hundred Seventeen 



• 



MLJIVTr • HIELIVI • F^EI^RLIS &f CO 



• 




Reproduced from Actual Photograph of the 

No. 693 Star Litter Carrier 

Full Roller Bearing, for STAR Double Oval Steel Track Inside and Rod Track Outside 

This Carrier Can Be Used on Rod Track Both Inside and Outside 



T 



HIS carrier was designed for operation 
on STAR Double Oval Steel Track 
inside the barn and Rod Track outside. 
With the exception that it is not equipped with 
the quick raising and lowering device, it is 
practically identical with the No. 592 STAR 
Litter Carrier illustrated and described on the 



preceding pages, in both operation and results 
obtained. This carrier is fitted with an adjust- 
able bail so that the tub can be raised or lowered, 
when desired, a total distance of about 12 inches. 
It is recommended and guaranteed to do the 
work satisfactorily and with a minimum amount 
of labor. 



Page Two Hundred EiKhtocn 



*: 



S^JKTt LIIVE 



EIQU^ I F» M E ^4 T 



• 



No. 693 Star Litter Carrier 

(Continued) 
SPECIFICATIONS 



STAR DOUBLE OVAL STEEL TRACK 
detailed description on page 220. 

STAR DOUBLE OVAL STEEL TRACK 
HANGERS which slide along the groove in 
the Double Oval Track, may be placed at any 
desired point. Detailed description may be 
found on page 220. 

TRACKER WHEELS— of gray iron, 7 
inches in diameter. These wheels have a 
lathe-turned tread. Each revolves on 12 cold 
rolled steel bearings so that the carrier runs 
smoothly and easily. 

SPRING KEEPERS attached to the 
swivel trucks. These are automatically thrown 
into place when the carrier leaves the Double 
Oval Track and runs onto the Rod. These 
keepers absolutely prevent the carrier from 
jumping the track, and also rigidly lock the 
wheels in line with the track and prevent their 
binding. When the carrier leaves the Rod 
Track for the Double Oval, these keepers are 
automatically thrown down by a device permit- 
ting the tracker wheels to pass the hangers. 
The wheels are unlocked at the same time so 
that the swivel trucks of the carrier will operate 
readily on the Curves and Switches. 

TRIPPING LEVER made 
of malleable iron. This lever 
is connected with chains which 
release the latches, which lock 
the tub at both ends of the bail. _ — 

When this lever strikes the trip 
block attached to the rod track 
in the yard, the latches are 
released instantly and the tub 
is allowed to turn over before 
the carrier returns automatically 
to the barn. Note that when 
this tripping lever is thrown 
down at the trip block it remains 
down so as not to retard the 
return of the carrier. It is 
returned to its natural upright 
position by a down pull on 

STAR Carrier 
Equipped 



the small knob attached for that purpose. 

THE CHANNEL STEEL BAIL— for rais- 
ing and lowering of the tub by means of a 
simple adjustment, a total distance in all of 
12 inches. 

BAIL LATCHES— The tub is held rigidly 
upright by latches locking both ends. A chain 
running in the groove of the bail connects both 
latches with the tripping lever and operates 
them in unison. 

MALLEABLE BRACES securely riveted 
to the arch of the bail, forming a very solid 
construction. 

LITTER CARRIER TUB is made of 
heavy galvanized steel, heavily reinforced at 
both ends. Measures 26 x 41 inches and is 
14 inches deep, and is so shaped that it is 
self-cleaning when dumped. 

GIANT SUSPENSION BRACKET— de- 
tailed description will be found on pages 221 
and 222. 

SUPPORTS FOR WHEEL FRAME— which 
are riveted to both bail and bail braces, forming 
a rigid truss. 

No. 693 STAR LITTER CARRIER weight 
complete, 110 pounds. Finished in gray enamel. 




with STAR Track Running to Spreader Shed at STAR 
Bam, owned by Wm. Waller, Jr., Barrington, 111. 

Pase Two Hundred Nineteen 



• 



F^U>JT • 1-IE:L>^ » FET^l^IS &y CO 



• 



No. 593 Star" Double Oval Steel Track 




Fig/593 



STAR DOUBLE OVAL STEEL 
TRACK, a section of which is 
shown in Fig. 593, is used in con- 
nection with RIDG-ROD CAR- 
RIERS. Each section of track is 
formed of one piece of 16-gauge steel. 
The edges are rolled, leaving a slot 
which runs the full length of the piece. 
By rolling both edges, double rigidity 
is secured, the track having sufficient 
thickness as well as depth, so that it 
cannot sag nor buckle. 



THE SPLICE Made of an extra long piece of steel which fits inside the track and bolts to each 
section, making a perfect joint. We guarantee the track to be as strong at the splice as at any other 
point. Splices furnished free with all orders for track. 

STAR DOUBLE OVAL STEEL TRACK HANGERS, illustrated in Fig. 593, are made of 
14: X lij-irich steel. The 9-inch hanger is adjustable in length from 7^2 to 9 inches and covers 
all ordinary requirements. Longer hangers, as listed below, are furnished when necessary. The 
track can be raised or lowered after it is put up, and carefully leveled. Lag screws 212^ ■' s-inches 
are used to fasten the hangers to the joists. 

STAR Double Oval Steel Track Hangers furnished in following lengths: 



Length 

9 inches 
15 
17 
19 
21 



Weight per dozen 


Clears 


14 lbs 




20 " 


6-in. beam 


23 " 


8-in. beam 


26 " 


10-in. beam 


29 " 


12 -in. beam 



Switches for Star Double Oval Steel Track 



Switches for STAR Double Oval Steel Track are made of best grade malleable iron. The hinged 
section is quickly and easily operated by a down pull on either of the hand holds attached to the 
operating chain. When the switch is open, malleable iron safety locks automatically drop down, 
preventing the carrier from running off the open 
end. Both TWO AND THREE-WAY 
SWITCHES are furnished either right or left 
hand. 

No. 598 TWO-WAY SWITCH for STAR 
Double Oval Track, either Right or Left hand 
Weight, each, 30 pounds. 

No. 597 THREE-WAY SWITCH for STAR 
Double Oval Track, either Right of Left Hand. 
Weight, each, 35 pounds. 

When ordering, refer to page 223. 




Page Two Hundred Twents- 



Fig. 597 



• 



STTv^vrS LII*^E 



E:C^UIF»iyiE]NT 



• 



No. 596 Curve for Star Double Oval Steel Track 




FIGURE 596 illustrates Curve for STAR Double Oval Steel Track, which is 
made of high carbon, round edge steel, size '4 x 1^2 inches. This curve may- 
be bent to any angle. It takes the place of eight feet of track. The ends 
of the curve are bolted into the ends of the regular STAR double oval track, making 
a rigid connection at each point. 

The weight of the STAR Double Oval Steel Track Curve, complete, is 15 lbs. 
Hangers are packed separately. 



Giant Suspension Bracket 

Fig. 595 illustrates the Giant Suspension Bracket which is used to support the 
connection between double oval steel track in the barn and rod track outside. See 
Fig. 600 on Page 217. 

The illustration here shows rod track secured 
to suspension bracket with coupling about to be 
placed in position. One end of this coupling fits 
snugly over the rod track. It is provided with an 
attachment which holds the rod track securely in 
place. The other end of the coupling fits into the 
end of the Double Oval Track and is bolted in 
place same as a splice, thus making a perfect and 
rigid joint. 

If the sill to which the Giant Suspension Bracket 
is bolted is not perfectly level, the track 
connection can be leveled by the ad- 
justment allowed in bolting it to the ^*'^ 
bracket. The coupling is so constructed that 
the keepers on the carrier are thrown down 
automatically as the carrier enters the barn. 
See Fig. 600 on Page 217. 




Pase Two Hundred Twenty-one 



• 



HLJIVT • HELIVl • FEI^rtlS fi^ CD O 



-* 



Giant Suspension Bracket 

(Continued) 

The keepers being thrown down, permit the 
carrier trucks to pass the hangers which support 
the Double Oval Track and also allow them to 
swivel at curves. As the carrier leaves the barn, 
the keepers are thrown up into place so that the 
wheels cannot jump the rod track. The wheels 
are locked into line with the rod at the same time. 
This keeps them from binding, and reduces 
friction to a minimum. 

The construction of the Giant Suspension 
Bracket and Coupling provides for a straight and 
smooth run from inside of barn to dump. There 
is no offset at barn door where rod and Double 
Oval track join. This is an exclusive patented 
feature with Star construction and solves the 
problem of a smooth connection at the door, 
which makes it possible to gather headway with 
the loaded carrier before it is given the final 
shove to the dump. 




Fig. 594 
Right Hand Giant Suspension Bracket 



Giant Suspension Brackets are made either right or left hand. Right or left hand 
brackets are necessary because the frames supporting the tracker wheels on the carriers 

must, under all conditions, operate on the 
side of the track opposite to the side into 
which the track hangers attach. The right 
hand bracket is placed on the right hand side 
of the track looking out of barn. See Figure 
594. The left hand bracket is placed on 
the left hand side of track looking out of 
barn. See Figure 702. 

Either right or left hand suspension brack- 
ets will answer where switches are not 
used. If switches are used, it is always 
best to include a rough pencil sketch with 
the order to indicate the general direction 
that the track takes inside of the barn, in 
which case the proper suspension bracket 
and also the proper switch will be included 
in the shipment. 

Giant Suspension Bracket, either right or 
left hand, weight, each, 14 lbs. 

Fig. 702 
Left Hand Giant Suspension Bracket 




I'aui- T\vi> llundral Twcnly-lM 



•^ 



ST^^vr^ LITVE 



E:cmiF>iviE:]vnr 



• 



How to Order Carriers and Accessories for 
Star Double Oval Steel Track 



CARRIER — Select by referring to pages 216 to 219. 

TRACK— DOUBLE OVAL STEEL TRACK — To 
determine the amount of Double Oval Steel Track for 
use inside of barn, take measurements as though the 
track were to be installed with square turns, then deduct 
8 feet of track for each curve not used in connection 
with a switch and 4 feet of track for each curve used with 
a switch. Double Oval Steel Track is furnished in 
10-foot lengths only. By means of a hack saw shorter 
lengths can be cut as desired. 

TRACK HANGERS — STAR Double Oval Steel 
Track Hangers, Fig. 599, are used to support the track 
inside the barn. These hangers should be spaced from 
18 inches to 2 feet apart, according to the spacing of the 
joists. Nine inch hangers are sufficiently long except 
where it is necessary for the carrier to clear the beams 
supporting the joists. By referring to page 220 you can 
determine the length hanger necessary to clear any size 
beam. 

GIANT SUSPENSION BRACKETS — A Giant 
Suspension Bracket, either right or left hand, is necessary 
at each point where the carrier runs from the Double 
Oval Steel Track, used inside of the barn, to the Rod 
Track, used outside. Either a right or left hand suspen- 
sion bracket will answer where switches are not used. 
Right hand suspension brackets are placed on the right 
hand and left hand suspension brackets are placed on 
the left hand side of the track looking out of the barn. 
Where switches are used, it is always best to include a 
rough pencil sketch with the order to indicate the general 
direction the track takes inside the barn so that proper 
suspension bracket will be included in the shipment. 

SWITCHES — Switches for Double Oval Track, 
either 2 or 3 way, are furnished either right or left hand. 
Specify 2 way switch where the track branches off to 
either right or left of the main line. Specify 3 way 
switch where track branches off to both right and left 
of the main line. Right hand switches, either 2 or 3 
way, are used with right hand suspension brackets when 
the hinged end of the switch is nearest the suspension 
bracket. Right hand switch, either 2 or 3 way, is 
required when the hinged end of the switch is furthest 
away from a left hand suspension bracket. Left hand 
switch, either 2 or 3-way, is used with a left hand sus- 
pension bracket when the hinged end of the switch is 
nearest the suspension bracket. Left hand switch, either 
2 or 3-way, is used where a right hand suspension bracket 
is used and where the hinged end of the switch is furthest 
away from the suspension bracket. 



When ordering switches, it is always better to send 
a rough pencil sketch to indicate the general direction 
the track takes inside the barn, in which case the proper 
switches, also the proper suspension brackets, will be 
included in the shipment. 

CURVES — Specify curve for Double Oval Steel 
Track at each point where the main track angles off. 
Also specify a curve for each 2 -way switch and 2 curves 
for each 3-way switch used. These curves are shipped 
straight so they can be bent either to right or left and 
to any angle required. 

END STOP — Specify one end stop. Figure 590, to 
keep carrier from running off end of Double Oval Track. 

REMOVABLE SECTION — A removable section 
is a short piece of track arranged so that it can be lifted 
out, allowing a sliding door to be closed. While we do 
not illustrate a removable section for use with Double 
Oval Track, it can be furnished, if desired. 

ROD TRACK— When ordering Rod Track for use out 
of doors, be sure to add at least 10 to 15 feet to the length 
required to provide for a suitable anchorage inside of the 
barn. The 0000 Rod Track is the size commonly used. 

TENSION BOLT — Specify two 30-inch tension 
bolts for each stretch of Rod Track — one to be used at 
anchor post in the yard, the other to secure the Rod 
Track in the barn. 



AUTOMATIC STOP AND RETURNER - 
one for each carrier. See Figure 446, page 226. 



Specify 



ANCHOR ROD 
stretch of Rod Track. 
We recommend the 
Anchor Rod and 
Turnbuckle,Fig.353, 
page 227, as 
being the most 
practical. 



-Order one anchor rod for each 




Page Two Hundred Twenty-three 



• 



HLJNT • HELIVI • FET^R-IS &f C: O 



-• 




Ri-pi(Hluic(l I'l-imi A.Mual PhdloRTnpli ol tlic 

No. 405 Star Litter Carrier 

Full Roller Bearing, for Rod Track Inside and Outside of the Barn 



THIS Carrier combines all the desirable and 
essential features necessary for a perfect 
Rod Track Conveyor. It is simple in 
construction and operation and perfectly built. 
In operation this carrier is automatic. By 
putting up the rod at the proper angle, the 
carrier, when loaded, can be made to run out 
and dump at the desired point by simply 
giving it a vigorous shove. When dumped, the 
empty carrier returns to the barn automatically. 
The tub of the carrier is dumped by means of 



a trip block which can be placed at any desired 
point on the rod. The tub dumps either way; 
locks at both ends and thus holds absolutely 
rigid. This tub has three adjustments and can 
be lowered or raised to the desired height. The 
tracker wheels are fitted with Spring Keepers, 
which lock them in perfect alignment with the 
rod, thus reducing friction to a minimum. 
These keepers also prevent the tracker wheels 
from leaving the rod. 



I'liKC Ww MiMi.lu'il Twinlv-liMll 



•^ 



ST^^Fi LINJE ECfcI-JlF>IviEr<T 



• 



SPECIFICATIONS 

ROD TRACK -of special drawn wire. The 0000 
size is adapted to meet the requirements of Litter Carrier 
outfits. 

TRACKER WHEEL FRAME - constructed of 
best grade malleable iron, heavily ribbed, supporting a 
cold rolled axle pin upon which the tracker wheel turns. 
See Fig. 421. 

TRACKER WHEELS gray iron. 7 inches in 
diameter; lathe-turned tread of sufficient width, insuring 
perfect freedom from friction against the rod. The hub 
of each wheel is also lathe-turned, and revolves on 12 
extra long, cold rolled steel bearings, surrounding a 
shouldered axle pin of special rolled steel. See Fig. 424. 

SPRING KEEPERS — which prevent carrier from 
jumping the rod. These keepers automatically lock 
the tracker wheels in perfect alignment with the rod, 
thus preventing friction. They are automatically re- 
leased when the tracker wheels strike the curve so as to 
permit the wheels to swivel. 

LATCH TRIP — when the latch trip strikes the 
trip block the latches at either end of the tub are auto- 
matically released, allowing the tub to turn over. 

BAIL — channel steel bail protects the trip chains 
and forms a rigid support for the tub at all times. 

TUB LATCHES — one at either end of the tub. 
These latches automatically hold the tub in an upright 
position and keep it from sagging out of shape when 
loaded. 

BAIL BRACES - are made of very best malleable 
iron, curved and bolted to the bail and the support for the 
wheel frame. These braces add great stiffness to the 
legs of the bail and keep them in perfect alignment. 

TUB — galvanized steel throughout. The ends are 
of one piece with flanges formed on their edges to which 
the body sheet is riveted. The ends are reinforced with 
heavy galvanized plates, as are the top edges of the tub 
ends as well as the sides which are reinforced with gal- 
vanized angle iron. The corners are securely riveted as 
is every point in the construction of the tub. The tub is 
indestructible and self-cleaning on account of its shape. 
It is made in one size only: 24 inches wide, 41 inches 
long and 14 inches deep. 

SUPPORT FOR TRACKER WHEEL FRAME — 
a malleable "U" shaped casting, engaged and riveted to 
both sides of the steel bail and bail brace, forming a truss 
of great rigidity. 

ROD TRACK SWITCH OR CURVE - Fig. 354, 
page 226, made of high carbon angle. Fitted with mal- 
leable approaches. May be used either right or left 
hand. 

No. 405 STAR LITTER CARRIER— weight com- 
plete, 110 pounds. Finished in gray enamel. 




STAR Equipped Barn of A. J. Love, 
Loveland Farms, Omaha, Neb. 



Paae Two Ihmdrcd Twenty-five 



•-: 



HU>JT « IHLELIVl * FET^rMS &p CO 



:• 



Rod Track Accessories 




Fig. 342 

Fig. 342 illustrates the STAR Loop Clamp by means 
of which a loop can be formed quickly at either end of 
the rod track. Weight, each \% pounds. 




Fig. 446 

The Automatic Stop 
and Returner illus- 
trated in Fig. 446 is 
used at the anchor 
post to insure the auto- 
matic return of the 
carrier to the barn. 
This returner prevents 
the carrier from striking the anchor post and furnishes 
the necessary momentum for the automatic return 
without any tendency towards running the carrier off 
the rod. Weight, each 3J2 pounds. 




Fig. 354 

Fig. 354 illustrates STAR Rod Track 
Switch and Curve. It is made of one 
piece of iVz x Vi-inch angle iron, with 
malleable ends curved to receive the rod. 
STAR Rod Track Switches operate equal- 
ly well as right or left hand, and are inter- 
changeable to either position. Weight, 
each, 25 pounds. 




Fig. 423 

Clamp for Rod Track, Fig. 423, is used at 
the intersection of two rod tracks to prevent 
sagging. Weight, each, 5 ounces. 




-9 



Fig. 364 
Tension Bolt, Fig. 364. Length 
30 inches. Thickness, Jg '"^^h. 
Complete with washer and nut. 
Weight, each, 6V2 pounds. 




Fig. 344 

Angle Bracket, Fig. 344, is 
used where the rod track angles 
off either to right or left, after 
passing out of doors. Weight, 
each, 31/2 pounds. 



Fig. 340 



Spring Track Support, 
Fig. 340, is used to take 
up the sag in rod tracks 
over 125 feet in length. 
Weight, each, 8V4 pounds. 




Fig. 352 
Fig. 352 shows attachments of a rod track in barn and in yard. 



Page Two Humired Twenty- 



•- 



SITJKT^ LirVE 



e:quif»iviep4t 



-• 



Rod Track Anchors 



THE successful working of a Rod Track outfit depends upon the ends of the rod being properly 
secured so as to prevent unnecessary sagging. In the yard an anchor post of suitable height 
should be used so that the end of the rod at the post can be elevated about 15 inches for every 
100 feet of rod used above the end secured in the barn. This elevation insures the automatic return 
of the carrier after the tub is dumped. 




Fig. 353.— Rod Track, Anchor Rod and Turnbuckle 

The Anchor Rod and Turnbuckle illustrated in Fig. 
353 should by all means be secured. In addition to the 
36-inch tension bolt used in connection with the turn- 
buckle for take-up purposes, a ■> g-inch steel rod extends 
from the top of the ground, down thru the dead log. This 
steel rod will not rust out or break and overcomes any 
possibility of the anchor giving away below the ground line. 



Fig. 375. — Anchor Rod and Tension Bolt 

Fig. 375 illustrates a medium priced anchor for 
supporting the anchor post in the yard. This anchor is 
furnished with a loop in the rod track and with a 36-inch 
tension bolt, which extends through the dead log. Weight, 
each, 12 pounds. 













! 






. l^OST 


GUTTER 






3 




eN 


> 




FEED ALLEY 


iOf°^'' 








^ 




S 


6UTTER > 










Fig. 356 

Fig. 356 shows an illustration of a STAR Rod Track 
Litter Carrier outfit. Where one carrier is used for 
both sides of the bam, this arrangement is economical 
and practical. 



Fig. 374.— Anchor Rod 

Anchor Rod, Fig. 374, illustrates a moderate priced 
method of anchoring post when supporting end of rod. 
This anchor is furnished complete with loops at either end. 
While not as convenient as the rod track turnbuckle. 
Fig. 353, it can be made to answer the purpose nicely. 
Weight, each, 10 pounds. 



Page Two Hundred Twenty- 



""^^ T" HLJ>jTr«i-iE:Lxi*FEr^i^is &f co* ^^ ^T^ 



How to Order Carriers and Accessories 
for Star Rod Track 

CARRIER Order the carrier illustrated on page 224 or 216. 

'TT-. A/---Lr When ordering rod track, always specify over-all 

measurements as the proper allowance will be 

made for the thickness of the walls when the loops are formed. The 

Rod Track will be cut to length and looped when exact measurements 

are given. 

TFlMmnN ROT T ^"^ tension bolt. Fig. 364, should be specified 
for each end of each rod track used. 

AMPHOT? Select one of the three anchors illustrated on page 
38 for each anchor post used. Fig. 353 Anchor Rod 
and Turnbuckle is by all means preferable. 

ROD TRACK CURVE, This curve is adapted for making either a 
Fig. 354 right or left hand right angle turn. 

AUTOMATIC STOP One should be ordered for each anchor 
AND RETURNER post used. 

It is very important for the successful working of a Rod Track 
outfit that the anchorage should be made absolutely secure. A 
Rod Track outfit is always practical as well as economical and will 
invariably give satisfaction where care is taken to see that the an- 
chorage is secure. The anchor post should be securely set and the 
dead log should be buried so it takes a bearing against a solid bank 
of dirt. A firm anchorage permits taking up the sag of the rod. 
The success, however, of a perfect working rod track outfit depends 
on the care used in providing for a permanent anchorage. 



I'aKf Two IhiiKlrud Twiniy-eiglil 







>^w%'M ^^^ n ^ "" w%^^ j5'>%*^.'^ !^^,<?^*tr ;n§^^% ^.-^' iji.n*.-'^' "' 







Harvester 
Hap oo/s 



• 



HUIVT • IHlEL^l • F^EFiRIS &f C: O 



• 




Strength Plus Durability 



STRENGTH is the first thing to look for in a hay carrier track. Next you want 
durabiUty. 
You get the ideal combination in Star Track. You get a track 100% stronger 
than any other hay carrier track manufactured. 

STAR hay carrier track is made of the same material as railroad rails. 
Study the photograph in the circle above. Two special steel flanged bars, firmly 
riveted together. Absolutely rigid. Can not bend, buckle, twist or spring. 

Strong enough to support many times the heaviest load you would ever put on it. 
STAR Harvester Hay carriers have the same kind of quality you will find 

But it's the idle months that test 
the worth of a hay carrier. Few break 
the first season. You use the carrier 
once a year. The rest of the time it's 
idle. 

STAR Track and Harvester Hay 
carriers are dependable. They are ready 
for service without delay or expense 
year after year. They are backed with 
years of service. 

They are built extra strong where 
the strength is needed. They remain 
in service long after ordinary hay tools 
would be worn out. 





Page Two Hundred Thirty 



•- 



ST^^Fg LIPSTE E<aUIF»IviEIvn- 



• 





Fig. S61 



Fig. 551 shows trans- 
parent end view of 
locking parts used on 
all Harvester Fork 
Carriers. Note man- 
ner in which lock en- 
gages fork pulleys and 
holds load. 



No. 493 
Harvester Hay Carrier 

For Star Double Flange Steel Track 

Sheaves Grooved for Either Rope or Cable 
(Plain or Roller Bearing) 

SPECIFICATIONS 

NAME — Harvester, No. 493. 

STYLE Reversible Fork Carrier for Star Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier Track. 

FRAME -Best gray malleable iron, fully reinforced. 

HARVESTER NUT LOCK— Special Harvester Feature used to prevent the frame bolts 
from workmg loose. This is an exclusive feature with all Harvester Carriers and insures abso- 
lute rigidity. 

WHEEL BASE — ISVz inches, center to center. 

TRACKER WHEELS — Best gray iron, 3 inches in diameter at the tread, hub drilled to 
take special steel axle. 

AXLE —This is a lathe-turned steel axle made by the most modern automatic machinery. 

SHEAVES -7 inches in diameter, best gray iron, drilled to take steel axle. The three large 
sheaves on this Carrier are grooved for 's-inch rope or -'sinch wire cable, as desired. 

BEARINGS -Sheaves on roller bearing carriers are fitted with eleven 1/4-inch steel roller 
beanngs, revolvmg on 's-inch steel shoulder pin. On plain bearing carriers, the sheaves revolve 
on •' s-inch turned steel axle. 

FORK PULLEYS— Improved design, fitted with 7-inch roller bearing sheave and self- 
closing fork hook. 

SLING PULLEYS— Fig. 553, illustrated on page 258, may be used in place of fork pulley, 
as illustrated, thus allowing use of slings when desired. 

SELF-CLOSING FORK HOOK— Special feature with all Harvester Carriers. By the use 
of this hook, the fork may be quickly detached. Much superior to the ordinary methods of 
attaching fork. 

LOCK— Improved type of gravity lock. No springs to rust out or break. This lock em- 
braces the double grapple principle, permitting pulley to enter at any angle and holding it securely. 
Simple in construction and positive in action. 

TRIP-BLOCK — Made of best malleable iron, of special design, with a depression on the 
under side bolting over a rivet head on the track, thus making it absolutely impossible to loosen. 

ROPE This Carrier is fitted with sheaves so designed that it may be used with either 
24-mch or '^-inch manila rope or 3j^-inch wire cable and without any changing of the Carrier. 

FINISH — Gray enamel. Roller bearing carriers trimmed in red. Plain bearing carriers 
trimmed in blue. WEIGHT— Each, 50 lbs. 



Page T«xi Hundred Tliirty-one 



*: 



I^UIVT « HELIVI • F"EriR.IS &j GO • 



• 



No. 494 

Harvester 

Hay 

Carrier 

For Wood Track 

Sheaves Grooved for Either 
Rope or Cable 

(Plain or Roller Bearing) 




Fig. 666 

Fig. 556 shows 
illustration of cross 
section of Roller 
Bearing Sheaves 
used in Harvester 
Hay Carriers Nos. 
493, 494 and 496. 



THE No. 494 Harvester Hay Carrier is 
similar to the No. 493 Harvester Hay 
Carrier illustrated on the preceding page, 
with the exception that the tracker wheels and 
trucks of this carrier are especially designed 
for Wood Track. Otherwise, the specifications 
covering the No. 493 Harvester Hay Carrier 
apply throughout. This is the heaviest type of 
Fork Carrier on the market. The design of the 
trucks assures more than ample strength for 
the heaviest load. 



An extra long wheel base is provided. The dis- 
tance from center to center of tracker wheels 
is 15-' 4 inches. 7 inch rope sheaves are pro- 
vided to guarantee not only ease in operation 
but also the least possible wear on the rope. 
These sheaves are designed to take either 
^ 8 inch rope or ■' s inch wire cable, as 
desired. 

This extra heavy carrier can be depended 
upon to give extra service without any additional 
expense for up-keep. Weight, each, 54 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Thirty-two 



•^ 



ST^^rg Lii^E e:c^uif>>iep^t 



• 




Fig. 557 

IMPROVED CABLE CLAMP 

The Cable Clamp illustrated 
in Fig. 557 is shipped with 
carriers Nos. 493, 494 and 496 
where desired for use in connec- 
tion with the cable draft rope. 
It is quickly and easily attached. 
It fits into a socket on the 
carrier where it turns or swivels 
freely, thus keeping the twist 
out of the cable. 



No. 496 

Harvester 

Hay 

Carrier 

For Cable Track 

Sheaves Grooved For Either 
Rope or Cable 

(Plain or Roller Bearing) 



THE No. 496 Harvester Hay Carrier is 
similar to the No. 493 Harvester Hay 
Carrier illustrated on page 231, with the 
exception that the tracker wheels and trucks 
of this carrier are especially designed to operate 
on 5 8 inch cable. 

The trip block swings loose on the cable 
so that by gravity its position directly under the 
cable is maintained under all conditions. It 
can be located at any desired point or detached 



without taking down the cable itself. 

This carrier has the same wheel base and 
the same extra large rope sheaves as are pro- 
vided with the No. 493 and the No. 494 Harves- 
ter Hay Carriers described on the preceding 
pages. Its extra strength and oversize rope 
sheaves guarantee not only an easy operating 
carrier, but permanent service without any 
replacement expense of any kind. 

Weight, each, 54 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Thirty-thri 



• 



HUIVJT • H[ELIV1 . F^EririlS &f CO 



• 




No. 564 Harvester 
Hay Carrier 

For STAR Double Flange 
Steel Track 

(Plain or Roller Bearing) 



SPECIFICATIONS 



NAME— Harvester, No. 564. 

STYLE—Reversible Fork Carrier for STAR Double 
Flange Steel Hay Carrier Track. Full roller bearing 
sheaves with frame of best grade malleable iron, fully 
reinforced. Frame provided with nut locks to prevent 
bolts from working loose, an exclusive feature on all 
Harvester Carriers, which insures absolute rigidity. 

WHEEL BASE — 15 '2 inches, center to center, with 
tracker wheels of best gray iron, 3 inches in diameter, 
the hub drilled to take special steel axle. 

SHEAVES — Four-inch best gray iron sheaves. 

BEARINGS — Sheaves on roller bearing carriers are 
fitted with eleven 'i-inch steel roller bearings, revolving 
on 5^-inch steel shoulder pin. On plain bearing carriers, 
the sheaves revolve on -^ s-inch turned steel axle. 

FORK PULLEYS— Latest design, mounted in heavy 
frame, fully reinforced. The fork pulley is supjDlied with 
self-closing fork hook, a special feature with all Harvester 
Carriers. 



SLING PULLEYS— Fig. 553, illustrated on page 258, 
may be used in place of fork pulleys, allowing use of 
slings when desired. 

LOCK — Improved type of gravity lock. No springs 
to rust or break. This lock embraces the double grapple 
principle, permitting pulley to enter at any angle and 
holding it securely. Simple in construction and positive 
in action. 

TRIP BLOCK— Made of best malleable iron, of 
special design, with a depression on the under side 
bolting over a rivet head on the track, thus making it 
absolutely impossible to loosen. 

ROPE — This Carrier is designed for use with rope 
and we recommend ?4 or 'g-inch manila as being the 
most serviceable. 

FINISH — Gray enamel. Roller bearing carriers 
trimmed in red. Plain bearing carriers trimmed in blue. 

WEIGHT— 36 pounds. 



Paup Two lUinclml Thirty-fnu 



•^ 



ST^^R LIIVE EQUriF»]VlEP4T 



• 




SPECIFICATIONS 

NAME— Harvester, No. 502. 

STYLE— Reversible Fork Carrier for Star 
Double Flange Steel Track. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully reinforced. 

HARVESTER NUT LOCK— Special Harvester Feature used 
to prevent the frame bolts from working loose. This is an 
exclusive feature with all Harvester Carriers and insures 
absolute rigidity. 

WHEEL BASE— 11 1 2 inches, center to center. 

TRACKER WHEELS— Best gray iron, 3 inches in diameter 
at the tread, wide flange, hub drilled to take steel axle. 

AXLE — This is a lathe-turned axle, made by the most 
modern automatic machinery. 

SHEAVES — 4 inches in diameter. Best grade gray iron, drilled 
to take steel axle. 

BEARINGS — Sheaves on roller bearing carriers are fitted 
with eleven '4 -inch steel roller bearings, revolving on ^/^-inch 
steel shoulder pin. On plain bearing carriers, the sheaves 
revolve on ■'' v-inch turned steel axle. 

SLING PULLEYS— No. 553, illustrated on page 258, may 
be used in place of fork pulley, as illustrated, allowing use of 
slings when desired. 



No. 502 Harvester 
Hay Carrier 

For STAR Double Flange Steel Track 
(Plain or Roller Bearing) 



FORK PULLEYS — Latest design, mounted in 
heavy frame which is reinforced at locking portion. 
All fork pulleys are supplied with self-closing fork 
hooks for holding fork, including a universal joint 
between fork pulley and self-closing fork hook, allowing 
great freedom of movement. Fork Pulleys are fur- 
nished with rope guards, making it impossible for rope to leave 
the sheave. 

SELF CLOSING FORK HOOKS— Special feature with all 
Harvester Carriers. By the use of these hooks a fork may be 
quickly detached. This hook is much superior to the ordinary 
method of attaching fork. 

LOCK -Improved type of gravity lock. No springs to 
rust out or break. This lock embodies the double grapple 
principle, permitting pulley to enter at any angle and holding it 
securely. Simple in construction and positive in action. 

TRIP BLOCK — Made of best malleable iron of special 
design, with a depression on the under side bolting over a rivet 
head on the track, thus making it absolutely impossible to 
loosen. 

ROPE — This Carrier is designed for use with rope and we 
recommend -'4 or ' g-inch manila as being the most serviceable. 

FINISH — Gray enamel. Roller bearing carriers trimmed in 
red. Plain bearing carriers trimmed in blue. 
WEIGHT— 33 pounds. 



Paije Two_Hun(lred Thirty-five 



• 



MU^>JT • HELM • F"E:riR.IS &y CO • 



• 



No. 503 

Harvester 

Hay 

Carrier 

For Wood Track, 
Plain or Roller Bearing 




THE No. 503 Harvester Hay Carrier 
is similar to the No. 502 Harvester 
Hay Carrier illustrated on page 
235, with the exception that the tracker 
wheels and trucks of this carrier are 
especially designed for WOOD track. 
Otherwise, the specifications covering, 
the No. 502 Harvester Hay Carrier 
apply throughout. 

This carrier was designed to .com- 
bine strength with compactness. It has 



a wheel base of 12 inches from center to 
center of tracker wheels. Like all Har- 
vester Carriers, it is equipped with 
gravity locks which operate without the 
use of springs of any description. The 
tracker wheels are of best gray iron, 3 
inches in diameter at the tread, with 
wide flanges and hub drilled to take 
steel axle. 

Weight, each, 37 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Thirty-: 



ir- 



ST.A.re LIISJE E: QU I F» IVI E INT T 



• 





No. 504 

Harvester 

Hay 

Carrier 

For Cable Track 
Plain or Roller Bearing 



THE No. 504 Harvester Hay Carrier 
is similar to the Nos. 502 and 503 
Harvester Hay Carriers, with the 
exception that the trucks and tracker 
wheels are especially designed to operate 
on 5 s in. cable. 

The trip block swings loose on the 
cable and by gravity maintains its posi- 
tion directly under the cable, under all 
conditions. It can be located at any 



desired point or detached without taking 
down the cable. Like all Harvester 
Hay Carriers, the No. 504 is fitted 
with gravity locks operating without 
springs. Strength combined with prac- 
ticability of design, assure uninterrupted 
service without additional expense of 
upkeep. 

Weight, each, 38 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Thirty-: 



• 



FIU^JT • I^ELIVl • FEI^T^IS &> CZ O 



• 




No. 575 

Harvester 

Cross Draft 

Hay 

Carrier 

Roller Bearing, 

for STAR Double Flange 

Steel Track 



Also fur nish ed for Woo d 
Track, Specify 'No. 576 



THE No. 575 Harvester Cross Draft Carrier 
is instantly adjustable to standard makes of 
Hay Carrier Tracks. With this carrier, the 
load is taken up at right angles to the track. 
No trip block is required. A pull on the draft 
rope immediately brings the carrier into posi- 
tion directly over the load. The rope grip 
instantly locks the moment the draft rope 
slackens. This makes it possible to take the 
hay into the mow at any height. 

The right angle principle of the carrier itself 
assures even distribution over the mow. The 
Cross Draft Carrier effects a very material 



saving of draft rope because only enough to 
elevate load is required. A ''s-inch shift rope 
is used to move the carrier over the mow. The 
horses travel a less distance and are back at 
the barn by the time the carrier has returned 
from the mow. 

This type of carrier is constantly gaining 
in favor on account of its simplicity of opera- 
tion and because of the saving both in time 
and in rope. 

This carrier is also designed for use on 
WOOD track. Specify No. 576. 



I'aKL- Two UuiKlrud Tliiity-eiglit 



*: 



ST^^re Li]VE 



E:QXJIF»iyiEIVT 



^ 



No. 575 Harvester Cross Draft Sling Hay Carrier 



SPECIFICATIONS 



NAME — Harvester Cross Draft Carrier, No. 
575. This Carrier is called "Cross Draft" be- 
cause the draft rope runs directly across the 
barn to the team, not only making a natural 
saving in rope but also reducing friction to a 
minimum. 

STYLE— Sling Carrier for Star Double 
Flange Steel Track. It is also made for wood 
track. Specify No. 576 for wood track. 

ADJUSTMENT- This Carrier is so con- 
structed that it can be adjusted to fit other steel 
hay carrier tracks. This is done by turning the 
right and left hand thread bolt which connects 
carrier legs as shown in illustration opposite. The 
Harvester Cross Draft Carrier is the only Car- 
rier where the working parts are hinged on the 
adjusting bolt of the carrier legs, which allows 
working parts to adjust themselves and draw in 
direct line with the load, keeping ropes straight 
and free, preventing binding and cutting. The 
legs of this Carrier oscillate on the adjusting 
bolt, thus allowing every wheel to carry its part 
of the load. The oscillating or swinging feature 
allows Carrier with load to pass over an obstruc- 
tion or full mow without additional strain on 
track or Carrier. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully 
reinforced. Extra heavy and long so as to 
distribute the load over a greater portion of the 
track. 

WHEEL BASE— 16;*4 inches center to center 
of tracker wheels. 

TRACKER WHEELS— Best gray iron, 3 
inches in diameter at the tread, wide flange, hub 
drilled to take steel axle. 

AXLE — This is a lathe-turned steel axle 
made by the most modern automatic machinery. 

SHEAVE Eight inches in diameter, best 
grade gray iron, drilled to take large steel roller 
bearing axle. 

SHEAVE BEARINGS -The large rope 
sheave turns on six special and extra large roller 
bearings contained in a housing, thus giving to 
the Carrier increased efficiency. 

SLING PULLEYS- Malleable frame of im- 
proved design. Extra wide flanges with rolled 
edges, preventing chafing of draft rope. Pulley 
hooks are large enough to be used in connection 
with any style or make of rope or chain slings 
or in connection with forks. The hooks on sling 
pulleys are fitted with^self-locking device, pre- 



venting slings or forks from becoming detached 
except at will of operator. 

ROPE GRIP— This Carrier is provided with 
a rope gripping device having a 4-inch gripping 
surface and curved to conform to circle of large 
sheave. When hoisting rope is slackened, lock- 
ing device travels with sheave, thus clamping 
rope securely and with absolutely no chafing. 
The small rope attached to the lever as shown 
in illustration, when pulled, releases grip on draft 
rope and allows slings to return to load. 

TRIP BLOCK— No trip block is necessary 
with this Carrier, as the draft rope running at 
right angles to the track automatically brings 
carrier to position over the load. 

ROPE — This Carrier is designed for use 
with rope only and we recommend •'4-inch or 
"' s-inch manila as being the most serviceable. 

DIRECTIONS— Full set of directions and 
illustrations, explaining the simple manner in 
which this Carrier is roped and operated, is sent 
with each Carrier or mailed upon application. 

FINISH — Gray enamel, trimmed in red. 

WEIGHT— No. 575 Cross Draft Carrier, 
each 40 pounds. No. 576 for wood track, weight 
each 43 pounds. 

GUARANTEE— We claim every Harvester 
Carrier to be perfect in workmanship and ma- 
terial. We back up our claim with a written 
Harvester guarantee attached to every Carrier 
shipped. Read this guarantee on page 2. 




Page Two Ilundrud Thirty 



*-: 



HLJIVT • HELIVl •F^EI^FMS fi> CO 



• 




No. 687 
Harvester 

Giant 
Sling Hay 



.arrier 



Roller Bearing, 

for STAR Double Flange 

Steel Track 



so furnished for Wood 
rack, Specify No. 688 



THE No. 687 Harvester Giant Sling 
Hay Carrier, as the name implies, 
is extra heavy and designed for 
extra service. 

It is not necessary, unless desirable, 
to elevate the load to the carrier. A 
down pull on the trip rope illustrated, 
releases the carrier from the trip block 
and allows the load to be taken into 



the mow at any height. This carrier is 
equipped with an extra duty 4-wheel 
truck of sufficient strength to handle 
any load. 

Note especially that this carrier is 
so designed that the load at all times is 
directly centered under the track so that 
it is equally distributed, each tracker 
wheel carrying its share of the weight. 



I'MKi- Two lliimlml Kciily 



•-: 



ST^^rs LiiVE e:qu^if»me:nt 



:• 



The 9} 2-inch roller bearing rope sheave 
guarantees ease of operation without 
wear on the rope. The rope grip is 
designed to effectively hold the load 
without allowing the rope to either slip 
or chafe. 

The design of this carrier provides not 
only for an even distribution of the load, 
but extra strength as well as extra service. 

SPECI FIC ATIONS 

NAME— Harvester Giant Sling Hay 
Carrier No. 687. So named because it 
is extra heavy and extra strong, designed 
for heavy work. 

STYLE— Sling Carrier for STAR 
Double Flange Steel Track. It is also 
made for wood track. Specify No. 688 
for wood track. 

FRAME— Best grade malleable iron, 
fully reinforced. Extra heavy and large 
so as to distribute the load over a greater 
proportion of the track. 

WHEEL BASE— 173 2 inches from 
center to center of tracker wheels. 

TRACKER WHEELS Gray iron. 
Three inches in diameter. Wide flange. 

AXLE — Lathe-turned steel axle, 
made by automatic machinery. 

SHEAVE — 93-2 inches in diameter. 
Best gray iron. 

SHEAVE BEARINGS— The large 
rope sheave turns on six special, extra 
long roller bearings contained in a 
housing. 

SLING PULLEYS The sling pul- 
leys provided with this Carrier are Har- 
vester Long Neck Pulleys. These pulleys 
are made with a malleable frame of 



improved design, provided with auto- 
matic self-closing hook. The sling or 
fork snaps into this hook and can easily 
be detached, but, it cannot possibly be 
removed by accident. The hooks are 
large enough to be used in connection 
with any style or make of rope or slings 
or any style of fork. A wide throat with 
rounded edges prevents wear on the rope. 

ROPE GRIP— This Carrier is pro- 
vided with a rope gripping device which 
has a long gripping surface. This grip- 
ping surface conforms to the circle of 
the large wheel. When the hoisting 
rope is slackened the gripping surface 
travels with the wheel and sets gradu- 
ally. This does not mean that the 
rope slips through the grip, but the 
grip travels with the rope and clamps 
firmly at the point where it first takes 
hold, without chafing or wearing the 
rope. The extra long gripping surface 
naturally insures a firm and safe pur- 
chase on the rope and holds it securely 
without chafing. 

The trip rope attached to the lever 
as shown in the illustration locks the 
grip on the draft rope and at the same 
time releases the Carrier from the trip 
block. By using this trip rope it is 
not necessary to raise the load to the 
carrier as it can be taken into the barn 
at any desired height. 

ROPE — 5^ 4-inch, Jy-inch or 1-inch 
rope may be used. J<^-inch pure manila 
rope recommended for best results. 

FINISH — Gray enamel, trimmed in 
red. 

WEIGHT— No. 687 Giant Sling Hay 
Carrier, each 61 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Forty-one 



• 



HU>JT « I^EL>^ * FEI^I^IS &> CZ O 



• 




No. 500 

Harvester 

Sling 

Hay Carrier 

(Note. Illustration shows 

Carrier roped to deposit 

load in mow at right 

angles to track) 



Showing 
No. 500 
Harvester 
roped to 
deposit load 
in mow 
parallel 
to track 



THE No. 500 Harvester Sling Hay Carrier 
illustrated above is instantly adaptable 
to be used to handle the load at either 
right angles or parallel to the track. 

The larger illustration shows the sling 
pulleys roped to drop the load at right angles 
to the track. The smaller illustration shows 
the sling pulleys roped to drop the load parallel 
to the track — simply by transferring the end 
of the rope from one hook to another. This is 



a patented exclusive feature of this carrier. 
This carrier is adapted for handling hay under 
all conditions — it is two carriers in one. 

Note particularly that the tripping arm, also 
the frame of the large sheave, is hinged so that 
either may adjust itself in line of draft, thus 
preventing friction or the chafing of the rope. 

For this same carrier to operate on WOOD 
track, specify No. 548, weight each, 51 lbs. 



liundrcd Forty-two 



•: 



ST^^Ft LIIS^E 



e:cii-jif>>ieivt 



• 



No. 500 Harvester Sling Hay Carrier 



For Star Steel Track 
SPECIFICATIONS 



NAME—Harvester, No. 500. 

STYLE— Reversible Sling Carrier for STAR 
Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier Track. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully 
reinforced, extra heavy and long wheel base so 
as to distribute the load over a greater portion 
of the track. 



WHEEL BASE- 
of tracker wheels. 



-17^ ■> inches center to center 



TRACKER WHEELS Best gray iron, 3 
inches in diameter at the tread, wide flange, 
hub drilled to take steel axle. 

AXLE — This is a lathe-turned steel axle 
made by the most modern automatic machinery. 

SHEAVES — Two in number, made of best 
gray iron, drilled to take steel axles. Frame of 
large sheave is hinged to rope gripping lever 
allowing sheave to adjust itself in line of draft, 
thus preventing rope chafing over edge of sheave. 

SHEAVE BEARINGS- Specially designed 
steel bearings. 

SLING PULLEYS— Malleable frame of im- 
proved design. Extra wide flanges with rolled 
edges, preventing chafing of draft rope. Pulley 
hooks are large enough to be used in connection 
with forks. The hooks on sling pulleys are fitted 
with a self-locking device, preventing slings or 
forks from becoming detached except at will of 
operator. 

ROPE GRIP — Five inch malleable iron rope 
grip so constructed that when pulleys strike 
tripping arm the lock slides forward and grips 
rope without chafing it and at the same time 
locks it securely. This operation automatically 
releases car from trip block. The heavier the 
load the greater the tension on the lock, with 
the result that it is impossible for the rope to 
slip through the grip. A special trip rope can 
be used with this carrier by the use of which the 
carrier is released from the trip block and load 
may be carried into the mow at any desired 
height. 



TRIPPING ARM Of special design, mal- 
leable iron and hinged to Carrier frame, allowing 
Carrier to be operated with pulleys at right angle 
or parallel to track without re-roping. 

TRIP BLOCK- Made of best malleable iron, 
of special design, with a depression on the under 
side bolting over a rivet head on the track, thus 
making it absolutely impossible to loosen. 

ROPE — This Carrier is designed for use with 
rope only and we recommend •^4-inch or Jg-inch 
manila as being the most serviceable. 

DIRECTIONS Full set of directions and 
illustrations, explaining the simple manner in 
which this Carrier is roped and operated, is sent 
with each Carrier or mailed upon application. 

FINISH — Gray enamel, trimmed in red. 

WEIGHT- Harvester Carrier, No. 500, for 
steel track, 51 pounds. 




Page Two Hundred Forty-three 



•-: 



HUiVT « he:l>^ • F^Eririis «l> co • 



• 



No. 16 

Harvester Sling 

Hay Carrier 

Triple Draft 

for STAR Double Flange 

Steel Track 




Also furnished for Wood 
Track, Specify No. 23 



THE No. 16 Harvester Sling Hay 
Carrier was designed to meet the 
demand for a carrier to operate 
perfectly when roped triple purchase. 

This carrier is exceedingly strong, is 
well balanced, and never fails to give 
satisfaction. 

The adjustable rope clamp shown 
can be attached to the draft rope at any 



point desired and releases the carrier, 
permitting the load to be taken into 
the mow at any height. 

This carrier combines all the im- 
provements and is sold under the guar- 
antee of all Harvester Hay Carriers. 

This same carrier is also designed to 
operate on WOOD track. When order- 
ing, specify No. 23. 



Page Two Iltindred Forty-four 



•: 



STTv^vrS LI1*<JE 



EiaiXJI F» I^ E P^ T 



• 



No. 16 Harvester Sling Hay Carrier 



For Star Steel Track 



SPECIFICATIONS 



NAME— Harvester No. 16. 

STYLE— Reversible Sling Carrier for STAR 
Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier Track. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully 
reinforced, extra heavy and long wheel base so 
as to distribute the load over a greater portion of 
the track. 

WHEEL BASE — 1 7 ' o inches center to center 
of tracker wheels. 

TRACKER WHEELS— Best gray iron, 3 
inches in diameter at the tread, wide flange, hub 
drilled to take steel axle. 

AXLE — This is a lathe-turned steel axle 
made by the most modern automatic machinery. 

SHEAVES — Four in number, made of best 
gray iron, drilled to take steel axles. 

SLING PULLEYS— Malleable frame of im- 
proved design. Extra wide flanges with rolled 
edges, preventing chafing of draft rope. Pulley 
hooks are large enough to be used in connection 
with forks. The hooks on sling pulleys are fitted 
with a self-locking device, preventing slings or 
forks from becoming detached except at will of 
operator. 

ROPE GRIP — Five-inch malleable iron rope 
grip so constructed that when pulleys strike 
tripping arm the lock slides forward and grips 
rope without chafing it and at the same time 
locks it securely. This operation automatically 
releases car from trip block. The heavier the 
load the greater the tension on the lock, with the 
result that it is impossible for the rope to slip 
through the lock. A special trip rope can be 
used with this carrier by the use of which the 
carrier is released from the trip block and load 



may be carried into the mow at any desired 
height. 

TRIP BLOCK— Made of best malleable iron, 
of special design, with a depression on the under 
side bolting over a rivet head on the track, 
making it absolutely impossible to loosen. 

ROPE — This Carrier is designed for use with 
rope only and we recommend ^^-inch or J g-inch 
manila as being the most serviceable. 

DIRECTIONS— Full set of directions and 
illustrations, explaining the simple manner in 
which this Carrier is roped and operated, is sent 
with each Carrier or mailed upon application. 

FINISH — Gray enamel, trimmed in red. 

WEIGHT— Harvester No. 16, for steel track, 
53 pounds; Harvester No. 23 for wood track, 55 
pounds. 

The No. 16 Harvester Hay Carrier as des- 
cribed above was especially designed to be used 
by those wishing to operate a sling hay carrier 
roped triple purchase. 

With each carrier is furnished an adjustable 
trip casting as shown in the illustration, which 
is fastened at any point on the rope. 

While the load is being elevated to the desired 
height the Carrier is held rigidly at the trip block. 
By the use of the Adjustable Trip, the carrier is 
automatically released when the load is at the 
desired height. 

Harvester Carrier No. 16 has the same frame, 
wheel base, tracker wheels, axle, pulleys, lock, 
trip block, etc., as described in specifications for 
Carrier No. 500 and carries the same ironclad 
Harvester guarantee. 



Page Two Hundred Forty-five 



• 



HUT^T • FiELXI * FEI^I^IS &f CZ O 



• 




No. 142 Star Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier Track 



SPECI FIC ATIONS 



WE can prove the superiority of STAR 
over any hay carrier track on the 
market, irrespective of make or price. 
Read the specifications carefully. 

MATERIAL STAR Double Flange Steel 
Hay Carrier Track is made of high carbon steel 
of the same grade used in the manufacture of 
railroad rails. 

CONSTRUCTION STAR Double Flange 
Steel Hay Carrier Track is as simple in con- 
struction as it is strong and durable. It is 
really two tracks in one — the two special rolled 
steel bars being securely joined with rivets. 
These rivets are only eight inches apart, which 
makes the track rigid, therefore it will not 
bend, buckle, twist or spring. 

STRENGTH -The strength of any track 
is in its thickness rather than in its width. It 
is a well known fact that any material set on 
edge will support a heavier load without bending 
than if laid flat. On this principle we constructed 
STAR Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier Track. 
It is guaranteed to be as strong at the .splice 
as at any other place. By actual test we have 
found STAR Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier 



Track able to sustain nearly twice as heavy 
a load as any other hay carrier track manu- 
factured. 

HANGERS STAR Track Hangers sHde 
lengthwise of track, thus adjusting to any 
rafter bracket. Hangers may be put in or 
taken out if necessary without disturbing the 
track. 

SPLICE— In Fig. 143 we show plainly the 
construction of a splice consisting of three 
pieces of malleable iron, one section inside of 
track and two sections outside, and so locked 
that they cannot become loosened. No drilling 
nor punching is necessary to fit splice blocks, 
as they are shipped complete. 

TRIP BLOCK All Trip Blocks used with 
STAR Double Flange Hay Carrier Track fit 
over the head of a rivet in the track. They 
cannot possibly jar loose or slide. 

INSTALLATION— One of the most de- 
sirable features of STAR Double Flange Hay 
Carrier Track is the ease with which it is in- 
stalled, requiring a wrench only to bolt the 
splice in place. The track is shipped complete, 
ready to install. 



Page Two Hundred Forty- 



• 



STv^Fi LIIVE 



JEQI^IF^IVIEIVT 



• 



Star Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier Track 
and Fixtures 





Fig. 142 
Thejabovejillustration shows'a'section'of STAR Double Flange Steel Hay Carrier 
Track. Furnished in 6 and 12 foot lengths. Wt, per ft., 2 lbs. 



Fig. 126 
No. 126 Rafter Bracket, 
weight per doz., 3^4 lbs. 





Fig. 573 
No. 573 Adjustable Rafter 
Brackets, weight, per doz., 
334 lbs. 



Fig. 143 
The above illustration shows construction of Splice Block and method of holding 
track together. Wt. each, 1 lb. 

ADJUSTABLE HANGER AND 
RAFTER BRACKET 

By use of the adjustable hanger and rafter 
bracket, as shown in Fig. 572 and 573, the 
position of Hay Carrier Track can be accurately 
adjusted. This is particularly desirable where 
the rafters are uneven as in an old barn. 

The track can be raised or lowered by 
adjusting the position of the nut on the hanger. 

The bracket is so shaped that it holds the 
nut and prevents it from turning when the 
track is in use, as shown in Fig. 145. 




Fig. 148 

No. 148 Hanger 

for Double 

Flange Steel 

Track, weight, 

doz., 4 lbs. 



Fig. 572 
No. 572 Adjust- 
able Track 
Hangers, weight 
per doz., 5'/ilbs. 



Fig. 145 




OUTSIDE TRACK HANGER 

Fig. 767 Outside Track Hanger 
for STAR Double Flange Steel Track. 
The above jointed track hanger is used 
to support STAR Double Flange Steel 
Hay Carrier Track at end of barn. 
Weight, per doz., 1 1 lbs. 



TRACK ROD AND END STOP 

The Track Rod and End Stop in the illustration 
below. Fig. 72, is used at the end of track to prevent 
track from working endwise. Two end stops are included 
with each Carrier without charge, track rods being 
extra. Fig. 72 Track Rod, weight, per doz., 16 lbs. 



Fig. 767 



Fig. 72 



Pagt Two Hundred Forty-seven 



• 



HUIVT • IHIE;L>1 « FEI^R-IS fi> C O 



=!^ 




No. 710 Peerless 
Hay Carrier 

For Double Angle Steel Track 
(Plain or Roller Bearing) 

SPECIFICATIONS 



NAME— Peerless No. 710. 

STYLE— Reversible Fork Carrier for Peer- 
less Double Angle Steel Hay Carrier Track. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully 
reinforced. 

NUT LOCK— Used to prevent frame bolts 
from working loose, insuring absolute rigidity. 

WHEEL BASE— 151 2 inches, center to 
center of tracker wheels. 

TRACKER WHEELS— Best gray iron, 3 
inches in diameter at the tread, hub drilled to 
take steel axle. 

AXLE — This is a lathe turned steel axle, 
made by the most modern automatic machinery. 

SHEAVES — 7 inches in diameter; best gray 
iron, drilled to take steel axle. The three large 
sheaves are grooved for ^s-inch rope or Sg.jnch 
wire cable, as desired. 

BEARINGS — Sheaves on roller bearing car- 
riers are fitted with eleven 1 4 -inch steel roller 
bearings, revolving on f' s-inch steel shoulder 
pin. On plain bearing carriers the sheaves 
revolve on JJ^-inch turned steel axle. 



FORK PULLEY— Improved design built 
with 7 -inch rope sheave and sister hook. 

SLING PULLEYS— No. 553, illustrated on 
page 258, may be used in place of fork pulley 
illustrated, thus permitting use of slings when 
desired. 

SISTER HOOK— Special feature with all 
Peerless Carriers. Constructed of two malleable 
iron castings, swiveling on steel bolt. This hook 
prevents fork from becoming detached except 
at will of operator. 

LOCK — Improved type of gravity lock, 
grapple principle, no springs. Permits pulley 
to enter at any angle and holds it securely. 
Simple in construction and positive in action. 

TRIP BLOCK— Made of best malleable iron, 
of special design, held securely to the track by 
two bolts. 

ROPE — This carrier is fitted with sheaves 
so designed that it may be used with either 
•'4-inch or ^s-inch manila rope or ''s-inch wire 
cable without changing the carrier. 

FINISH — Gray enamel. Roller bearing 
carrier, trimmed in red. Plain bearing carrier 
trimmed in blue. Weight, each, 49 pounds. 



Pane Twg Huiitired Korty-c-ijiht 



• 



SrrJ\.T^ LII^E EC^UII>IVIEr»JT 



• 




No. 707 

Peerless Hay 

Carrier 

For Double Angle Steel Track 
(Plain or Roller Bearing) 



SPECIFICATIONS 



NAME— Peerless No. 707. 
STYLE — Reversible Fork Carrier for Peer- 
less Double Angle Steel Hay Carrier Track. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully 
reinforced. 

NUT LOCK — Used to prevent frame bolts 
from working loose, insuring absolute rigidity. 

WHEEL BASE— 13 inches center to center 
of tracker wheels. 

TRACKER WHEELS— Best gray iron 3 
inches in diameter at the tread, hub drilled to 
take steel axle. 

AXLE — Lath -turned steel axle is used. 

SHEAVES— 4 inches in diameter. Best 
gray iron, drilled to take steel axle. 

BEARINGS — Sheaves on roller bearing car- 
riers are fitted with eleven '4 -inch steel roller 
bearings, revolving on ^' s-inch steel shoulder pin. 
On plain bearing carriers, the sheaves revolve 
on 5 g-inch turned steel axle. 

FORK PULLEY— Improved design built 
with 7 -inch rope sheave and sister hook. 



SLING PULLEYS— No. 553, illustrated 
on page 258, may be used in place of fork pulley 
illustrated, thus permitting use of slings when 
desired. 

SISTER HOOK— Special feature with all 
Peerless Carriers. Constructed of two mal- 
leable iron castings, swiveling on steel bolt. 
This prevents fork from becoming detached 
except at will of operator. 

LOCK — Improved type of gravity lock. 
Grapple principle permits pulley to enter at 
any angle and holds it securely. Simple in 
construction and positive in action. 

TRIP BLOCK— Made of best malleable iron, 
of special design, held securely to track by two 
bolts. 

ROPE — This carrier is fitted with sheaves 
so designed that it may be used with either 
}4-inch or J^-inch manila rope. 

FINISH — Gray enamel. Roller bearing car- 
rier, trimmed in red. Plain bearing carrier, 
trimmed in blue. Weight, each, 37 pounds. 



Page Two Hundred Forty-n 



• 



F^UIVT • H[EL>^ • F^EririlS &> CO • 



• 



No. 708 
Peerless 

Hay 
Carrier 

For Wood Track 
(Plain or Roller Bearing) 




SPEC I FIC ATIONS 



NUMBER 708 Peerless Hay Carrier 
is similar to the No. 707 Peerless 
Hay Carrier illustrated on the 
preceding page, with the exception that 
the trucks and tracker wheels were de- 
signed for use on WOOD track. Other- 
wise the specifications covering the No. 
707 Peerless Hay Carrier apply through- 
out. 

This carrier was designed to combine 
strength with compactness. It has a 



wheel base of 13 inches from center to 
center of tracker wheels. 

The tracker wheels are the best gray 
iron, 3 inches in diameter at the tread, 
with wide flanges, hub drilled to take 
steel axle. 

This is a dependable carrier designed 
to give prolonged service without addi- 
tional cost or up-keep. 

Weight each, 40 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Fifty 



•: 



ST^2Vri LIIVE EQUIF»I»1EN^T 



• 




No. 709 
Peerless 

Hay 
Carrier 

For Cable Track 
(Plain or Roller Bearing) 



SPECI FIC ATIONS 



THE No. 709 Peerless Hay Carrier 
is similar to the No. 707 Peerless 
Hay Carrier illustrated on page 
249, with the exception that the trucks 
and tracker wheels of this carrier are 
designed to operate on 5-8 inch cable. 
Otherwise the specifications are the 
same. 

The trip block swings loose on the 
cable and its position by gravity is main- 



tained directly beneath the cable under 
all conditions. It can be located at any 
desired point or detached without taking 
down the cable. 

The No. 709 Peerless Hay Carrier 
combines all the improvements and 
special features to be found in Peerless 
carriers. It is designed to give con- 
tinuous service without up-keep expense. 

Weight each, 40 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Fifty- 



• 



HU>JT * HELIVI • FEI^r^IS &f CO 




No. 705 

Peerless 

Cross Draft 

Hay 

Carrier 

For Wood Track 
Specify No. 706 



SPECIFICATIONS 

NAME— No. 705 Peerless Cross Draft Carrier. This 
carrier is called Cross Draft because the draft rope runs 
directly across the barn to the team, not only making a 
material saving in rope, but also reducing friction to a 
minimum. 

STYLE — Sling Carrier for Peerless Double Angle 
Steel Hay Carrier Track. If for use with Wood Track, 
specify No. 706. 

ADJUSTMENT— This carrier is so constructed that 
it can be adjusted to fit other steel hay carrier tracks. 
This is done by turning the right and left hand thread 
bolt which connects carrier legs as shown in above illus- 
tration. The Peerless Cross Draft Carrier is the only 
carrier where the working parts are hinged on the adjusting 
bolt of the carrier legs, thus allowing working parts to 
adjust themselves and draw in direct line with the load, 
thus keeping ropes straight and free, preventing binding 
and cutting. The legs of this Carrier oscillate on the 
adjusting bolt, allowing every wheel to carry its part of 
the load. The oscillating or swinging feature allows 
Carrier with load to pass over an obstruction or full 
mow without additional strain on track or carrier. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully rein- 



forced. Extra heavy and long 
so as to distribute the load 
over a greater portion of the 
track. 

WHEEL BASE — 1634 
inches, center to center, of 
tracker wheels. 

TRACKER WHEELS— 
Best gray iron, 3 inches in 
diameter at the tread, wide 
flange, hub drilled to take 
steel axle. 

AXLE — This is a lathe- 
turned steel axle, made by 
the most modern automatic 
machinery. 

SHEAVE— Six inches in 
diameter, best gray iron, 
drilled to take steel axle. 

SLING PULLEYS — 
Malleable frame of improved 
design. Extra wide flanges 
with rolled edges, preventing 
chafing of draft rope. Pulley 
hooks large enough to be used 
in connection with any style 
of rope or chain slings or in 
connection with forks. The 
hooks on the sling pulleys are 
fitted with self-locking device, 
preventing slings or forks 
from becoming detached ex- 
cept at will of operator. 
ROPE GRIP — This Carrier is provided with a gripping 
device or lock having a 4-inch gripping surface and 
curved to conform to circle of large sheave. When 
hoisting rope is slackened, locking device travels with 
sheave, thus clamping rope securely and with absolutely 
no chafing. The small rope attached to the lever as 
shown in illustration, when pulled, releases grip on draft 
rope and allows slings to return to load. 

TRIP BLOCK— No trip block is necessary with this 
carrier, as the draft rope running at right angles to the 
track, automatically brings carrier to position over the 
load. 

ROPE — This carrier is designed for use with rope 
only and we recommend 3^-inch or yg-inch manila as 
being the most serviceable. 

DIRECTIONS— Full set of directions and illustrations 
explaining the simple manner in which this carrier is 
roped and operated is sent with each Carrier, or mailed 
upon application. 

FINISH — Gray enamel, trimmed in red. 
WEIGHT— No. 705 Cross Draft Carrier, weight, 
each, 36 lbs. No. 706 for wood track, weight, each, 
40 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Fifty-two 



•- 



ST^^re LII^E ECmiF»>lE^>JT 



• 




SPE 



NAME— Peerless No. 704. 

STYLE — Reversible Sling Carrier for Peerless Double 
Angle Steel Hay Carrier Track. 

FRAME — Best grade malleable iron, fully reinforced, 
extra long wheel base, so as to distribute the load over a 
greater portion of the track. 

WHEEL BASE— 171/2 inches, center to center, of 
tracker wheels. 

TRACKER WHEELS— Best gray iron, 3 inches in 
diameter at the tread, wide flange, hub drilled to take 
steel axle. 

AXLE — This is a lathe-turned, steel axle, made by 
the most modern automatic machinery. 

SHEAVES — Three in number, made of best gray 
iron, drilled to take steel axle. 

SLING PULLEYS— Malleable frame of improved 
design. Extra wide flanges with rolled edges, preventing 
chafing of draft rope. Pulley hooks are large enough to 
be used in connection with forks. The hooks on sling 
pulleys are fitted with a self-locking device, preventing 
slings or forks from becoming detached except at will 
of operator. 



No. 704 

Peerless Sling 

Hay 

Carrier 

For Double Angle Steel Track 
Roller Bearing 



ROPE GRIP — S-inch malleable iron rope grip, so 
constructed that when pulleys strike tripping arm the 
lock slides forward and grips rope without chafing it 
and at the same time locks it securely. This operation 
automatically releases car from trip block. The heavier 
the load the greater the tension on the lock, with the 
result that it is impossible for the rope to slip through. 
A special trip rope can be used with this carrier by the 
use of which the carrier is released from the trip block 
and the load may be carried into the barn at any desired 
height. 

TRIPPING ARM— Of special design, malleable iron. 

TRIP BLOCK— Made of best malleable iron, of 
special design, securely bolted to the track. 

ROPE — This Carrier is designed for use with rope 
only and we recommend 3^-inch or Jg-inch manila as being 
the most serviceable. 

DIRECTIONS— Full set of directions and illustrations 
explaining the simple manner in which this carrier is 
roped and operated, is sent with each carrier, or mailed 
upon application. 

FINISH — Gray enamel, trimmed in red. 

WEIGHT— For steel track, 52 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Fifty-three 



• 



HUT^T « HELXI • FEI^I^IS ^f CO 



• 



No. 58 1 Peerless Double Angle Steel Hay Carrier Track 




Fig. 581 
The above illustration shows a section of Peerless Double Angle Steel Hay Carrier Track, made in 6 and 12 foot lengths. 

SPECIFICATIONS 



PEERLESS Double Angle Steel Hay 
Carrier Track is built of exactly 
the same material as is used in the 
construction of railroad rails. The two 
inch by inch steel angles, separated by 
iron spacers, are riveted firmly together. 

Fig. 581 shows a section of Peerless 
Double Angle Steel Track. The heavy 
rivets holding the two angles together 
forming this track, are spaced 12 inches 
apart so that it is impossible for the 
track to bend, buckle or get out of line. 

Fig. 582 shows this splice block by 
which the sections of Peerless Double 
Angle Steel Hay Carrier Track are 
joined. Each Splice Block consists of 
two sections of malleable iron held to- 
gether by three heavy bolts. We guar- 
antee this track to be as strong at the 
splice as at any other point. Sufficient 



splices for a complete installation are 
furnished with the track. 

In supporting this track, either Hang- 
er Fig. 584 or the Adjustable Track 
Hanger Fig. 588 can be used. The con- 
struction of the track permits these 
hangers to be spaced to conform to the 
arrangement of the rafters, regardless of 
the distance apart. 

Rafter Bracket, Fig. 126, is used with 
Track Hanger, Fig. 584, as shown in 
illustration Fig. 583. The Adjustable 
Rafter Bracket, Fig. 573, is used in con- 
nection with the Adjustable Track Hang- 
er, Fig. 588, as shown in Illustration Fig. 
585. 

Peerless Double Angle Steel Hay 
Carrier Track is not only strong and 
practical, but it is convenient to install. 
The only tool necessary is a wrench, one 
section being hung at a time and bolted 
in place. 



Page Two Hundred Fifty-four 



•-: 



STv^VFi LIIVE E:C^I-JIF»IV1E]NT 



• 



Peerless Double Angle Hay Carrier Track Fixtures 




Fig. 582 
The above illustration shows construction of Splice Block and method of holding track together. 



r^ 



Fig. 573 

ADJUSTABLE 
RAFTER BRACKET 




Fig. 590 

END STOP 

To keep carrier from 
running off end of track. 




Fig. 126 

PEERLESS 
RAFTER BRACKET 




Fig. 585 

ADJUSTABLE HANGER 
and RAFTER BRACKET 



Fig. 588 

ADJUSTABLE 
TRACK HANGER 



Fig. 584 

TRACK 
HANGER 




Fig. 583 

HANGER AND 
BRACKET 



By use of the adjustable hanger and rafter bracket shown in Fig. 585, the 
position of the Hay Carrier Track can be accurately adjusted. This is particularly 
desirable where the rafters are uneven, as in old bams. The track can be raised 
or lowered after it is put up, by turning the nut on the hanger. 



Page Two Hundred Fifty-five 



• 



HLJIVTT « 1-IELTW • F^EFiRIS &f CO • 



-• 



Wood Track Hangers and Other Fixtures 

JOINTED TRACK HANGER 



WOOD TRACK HANGER AND RAFTER 
BRACKET 




By the use of this Hanger the track is hung directly 
in the center of the peak and has the full strength of 
both rafters. 

RIDGE-POLE HANGER 




Fig. 87 

Made of the best malleable iron, of proper size to be 
used on ridge-pole 2x6 or 2x8. By driving a nail in 
each slot it is made secure enough to hold any track. 

Weight, per doz., SVa 't>s. 

FLOOR HOOK 




Kin. HS 



No. RS — Weight, %-in. hook, per doz., 8 lbs. 
No. 85A— Weight, ^^-in. hook, per doz., 12y2 lbs. 



■^ 



Weight, per doz., 11 V^ lbs. 

TRACK HANGER HOOK 



D 



Fig. 84 
Made in three sizes: 
Weight, per doz., 12-in., 9% lbs. 
Weight, per doz., 14-in., 103^ lbs. 
Weight, per doz., 16-in., 12 lbs. 



WOOD TRACK HANGER 



rtr 



Fig. 131 

lO-inch 
Weight, per doz., B'^ lbs. 



RAFTER BRACKET 




F.g, 126 
Weight, per doz., 3% lbs. 

SWIVEL ROPE HITCH AND HOOK 




Fig. 86 

One of the most handy and useful articles in a hay 
tool outfit. No hard knots to untie, no wasting of rope by 
culling knots open. Twist in the rope is removed by 
the swivel. 

Weight, per doz., 16 lbs. 



Tauc- Two Iliimlr.-d Kifty-six 



•^ 



ST^^vre LiiVE e: c^ i^ I F» ivi E rsf TT 



• 



Sling Pulleys and Sling Locks 





Fig. 641 
Harvester Long Neck Pulleys 



Fig. 578 
Harvester Fork Clevis 




The Harvester Long Neck Pulleys or Stacking Pulleys 
as they care commonly called, as shown in Fig. 641, are 
used in connection with wire cable for stacking hay. 

These are extra heavy long neck pulleys. They are 
provided with sheaves so grooved that rope may be used 
instead of cable if desired. 

The edges of the throat are rounded and smooth so 
that they will not wear the rope. Each pulley is pro- 
vided with an automatic self-closing sling hook, and a 
large eye to which rope may be fastened. 

Harvester Long Neck Pulleys with 6V2 '"■ sheaves, 
per set, weight, 15 lbs. 

Harvester Long Neck Pulleys with 4 in. sheaves, 
per set, weight, 13 lbs. 

Note: Be sure to specify size of sheave wanted. 



Fig. 824 

Sling Pulleys for Use with End 
Trip Slings 

By use of the Harvester Fork Clevis illustrated in 
Fig. 578, any style of fork may be used with either parallel 
or right angle sling pulleys of any make. It is sometimes 
desirable to take off the greater part of the load with a 
fork and then to use a single sling for the remaining part 
as the sling takes up the hay cleaner than the fork. 

This Fork Clevis is fitted with a swiveling sister 
hook to which any style of fork can be attached and 
made secure. 

Hay Fork Clevis, Fig. 578, weight, each, 2 lbs. 

Fig. 824 illustrates Sling Pulleys especially adapted 
for use with End Trip Slings. The Sling Pulleys regularly 
furnished with Sling Carriers are adapted for use with 
Center Trip Slings. 

Sling Pulleys, Fig. 824, for use with End Trip Slings, 
per set, weight, 14 lbs 




552 

Sling Lock 



END TRIP SLING LOCKS 

Fig. 552 illustrates the Single Hook Sling Lock pro- 
vided with one large hook only, into which the braided 
loops at the end of the rope sling may be hooked. 

This style of lock is especially desirable for use with 
home made slings. 

Fig. 552, Single Hook Sling Lock, weight, each, 2 lbs. 

Fig. 551, Double Hook Sling Lock i^not illustrated) 
weight, each, 2 lbs. 

The Triple Hook Sling Lock, as illustrated in Fig. 591, 
is provided with three hooks into which the rings attached 
to the ends of the ropes used in either two or three rope 
end trip slings, can be hooked. When this lock is released 
by the trip rope shown, the ends of the rope sling are 
also released. 

Fig. 591 Triple Hook Sling Lock, weight, each, 2 lbs. 




Fig. 591 
Triple Hook Sling Lock 



I'ax': Two Hunclrc) Fifty-ievcn 



• 



I-IU^IVTr • HELIVI • F^EFil^IS &j CO • 



• 




No. 553 

Hiirvcstcr Sling Pulley for 

use with Center Trip 

Slings 



Sling Pulleys and Hay Slings 

Harvester Sling Pulleys 

Harvester Sling Pulleys arc equipped with registering 
heads suitable for use with all Harvester and Peerless Fork 
Carriers when it is desired to use Slings instead of Forks. 

Harvester Sling Pulleys can be used with any style 
or make of Fork Carrier provided they are equipped with 
the proper registering heads. 

No. 553 Harvester Sling Pulley is for use with Center 
Trip Siings only. 

No. 829 Harvester Sling Pulley is for use with End 
Trip Slings only. 




Specify carefully which pulley is wanted, 
each, 10 lbs. 



No. 829 

Weight, Harvester Sling Pulley for 

use with End Trip 
Slings 




Fig. 549 
Junior Rope Sling 



Junior Rope Sling 

Fig. .549 illustrates the Junior Rope Sling. It is made 
with two, Vi-inch loose lay ropes that will not gnarl nor 
kink. Each rope has an adjustable take-up at one end 
so it can be shortened or lengthened as desired. 

This same sling is also furnished with three ropes 
instead of two. When ordering specify Fig. 549A. 

Weight, 2 rope Sling, Fig. 549, each, 5 lbs. 

Weight, 3 rope Sling, Fig. 549A, each, 6 lbs. 



Junior Chain Hay Sling 

Fig. 550 illustrates the Junior Chain Hay Sling made 
with two chains. This sling is constructed of non-kinking 
H.ilvanized chain, guaranteed to be strong enough for all 
purposes. 

Weight, Junior Chain Hay Sling Fig. 550, each, 6 lbs. 

Note that the Sling Pulleys illustrated in Figures 
549 and 550 are fitted with a triple hook sling lock. Fig. 
591, illustrated and described on the preceding page. 
Where the Harvester Sling Pulley illustrated in Fig. 829 
is used, this triple hook sling lock is not required. 




Fig. 550 
Junior Chain Sling 



^^z-* 



"*^\v 



Center Trip Adjustable Rope Sling 



*^"Xn 






*-^x^ 



,-Q 



Fig. 480 Center Trip Adjustable Rope Sling 






The Fig. 480 Center Trip Adjustable Rope Sling, as 
illustrated above, is a radical improvement over the old 
style End Triji Rope Sling. The double locks are operated 



in unison by a single trip rope. This sling is adjustable 
to any width. It is furnished in one size only, 16 feet. 
Weight, each, 7 lbs. 



Iltiiuhvil I'ill 



•: 



STv^re LiiVE e:c^ui F»iyi E N^T 



• 



Hay Slings 




O. K. CENTER TRIP SLING 

Fig. 55 represents our O. K. Center Trip Sling, with 4-foot cross bars. 

The ropes are ' .--inch loose lay, are strong and will not gnarl nor kink. They have an adjustable take-up at either 
end so that they can be shortened or lengthened to suit the length of the hayrack. 
The cross bars are heavy and strong, made of hardwood, in 4 and 5-foot lengths. 
Weight, No. 55 Sling, 4-foot bars, 18 lbs. 
Weight, No. 55A Sling, 5-foot bars, 21 lbs. 




Fig. 58 

O. K. CENTER TRIP SLING 

Above we illustrate our O. K. Center Trip Sling, 5-foot bars, 3 ropes. This is the same style sling as shown in 
Fig. 55 with the exception of an extra rope running lengthwise. 
Weight, No. 58 Sling, 23 lbs. 






No. 56 

HARVARD CENTER TRIP SLING 

The Harvard Center Trip Sling is extra strong in every respect. It is made for heavy work. As this sling is specially 
roped, it forms a bed or net sufficiently close to carry fine hay or grain satisfactorily, no matter how short or dry. It is 
furnished with either 5 or 6-foot bars. 

Weight, 5-foot sling. Fig. 56, each, 29 lbs. 

Weight, 6-foot sling. Fig. 56A, each, 33 lbs. 



PaKC Two Hundred iMfty-i 



• 



iLLJNTT • HELXf • F^ErirtlS &f CO • 



• 



Hay Slings 



Wi sEtMaaQawwQ^^K^^^^\vecw\\^aaoMcc^ ^^ <<^ 




^'-•^^ 



Fig. 769 



HARVARD DOUBLE LOCK CENTER TRIP SLING 



The Harvard Double Lock Center Trip Sling, illus 
trated above, is adapted for handling hay, fodder, or 
large bundles of grain. Two sets of locks are used to 
join the two halves of the sling instead of one. This 
double lock device makes two separate connections — a 
hook and eye being used at one end of the bars and a 
lock at the other. This double connection makes the 



sling especially strong at the point of greatest strain and 
balances the load at the same time. This sling is con- 
nected and locks with the same motion and can be in- 
stantly shortened or lengthened to fit the hay rack. It is 
a very popular sling because of the constantly increasing 
demand for a sling to carry large and very heavy loads. 




^^ 



Fig. 395 

CHAIN HAY SLING 




Owing to the large demand we are now able to furnish 
a Chain Hay Sling, which we recommend for heavy work, 
such as is expected in the use of Sling Hay Carriers. 
Extra strong non-kinking galvanized chain is used. Note 
that the bars next to the sling lock are thicker at the 
center than at the end and that the outer bars are shorter 
than the bars next to the sling lock, thus insuring great 



strength. The two center bars come closely together, 
only 14 inches apart, thus small bundles may be raised 
without becoming loosened or falling out of the Sling. 

This sling corresponds to our 5-foot O. K. Center 
Trip Rope Sling, Fig. 58. 

Weight, each, 30 lbs. 




Fig. 479 

CHAIN HAY SLING 

Fig. 479 illustrates a Chain Hay Sling, 4 chains length- 6-foot Harvard Center Trip Rope Sling, Fig. 56A, and it is 
wise, one chain across. This sling corresponds to our especially designed to carry fine stuff. Weight, each, 3S_lbs, 



Page Two Hundred Sixty 



•^ 



ST,A.rt LIT^E E:c^uiF»iyiEr^T 



-• 




Fig. 103 




Fig. 105 




Fig. 101 



Hay Fork Pulleys 

MALLEABLE FRAME KNOT-PASSING 
PULLEYS 



Fig. 103 represents our special design Malleable 
Frame Knot-passing Pulley. It has 6-inch sheave, 
which revolves on large hollow pin; sheave is made of 
hard maple. The eye is malleable swivel. The frame is 
made of the best malleable iron. 

Weight, dozen, 34% lbs. 



Fig. 104 shows the same frame with 6-inch cast iron 
sheave. The sheaves are interchangeable. These pulleys 
are warranted to give satisfaction. 

Weight, dozen, 45 lbs. 



STEEL FRAME KNOT-PASSING 
PULLEYS 

Fig. 105 illustrates our Steel Frame Knot-passing 
Pulley. It has 6-inch hard maple sheave, which revolves 
on large bushing. Frame is pressed out of wrought steel; 
has malleable swivel eye. 

Weight, dozen, 36V2 lbs. 



Fig. 106 represents same frame with 6-inch cast iron 
sheave. The sheaves are interchangeable. 

Weight, dozen, 52 lbs. 



CAST FRAME PULLEYS 
Hollow Pin 

Fig. 101 represents our Cast Frame Pulley, made 
after our own special design. It has 6-inch hard maple 
sheave, revolving on large hollow pin. 

Weight, dozen, 37 lbs. 



Fig. 102 represents the same frame ,with 6-inch iron 
sheave. Sheaves are interchangeable. 

Weight, dozen, 48 lbs. 




Fig. 104 




Fig. 106 




Fig. 102 



Page Two Hundred Sixty-one 



• 



IH[LJ]NTr « F-IELiyi • F^EFtR-IS ^> C O 



• 




Fig. 107 




Fig. 109 




Hay Fork Pulleys 

STEEL FRAME PULLEYS 

Fig. 107 illustrates our Plain Steel Frame Pulley. 
The frame is made of wrought steel, with malleable 
swivel eye. The sheave is made of hard maple; is 6 
inches in diameter, revolving on large bushing. 

Weight, dozen, 26 lbs. 

Fig. 108 represents same frame with 6-inch cast iron 
sheave. The sheaves are interchangeable. 
Weight, dozen, 40 lbs. 

Fig. lOSVz same pulley as Fig. 108 with the ex- 
ception that the sheave is SVi inches in diameter instead 
of 6 inches. 

Weight, dozen, 32 lbs. 



ALL IRON PULLEY 

Fig. 109 represents our All Iron Pulley. It has cast 
iron frame, with cast iron sheave SVi inches in diameter. 
Frame has heavy rib to increase the strength. The 
sheave revolves on large hollow pin. Has swivel eye. 

Weight, dozen, 38 lbs. 

FLOOR PULLEY 

Fig. 110 illustrates our Floor Pulley. The frame 
thoroughly protects the sheave. The sheave is made 
of hard maple. It has a hollow pin and swivel eye. 

Weight, dozen, 39 lbs. 

WOOD FRAME PULLEYS 
Reed Pattern 

Fig. Ill illustrates our Wood Frame Pulley, with 
wrought steel yoke and malleable swivel eye. The frame 
and sheave are hard maple. The sheave revolves on a 
large bushing. 

Weight, dozen, 33 lbs. 

Fig. 112 represents the same construction, except 
that a swivel hook is used in place of the malleable eye. 
Weight, dozen, 35 lbs. 




Fig. 108 




Fig. 110 




Fig. Ill 



Fig. 112 



Page Two Hundred Sixty-two 



• 



ST^^rS Lir^E E: C^ U^ I F> IVI E IV T 



• 




Fig. 125 




Fig. 127 



Hay Fork Pulleys 



SPECIAL STAR PULLEY 

Fig. 113 illustrates our special STAR Pulley. 
It has steel yoke, malleable swivel eye, large bushing 
and hard maple 6-inch sheave. This pulley we 
recommend to dealers wanting the best. Frame 
constructed to prevent chafing of rope. Weight, 
dozen, 41 lbs. 

BIG STAR PULLEY 

Fig. 114 represents our Big STAR Pulley. It 
has hard maple sheave 7 inches in diameter. The 
frame is made of malleable iron, extra strong and 
heavy, with steel yoke, malleable swivel eye, and 
large bushing. Frame constructed to prevent 
chafing of rope. Weight, dozen, 52 lbs. 

MALLEABLE FRAME PULLEY 
Roller Bearing 

Fig. 125 illustrates our new Malleable Frame 
Pulley, with roller bearings. Has malleable swivel 
eye and 6-inch iron sheave. Made for the very 
best trade. Weight, dozen, 60 lbs. 

MALLEABLE FRAME PULLEY 
Knot-Passing 

Fig. 48 illustrates our new Malleable Frame 
Knot-Passing Pulley, with large hollow pin. It has 
a hard maple sheave, 6 inches in diameter. Frame 
is made of malleable iron, extra strong and heavy. 
Has malleable swivel eye. Frame constructed to 
prevent chafing of rope. Weight, dozen, 40 lbs. 

MALLEABLE FRAME PULLEY 
Hollow Pin 

Fig. 127 illustrates our new Malleable Frame 
Hollow Pin Pulley. Frame constructed to prevent 
chafing of rope. Malleable swivel eye, 6-inch 
hard maple sheave. Weight, dozen, 36 lbs. We 
also furnish this pulley with 6-inch iron sheave. 
Fig. 128. Weight, dozen, 53 lbs. 

PEERLESS PULLEY 
Knot-Passing 

Fig. 155 is designed especially to use with shift 
rope in connection with Nos. 575 and 576 Cross 
Draft Carriers, page 238, and Nos. 705 and 706, 
page 252, Weight, Fig. 155 Pulley, per doz., 30 lbs. 




Fig. 114 




Fig. 48 




Page Two Hundred Sixty-three 



• 



HUr>JT « HEL^^ • F'Ertriis fi^ co • 



-• 



Hay Fork Pulleys 




Fig. 43 

STEEL FRAME CABLE PULLEY 

Fig. 43 represents our Steel Frame Cable Pulley which making an extra strong pulley. We also furnish this 
is fitted with 7-inch iron sheave adapted for ^s o"" }2-i"ch pulley of the same construction but fitted with roller- 
cable. Frame made of high carbon steel. We use a bearing sheave, 
very heavy machine bolt to hold sheave in place, Weight, Steel Frame, Fig. 43, per doz., 71 lbs. 

GIANT WOOD FRAME PULLEY 

Fig. 554 shows Giant Wood Frame Pulley, hard 
maple sheaves, 10 inches in diameter. The sheave 
of this pulley being extra large and turning on 
bushing 1 ' s inches in diameter makes it of very 
light draft. The bushing fits into the bottom of 
the steel yoke to which is attached a large wrought 
iron pulley hook. 

The frame is wood, made of perfect stock 
bolted together and braced in such a manner as to 
insure a pulley of great strength. Weight, Fig. 
554 Pulley, per doz., 162 lbs. 

WOOD FRAME CABLE PULLEY 

Fig. 44 illustrates our Wood Frame Cable 
Pulley. 

This pulley is fitted with 7-inch iron sheave. 
Heavy hardwood frame. This is a very substan- 
tial pulley and manufactured for heavy work. 

Weight, Wood Frame, Fig. 44, per doz., 123 lbs. 





Fig. 554 



Fig. 44 



Sister Hook and Clamp 



Fig. 703 shows Sister Hook and Clamp, 
which offers a very convenient method of 
hanging a pulley at the end of the track. 

This fixture includes a universal joint be- 
tween the sister hook and clamp, allowing great 
flexibility and freedom of movement. 




Page Two Hundred Sixty-four 



Fig. 703 



The Sister Hooks are constructed of two 
malleable hooks which swivel on a steel bolt. 
They hold the pulley securely without danger 
of its being detached by accident, but when 
desired the pulley may be readily detached. 



• 



ST^^re LIIVE E: C^ 1-J I F» IVI E P4 T 



• 



Nellis Hay Fork 




Hay Forks 

Short Head Double 
Harpoon Fork 



Extra Long Double 
Harpoon Fork 




Fig. 95 

Made of steel. Length of 
tines under cross-bar, 25 in. 
Weight, 16li lbs. 




Fig. 97 
Made of steel. Length of 
tines under the cross-bar, 31 
inches. Weight, 18 lbs. 



Fig. 98 

Alfalfa Double 
Harpoon Fork 

Made of steel, extra 
large and strong. Length 
of tines under cross-bar, 
33 inches. Width be- 

tween tines, 20} 2 inches. 
Weight, 29 lbs. 



Lock-Lever Double Harpoon Fork 




Made of special 
spring steel, 1 ]4 
X 3 8, with malle- 
able lever and 
barbs. It has 
a large 
capacity 
owing to 

the cross-bar being placed near top of fork. Length under the 
cross-bar, 30 inches. The special feature is that it locks open 
as well as closed. Weight, 25 lbs. 



Page Tw3 Hundred Sixty-five 



• 



I^UWT * l^ELlVf * FEl^T^IS &j CO 



• 



Grapple Hay Forks 



The Automatic Safety Grapple Fork without Center Tine, especially adapted 
for the quick handling of loose or baled hay, fodder, etc. Constructed of high carbon 
spring steel. 

Six Tine Safety Grapple Fork 

Fig. 558 shows 6-tine Grapple Fork closed after it has 
released the load and comes back to the wagon, ready for the 
operator to pick it up and place it in the hay as desired. 

This fork trips easily from any direction, is double 
braced, very strong and guaranteed. 

This fork has a spread of 55 inches. 

Weight, Fig. 558, 6tine fork, each 47 lbs. 
Fig. 558 




Four Tine Safety Grapple Fork 

Fig. 559 shows 4-tine fork open and ready to set in 
hay. The pull on the trip rope releases load and the 
fork closes and locks automatically as shown in Fig. 558, 
eliminating the danger from an open fork descending 
to the load over the operator. 

Weight, Fig. 559, 4-tine fork, each 40 lbs. 





Giant Safety Grapple Fork 

The Giant Automatic Safety Grapple 
Fork is of the same general design as that 
shown above but is much larger, heavier and 
stronger. It has an extreme spread of 63 
inches between the points of the tines when 
open and has a correspondingly greater 
capacity. 

Weight, Fig. 833, 4-tine fork, each 48 lbs. 

Weight, Fig. 834, 6-tine fork, each 56 lbs. 



Fig. 833 



Page Two Hundred SLxty-six 



•: 



S^JS^Tt Lir^E EC^UIF»>lEr^T 



• 



Hay Forks 

Jackson Pattern 



The greatest strength and capacity with the least amount of weight were the first objects 



to be secured in the construction of this fork. 




It is made in the following sizes: 

3J4 foot, with four tines, a light fork 
for hay. 

4 and 4' 2 foot, with four tines, for thresh- 
ing machines and stacking hay. 

5 and 6 foot, with six tines for heading 
or large loads. 

Made in six sizes: 



3 1/2 


ft. 


4 


tine, 


46 


lbs 


4 


ft. 


4 


tine, 


47 


lbs 


41. > 


ft. 


4 


tine, 


55 


lbs 


5 


ft. 


6 


tine, 


56 


lbs 


51 2 


ft. 


6 


tine. 


58 


lbs 


6 


ft. 


6 


tine. 


74 


lbs 



Fig. 25 



The tines are made of high grade spring steel and the material used throughout is of the very 
best. The trip latch is reliable. It has convenient hand -holds on the head, which are of great 
assistance in operating the fork. The woodwork is neatly made, all riveted and constructed so 
as to get the greatest possible strength. The fork is guaranteed to be strong and reliable, and is 
warranted to do good work. 

California Pattern 



Made in six sizes: 



3H 


ft. 


4 


tine, 


45 


lbs. 


4 


ft. 


4 


tine. 


46 


lbs. 


4H 


ft. 


4 


tine. 


54 


lbs. 


5 


ft. 


6 


tine. 


55 


lbs. 


51., 


ft. 


6 


tine. 


57 


lbs. 


6 


ft. 


6 


tine. 


72 


lbs. 



Description same as above. 

This fork has single head and the Jackson 
pattern has double head. 




Fig. 26 



Page Two Hundred Sbtty-seven 



*- 



HUJ4T « lH[ELJvl • FEI^I^IS &f CO 



-• 



Material for Hay Carrier Outfits 



STEEL RAFTER GRAPPLE 




Fig. 89 

A very useful tool for attaching to rafters or beams. 
Much more convenient than trying to hang a pulley 
with a rope in the peak of a barn. 

Weight per doz., 30 lbs. 



SNATCH PULLEY BLOCK 




Fig. 90 

The Snatch Pulley Block shortens the travel of the 
horse. Tie a knot in the rope and put the washer in 
front of it. The rope can then be thrown off the snatch 
pulley thus allowing the fork to be returned to the load 
without waiting for the return of the horse. 

Weight per doz., 60 lbs. 



FIXTURES FOR SUPPORTING STEEL HAY CARRIER TRACK AT END OF BARN 

Weight per set, 12 lbs. 




Fig. 73 
Cuts Showing a Set of Fixtures for Supporting Steel Track at the End of Barn 



Many ways have been devised for supporting steel track 
at the end of barn, nearly every carpenter having a way of his 
own which has not always proven to be the best. It is im- 
portant that the track at end of barn should be well supported 
because the heavy pull is at this place, and a little defect in 
supporting the track will cause a great deal of trouble. We 
show in the above cut a means of doing this, which we believe 
to be as good as any other, if not the best way. We are pre- 
pared to furnish the above fixtures complete and ready for use 
at a reasonable price. 

A set consists of two heavy angle-shape castings with bolts; 
one bar, ' ^-'"eh round iron, 8 feet long, with eye at one end 
and nut at the other; two malleable ridge pole hangers. 




Fig. 74. 

Cut showing How the 

Above Fixtures are 

Applied. 



Page Two Hundrc-d Sixty-cighl 



• 



S^JS^Tt LIT^E EQl^IF^iyiE IVT 



• 



Directions for Supporting Track at End of Barn 




Illustration showing how steel track is supported when 
hay is taken in at end of barn. 

For directions, see page 271. 



Illustration showing how wood track is supported when 
hay is taken in at end of barn. 

For directions, see page 271. 





Fig. 153 



V END HANGER FOR STEEL TRACK 

This hanger is used to support the track when the hay is 
taken in at end of barn, as shown in Fig. 152. 

Weight, V-End Hangers, each, 1 lb. 5 oz. 




STAR PULLEY BRACKET HOLDER 

No. 821 STAR Pulley Bracket Holder works with any ordinary pulley. 

The STAR Pulley Bracket Holder is used to support a pulley carrying the draft 
rope through either the side or end of the barn. It permits using the smallest 
possible amount of draft rope. 

To attach this Pulley Bracket Holder, cut a hole in the barn siding 4 inches 
wide and 8 or 10 inches high. Bolt to the top of the opening. The pulley can be 
attached or removed from the inside or outside of barn. 

This inexpensive arrangement permits a material saving of rope and reduces 
friction to a minimum. 



Fig. 821 



Page Two Hundred Sixty nine 



• 



I^UWT « HELJM * FEI^r^IS &f C: O 



• 



Hay Carrier Returner 



You need have no more trouble getting your carrier back to the trip block — 
this little machine will do it for you. As soon as the hay rope is unhooked 
from the whiffle-tree this machine will draw the carrier back to the trip block 
without any aid, and you can have your fork set by the time the horse has returned 
and is ready to draw up another load. No farmer can afford to do without it. 
It will work with any make of carrier. No weight is furnished, as it is necessary 
to vary this according to the length of rope used. A bag of sand will do for a weight. 
Complete set of directions sent with each returner. 




Illustration Showing Manner of Putting up Hay Carrier Returner when 
Hay is Taken in at the Center of the Barn. 





Fig. 91 
Weight, each, 60 lbs. 



Illustration Showing Manner of Putting up the Hay Carrier Returner when 
Hay is Taken in at the End of the Barn. 



Page Two Hundred Sex'enty 



•: 



ST^a^r^ HIVE 



EZQUIF^IVIEN^T 



• 



Material for Hay Carrier Outfits 



MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR STEEL TRACK CARRIERS 



FOR 40-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 36 feet of track, 19 hangers, 19 rafter 
brackets, 2 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor 
hooks. 

FOR 50-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 48 feet of track, 25 hangers, 25 rafter 
brackets, 2V2 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 5 floor 
hooks, 1 fork. 

FOR 60-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 60 feet of track, 31 hangers, 31 rafter 



brackets, 3 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor 
hooks. 

FOR 70-FOOT BARNS 

One carrier, 66 feet of track, 34 hangers, 34 rafter 
brackets, 31/2 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 
floor hooks. 

FOR 80-FOOT BARNS 

One carrier, 78 feet of track, 40 hangers, 40 rafter 
brackets, 4 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor 
hooks. 



MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR WOOD TRACK CARRIERS 



FOR 40-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 21 harjging hooks, 21 rafter brackets, 
2 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor hooks. 

FOR 50-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 26 hanging hooks, 26 rafter brackets, 
21/2 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor hooks. 

FOR 60-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 31 hanging hooks, 31 rafter brackets. 



3 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor hooks. 

FOR 70-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 36 hanging hooks, 36 rafter brackets, 
31/2 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor hooks. 

FOR 80-FOOT BARNS 
One carrier, 41 hanging hooks, 41 rafter brackets, 

4 lbs. of bracket nails, 5 pulleys, 1 fork, 6 floor hooks. 



DIRECTIONS FOR PUTTING UP WOOD TRACK AT END OF BARN 



Take a bar of Vi-inch round iron and make an eye 
at one end and thread and nut at the other end. Bend the 



rod over a standard (page 269) and bolt the other end 
through the roof of the barn. 



DIRECTIONS FOR PUTTING UP STEEL TRACK AT END OF BARN 



When hay is taken in at end of barn, fasten a piece 
of 2x6 across the rafters near the end of barn to prevent 
the track from working endwise, and let the other end 
extend out of barn. Bolt the trip block to the track 
over the rivet, about two feet outside of the end of the 



barn. Bolt two pieces 4x4 to the roof as shown (page 
269 ) extending same about three feet from the end rafter. 
Place one V-shaped end hanger (Fig. 88) at the end of 
these pieces and the other half way between that and the 
end of barn. 



DIRECTIONS FOR PUTTING UP WOOD TRACK 



Put hangers on four rafters over the driveway and 
about six feet apart for the balance. Nail rafter irons 
on with clinch nails. See that the track is the proper 
depth where trip block goes on to properly operate the 
locks. The trip block may need blocking down from the 



track, or setting up into the track, according to the depth 
of track used. See that the nuts are all set in on the 
under side of track. Use 3^-inch rope, and boil and 
stretch it to make it soft and pliable. 



DIRECTIONS FOR PUTTING UP STAR STEEL TRACK 



Slip rafter brackets through hangers and nail to 
rafters in each end of barn and one in the center with 
clinch nails. Fasten a string to rafter brackets in end 
of barn and pass it over the one in the center; draw up 
tightly and fasten to the one in the other end of the 
barn. This will be a gauge to get the hangers all even 
and in line. Put hangers on to each pair of rafters through 
the barn. Elevate the track one section at a time and 
slide it on the hangers, then splice the track and be sure 



that the nuts are drawn up tightly on the three bolts. 
Fasten a piece of 2x6 across the rafters at each end of 
the track to prevent the track from working endwise. 
If a pulley changer is to be used, bolt hook No. T-5 to 
this 2x6 three or four inches to one side of track; but 
if not, use a floor hook in place of T-5 to hold the pulley. 
See that the bolts in the trip block are drawn up tightly. 
The trip block can be put on at any place where there 
is a rivet. 



Page Two Hundred Seventy-one 



• 



F^UP4T « h[e:l>i • F^Eririis «j co 



• 



Dealer's Display Rack 




^^sssssss^ 



The Harvester Hay Carrier Display Rack 



A PRACTICAL display rack, de- 
signed for dealer's use in display- 
ing and demonstrating Harvester 
Haying Tools. 

A carrier so mounted and promi- 
nently displayed will attract prospective 
buyers of Haying Tools. 

Dealers can point out to advantage 
and demonstrate the greater strength, 
weight and durability, as well as ease of 
operation, of these carriers. 



This display rack is built of steel 
tubing, is 44 inches high and 48 inches 
wide. Furnished free (except for carrier, 
clamp and pulley) with an order speci- 
fying the necessary amount of Haying 
Tools. 

Only furnished with carrier mounted. 
Specify type of carrier. 

Weight, each 47 lbs. 



Page Two Hundred Seventy-two 





^^ ._^..^.^g^^^ 


' 


' ^ij^Kii'-'-i^-^S^?,:^:'!^ '1' ■ 






^== 



¥ 



t 



\ ? 



/ 





Sam Door 



• 



Ml-JNTr • HELlvl • T^ElTtTtJS &f CO * 



• 



Cannon Ball Door Hangers and Track 



THE Cannon Ball Door Hanger is 
the most widely sold hanger in 
America. Being known from 
coast to coast, and having been used for 
years, its heavy sales speak volumes 
for the merit of the article. 

"Cannon Ball Door Hangers" are 
the standard by which all others are 
judged. They represent the height of 
perfection in design, construction and 
operation. 

Special designed steel ball wheels — 
light running, and with a wide tread, 
are mounted on a strong steel truss 
frame. The frame, with wheels, runs 
completely enclosed in a tubular track 
— nothing exposed. 

Cannon Ball Door Hangers are built 
tandem or single wheel type, flexible, 
frictionless, noiseless, and constructed 
with long roller bearings. 

They are adjustable or non-adjust- 
able as may be required. The adjust- 
able type ensures an easy operating door 
at all times. If door swells or warps, 
by adjusting a screw it is moved away 
from the building, preventing any fric- 
tion or binding. If the floor swells, the 
door can be raised to clear the obstruc- 
tion by means of the adjusting nut. 

The non-adjustable hanger repre- 



sents a type that has been on the market 
for years. It is built most substan- 
tially, only the best of materials being 
used. The hangers of this type will 
operate for years and give the best of 
service. 

These tandem hangers were designed 
for use with heavy doors and operate 
successfully under all conditions. 

Cannon Ball Track is the result of 
years of experience. It represents the 
highest point of development in the 
manufacture of door tracks. 





Page Two Hundred Seventy-four 



•: 



S'TJS.TS, LIIVE ElCmi F» IVI E T^ T 



• 



No. 384 Cannon Ball Tandem Door Hanger 



Non- Adjustable 



THE Cannon Ball Door Hanger shown 
opposite is of the tandem type. Two 
special designed steel ball wheels, 
light running and noiseless, are mounted 
on a strong steel frame. Each wheel re- 
volves on ten cold rolled steel roller bear- 
ings, making the hanger absolutely friction- 
less. The frame with the wheels runs 
completely enclosed in Cannon Ball Tubu- 
lar Track — nothing is exposed to the wind 
or weather. The door strap is connected 
to this strong, steel frame by a malleable 
bracket or stirrup. This hanger is non- 
adjustable and is especially adapted for use 
with heavy doors. 

Packed one pair in a box; six pairs in 
a carton. Weight per dozen pairs, 68 lbs. 




Fig. 384 




Page Two Hundred Seventy-five 



• 



HUISJT * 1HIELJ>^ • FEI^T^IS &9 CO > 



• 



No. 440 Cannon Ball Tandem Door Hanger 

Lateral and Vertical Adjustments 

FIGURE 440 illustrates another type 
of Cannon Ball Tandem Door Hanger. 
Two special designed steel ball wheels, 
revolving on ten cold rolled steel roller bear- 
ings, are supported by a strong steel frame. 
The frame and wheels operate in Cannon 
Ball Tubular Track — nothing exposed to 
the weather. A connecting stirrup of the 
very best malleable iron supports the door 
strap. This door strap of high carbon 
steel is so designed that the door can be set 
closer to the building, or farther away, as 
desired, by means of an adjusting screw at 
the top of the strap. The door may also 
be raised or lowered as may be required by 
turning a nut at the bottom of the strap. 
This strap is designed for doors of any 
thickness. By using this hanger, doors 
that have swelled or warped, can be oper- 
ated as easily as a new door just put up. This hanger, being of the tandem 
type, is designed especially for heavy doors. 

Packed one pair in box; six pairs in carton. Weight, per dozen pairs, 84 lbs. 




Fig. 440 



Dealer's Display Model 



DISPLAY and demonstrate Cannon Ball Hangers 
and Track and easy sales will be the result. 
We furnish a neatly finished model, as illus- 
trated, suitable for counter or window display. We also 
include a very attractive display card, advertising the 
exclusive features of Cannon Ball Hangers. 

We charge regular prices only for the pair of hangers 
and the brackets. 

This model equipped with the style of hanger you 
are handling, should be included with the next order. 

Weight, each, 27 lbs. 




Fig. 792 



Page Two Hundred Seventy-s 



• 



ST^^^I^ LIIVE E:cmiF»IMIE]VT 



• 



No. 507 Cannon Ball Tandem Door Hanger 




Lateral and Vertical Adjustments 



T 



Fig. 507 



*HE hanger illustrated in Fig. 507 is 
a Tandem Cannon Ball Hanger hav- 
ing both lateral and vertical adjust- 
ments. Two steel ball wheels of special 
design are mounted on a strong steel frame. 
Each wheel revolves on ten cold rolled 
steel roller bearings, making them friction- 
less and noiseless. 

The frame and the wheels are com- 
pletely enclosed in Cannon Ball Track — 
nothing is exposed to rain or snow or other 
damaging elements so that the hanger 
operates easily, smoothly and perfectly 
at all times. 

The steel door strap is connected to the 
frame by a stirrup of malleable iron. By 
turning the set-screw at the top of the strap, the door can be moved closer to the 
building or farther away as desired. By turning to right or left the nut which sets 
on top of the door strap, 
the door may be raised 
or lowered as may be 
required. 

The No. 507 is a hanger 
that works perfectly in all 
kinds of weather and which 
will operate equally well 
on swelled and warped 
doors. 

Packed one pair in a 
box; six pairs in a 
carton. 

Weight per dozen pairs, 

o4 lbs. Mr. J. C. Beard's Star Equipped Barn at Decorah, Iowa 




Page Two Hundred Seventy-seven 



• 



HU^JT « I-IIELXI • FEl^reiS gj CO « 



• 



No. 387 Cannon Ball Tubular Track 



3-Foot Lengths 





Fig. 387 

CANNON Ball Track is recognized as the most popular 
tubular track on the market. Its reputation has 
placed it on the shelves of practically every dealer 
in the United States and Canada. This track is con- 
structed of 14 gauge, special analysis steel. It is formed 
under a process which combines the strength of material 
with the strength of design. Its construction provides 
greater strength and less friction. Being tubular in shape, 
the hangers operating inside of it are completely enclosed. 
This construction permits the hangers to operate noise- 
lessly and without friction. Cannon Ball Track is not only bird -proof but also weather-proof and 
its shape makes it self-cleaning. 

Center Brackets, Figure 682, and End Brackets, Figure 680, shown on opposite page, are used 
in connection with this track. 

Cannon Ball Tubular Track is built in 3-foot sections and is regularly packed 96 feet to the 
crate. Weight per crate of 96 feet, 205 lbs. 



Fig. 388 

Crate of Cannon Ball Track 

Convenient — Compact -May Be Stored 

Under Counter 



Detachable Cannon Ball Track Cover 



3-Foot Lengths 




Fig. 602 
Front view 
of Cannon 
Ball Hanger 

With 

Detachable 

Galvanized 

Cover 



mM 



AT an additional cost, a galvanized cover 
is provided, when desired, for short length 
Cannon Ball Track. This cover, if such 
a thing is possible, makes this track even more 
storm, wind, snow, rain and weather-proof 
than before. This cover is sold separately. 
Comes packed 96 feet to the crate. 

Weight, per crate of 96 feet, 60 lbs. 



Fig. 60:i 

Sectional View 

of Cannon Ball 

Hanger With 

Detachable 

Galvanized 

Cover 



Page Two Ihmdrcd Seventy-eight 



•^ 



STv^ri LIIVE 



E:C^I^IF»iyiE]NT 



• 



No. 681 Cannon Ball Tubular Track 

Long Lengths 




a 



f^' 



2 



6 Fi 



3 FT 



Fig. 681 



To supply the demand for longer lengths, Cannon Ball Track is made in 4, 6 and 8 ft. sections. 

Aside from the difference in length, the track shown above is exactly like that shown on the 
opposite page. These lengths in combination with the regular 3-foot sections will accommodate 
any width door. Cannon Ball Track in longer lengths than 3-foot is packed 100 feet to the crate, 
assorted as follows: three 4-foot, four 6-foot and eight 8-foot sections. Weight per crate, 215 lbs. 



Cannon Ball Track Brackets 




Fig. 682 
Center Track Bracket 




S 4» 



Fig. 683 

Intermediate Track Bracket 



Fig. 680 
End Track Bracket 



The Cannon Ball Track Brackets shown 
herewith are used to complete the simple instal- 
lation of No. 387 Cannon Ball Track in 3-foot 
lengths shown on the opposite page and the No. 
681 Cannon Ball Track in long lengths illus- 
trated above. 

Cannon Ball Center Bracket Fig, 682, is re- 
quired to join sections of Cannon Ball Tubular 
Track — the two rivets shown connect the two 
sections of the bracket and also extend down so 
as to engage the slots at the ends of the rail 
sections, preventing them from turning. 

Cannon Ball Intermediate Track Bracket, 
Fig. 683, is used to support sections of Cannon 
Ball Tubular Track longer than 3-feet. These 



Intermediate Track Brackets differ only from 
the Center Track Brackets in that they can be 
slid along the rail as desired, whereas the Center 
Track Brackets connect and support only the 
ends of the sections. 

Cannon Ball End Track Bracket, Fig. 680, 
is required to close up and support the ends of 
the track. 

The Cannon Ball Center and Intermediate 
Track Brackets are packed two dozen to the 
crate. Weight per crate, 23 lbs. 

The Cannon Ball End Track Brackets are 
packed one dozen to the crate. Weight per 
crate, 8 lbs. 



Kajte Two Hundred .Sevcnty-nlnc 



• 



FIU^JT * H[E;L>^ • F^EI^rilS &f CO • 



• 



No. 651 Covered Cannon Ball Door Track 

(Illustrated in Connection with the No. 440 Adjustable Cannon Ball Hanger) 




Fig. 685 

Splices Furnished Free 

with Covered Cannon 

Ball Track 

(Not necessary 

to specify) 



Fig. 651 



THE Covered Cannon Ball Track 
illustrated above combines all the 
advantages of the Standard Can- 
non Ball Track shown on the preceding 
pages. To this, add the advantage of a 
deep cover, which is riveted (not welded) 
to the track itself. 

This cover is sufficient in depth so 
that it not merely sheds those .rains 
which descend gently, but the cover 



comes clear down below the top of the 
door as shown in the illustration. 

By countersinking the stirrup of the 
hanger, the door can be brought still 
higher so that the door is enclosed in a 
manner which makes it practically 
weather-tight. 

This cover not only gives the greatest 
possible measure of protection as in- 
dicated above, but acts as a support for 



Page Two Hundred Eighty 



*: 



STv^Vr^ LIIVE 



e:cii-Jif»>ien^t 



• 



No. 651 Covered Cannon Ball Door Track 



(Continued) 



the track, doing away with brackets. 

Any of the Cannon Ball Hangers 
shown on pages 275, 276 and 277 can be 
used in connection with this Covered 
Cannon Ball Track. 

Covered Cannon Ball Track is fur- 
nished in four, six and eight-foot lengths. 



Four pieces of one length are packed 
in a crate. Weight of track, four and 
one-half pounds per foot. 

End Track Brackets are the same 
as those used with regular Cannon Ball 
Track and are packed in crates of one 
and two dozen each. Weight per dozen, 
9 lbs. 



Cannon Ball and Covered Cannon Ball Track 



THE special advantage of using the 
weatherproof cover supplied with 
Covered Cannon Ball Track is in the 
protection afforded where the track is 
actually above the door opening. The 
rest of the track may be regular Cannon 
Ball — without the cover. 

The splice shown in Fig. 685 on the 
opposite page makes a neat, smooth 



connection between the Covered Cannon 
Ball Track and that which is built with- 
out the cover. 

By using the Covered Cannon Ball 
Track immediately above the door open- 
ing and Cannon Ball without the cover 
for the balance of the track, quite a 
saving is effected. 



Combination 
of Regular and 
Covered Track 






m 



± 



Fig. 658 



The accompanying illustration shows 
a practical and popular way of combin- 
ing regular Cannon Ball Track with 
Covered Cannon Ball Track. As shown 
the covered track is used only where it 
is required over the door opening. 

(Covered Cannon Ball Track described 
on opposite page. Regular Cannon Ball 
Track shown on pages 278 and 279.) 



u 



GANNON ByVLLTRACK 



IN COMBINATION 

M I I I I I I h I I 
[WITH COVERED 

_ I I' I I I i U J I' Ml 

CANNON BALL TRACK 




Hunt 



HelmFerris&Co. 



Page Two Hundred Eighty-one 



• 



HU>JT « HEL^df > FEI^R-IS gj CO » 



• 



Weatherproof Cannon Ball Barn Door 
Track and Hangers 

IN the Weatherproof Cannon 
Ball Barn Door Track the 
top of the hood is turned in 
toward the building and clamped 
to it. The lower edge of the 
hood is bent out, forming a long 
deflector which throws the rain 
away from the building. 

The hood comes well down 
below the top of the door, 
preventing rain or wind from 
entering over the door. The 
hood or shield carries no weight 
whatsoever — it is a weather 
protection pure and simple. 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball 
Track itself is of much heavier 
construction than the hood, be- 
ing made of 14-gauge steel, strong and heavy enough to meet every requirement. 
Both track and hood are held in place by the same bolts which also support 
the track brackets. 




Fig. 648 

Weatherproof 

Cannon Ball Barn 

Door Track shown 

with the No. 653 

Haneer 



No. 653 Weatherproof Cannon Ball Hanger 

In Fig. 647 is shown the No. 653 Cannon Ball door hanger in connection with 
the track. A picture of the same hanger alone is shown in Fig. 653. Weight per 
dozen pairs, 74 lbs. 

No. 661 Adjustable Weatherproof 
Cannon Ball Hanger 

The hanger shown at the right is 
similar in . construction to the hanger 
shown at the left and other illustra- 
tions on this and the opposite pages. 
The difference is that it is fitted with 
an adjustable strap which permits the 
door to be raised or lowered — or set 
closer or farther from the barn — after 
the door is hung. 

Weight per dozen pairs, 96 lbs. 





Fig. 653 



Fig. 661 



Page Two Hundred Eiyhty-two 



•: 



ST^^vrs Lir^E e: Q l-J I F> IVI E I>^ T 



• 



No. 647 Weatherproof Cannon Ball Barn Door Track 




A hinged strap at the end of each 
section of cover is used to draw adjoining 
sections into line with each other so that 
they make a neat, tight, weatherproof 
connection and are securely joined. 



Fig. 647 

When strap is raised, as shown above, 
it uncovers a round opening through which 
the lateral adjustment of the hangers can 
be made by the use of a screwdriver. 



IN Figure 658 is shown a sectional view of Weatherproof 
Cannon Ball Track and Hanger. This illustration clearly shows 
the extra deep cover or hood, with which the track is provided. 
It also shows how the track conforms exactly to the shape of the 
steel ball wheel, giving the wheel an even bearing on both sides. 
This illustration also shows the shape of the stirrup, which 
conforms to the shape of the track and prevents the hanger from 
jumping off. 

The track and cover being independent of each other, the 
track is put up before the cover is applied. Nail holes are pro- 
vided along the upper edge so that the track can be set in place, 
properly alligned and securely fastened before the cover is bolted on. 

Center Track Brackets 





I 



N Figure 656 at the left is shown the 
Center Track Bracket or Splice, by 
means of which two sections of track 
are accurately lined up where they con- 
nect, making a smooth joint. 

This track is furnished in 4, 6 and 
8-foot lengths, and is packed in crates of 
52 feet, made up of two 4-foot, two 6-foot 
and four 8-foot lengths. Weight of track, per foot, 3I4 lbs. 
Enough Center Track Brackets to install the track are included in each crate of 
track. End Track Brackets packed in crates of one dozen each. Weight of brackets, 
per dozen, 7 lbs. 



Fig. 658 

Sectional View of 
Weatherproof Cannon 
Ball Track and Hanger 



Fig. 65t, 



Page Two Hundred Eifility- three 



• 



FIUWT • HELXI • FErg-R-IS &J CZ O 



• 



No. 845 Weatherproof Tandem Door Hanger 




Fig. 571 
Sectional View of Wheel 
Showing Roller Bearings 



Fig. 845 



THE Weatherproof Tandem Door 
Hanger shown in Fig. 845 at the 
left is practically noiseless and 
frictionless. The toughness of steel 
with the desirable qualities of iron, 
have been combined in the construc- 
tion of the wheels. They are roller 
bearing, as indicated in Fig. 571, and 
run in a roomy groove. The tandem 
truck holds the wheels in alignment 
and prevents them from sticking or 
binding. 

Packed one pair in a box; six pairs 
in a carton. Weight per dozen pairs, 
85 lbs. See opposite page for descrip- 
tion of track. 



No. 846 Weatherproof Tandem Door Hanger 

Lateral and Vertical Adjustments 

IN Fig. 846 at the right is shown 
the Weatherproof Tandem Door 

Hanger, which combines all the 
desirable features of the No. 845 
hanger shown above in addition to 
the adjustable features. 

The door strap of high carbon steel 
is so designed that by turning the 
screw in the top of it, the door can 
be placed closer to the building or set farther away from it- 

By loosening the two nuts at either side of the strap, the 
height of the door may be adjusted by turning the nut 
at the bottom of the strap. 

By using this hanger, doors that have swelled or warped 
can be operated as easily as a new door. 

Packed one pair in a box; six pairs in a carton. Weight 
per dozen pairs, 107 lbs. 





Page Two Hundred Eiehty-four 



• 



ST^^I^ LII>JE EC^UIF>iyiE]NT 



• 



No. 847 Weatherproof Barn Door Track 




Fig. 847 

THIS new Weatherproof Barn Door Track is all that its name 
implies. The deep cover affords a shelter that protects the 
track, brackets and hangers from the ravages of rust, and 
more important still -it comes down below the top of the door and 
keeps rain, sleet and snow from blowing into the barn. 

Easiest Track to Install 

No directions are needed. There is nothing to figure out. You 
can't put it up wrong. Track, brackets, cover and cover splices 
are all riveted together, making a one-piece track. You can start at 
either end. Lag screw one piece to the barn, add the other sections, 
hang your door, put on your end stops and the job is done. 

And that's all you will ever have to do, because both track and 
hangers are virtually trouble-proof. 

The cover cannot sag and rub on the hangers. Neither can it 
lose its shape, and the weatherproof feature that the shape gives it; 
it has no weight to hold up, the track being independently supported 
by good, strong brackets, as shown in both pictures on this page. 

The illustrations also show how the heavy track is firmly riveted to 
these sturdy brackets. There is no danger of the track being torn 
loose from its fastenings. 

The sectional view at the right shows that the hanger has plenty 
of clearance and the groove in which the wheels operate is large 
enough to give the wheels ample room to run without sticking or 
binding. 

The track can't be thrown out of line at the joints because — as 
shown in the cut-away view above — the lip or projection from the 
end of one piece of track fits accurately into a corresponding notch 
in the end of the next section. This automatically lines up the 
track. It makes an even joint so that the operation of the hanger 
is perfectly smooth. 

Track comes in 4 ft., 6 ft. and 8 ft. lengths. It is packed in crates 
of 52 ft., consisting of two 4 ft., two 6 ft. and four 8 ft. sections. 
Weight of track per foot, 234 lbs. End track brackets packed with 
hangers. 




Fig. 848 
Sectional View 

Page Two Hundred Eighty-five 



• 



FlUP^T • HEL>1 • F"Erir2.IS &9 CO 



• 



No. 28 Twentieth Century Door Hanger 



Roller Bearing, for Round Track 





THERE always has and probably always will exist 
a demand for a strictly A No. 1 round track 
door hanger. 

The Twentieth Century Barn Door Hanger has 
proven itself a decided improvement, both in style 
and construction, on all other hangers of this class. 

Both frame and hood of the hanger are one mal- 
leable piece. This makes it strong enough for the 
largest doors. 

The wheels have wide grooves and run on hardened 
steel roller bearings which, of course, reduce friction 
to a minimum. 
A projecting lip below the wheel makes it impossible to jump the track. 

The hanger, running on round track, possesses about the same amount 
of flexibility as ordinary hinge or flexible types. 

Finish is battleship gray enamel and red. Hangers packed one pair in a box 
with bolts and brackets — six pairs to wooden case. 
Weight, per dozen pairs, 74 lbs. 





Fig. 29 
Sectional View 



Paiic Two Iliniflrr-d Eij;l,ty-si; 



• 



srrjs.Tt LiN^E e:cii-jif>>ie:nt 



• 



No. 30 Twentieth Century Door Track 



Made in Two-foot Sections Only 




THE fact that Twentieth Century 
Barn Door Track is made in two- 
foot sections gives it five distinct 
advantages over ordinary round track. 
Here they are — 

1. Easier to erect. You don't have 
to juggle ten-foot sections in the air. 

2. Bracket turns on splice so rail 
cannot warp. 

3. Any width of door can be fitted 
with the necessary length of track. 
Carpenter doesn't have to find different 
length of track for different doors. 

4. Dealer at all times has complete 
stock of track as it is only necessary 



for him to carry one length. This can 
easily be stored under counter if desired. 

5. The track is closed — the only 
round track that IS — consequently no 
water can get in to rust it away. 

We positively guarantee that this 
track is as strong at the splice as at 
any other point and stiff enough to 
sustain the heaviest door. 

The splice is exactly the same diam- 
eter as the track and forms a continuous 
and smooth passage for the hanger. 

All track crated 100 feet to crate, 
finished in battleship gray enamel; 
diameter I's inches; weight per 100 
feet, 120 lbs. 















BARNDOOR TRftCK 
. HLiNTiHEUrFERmsircn'HARVARD IlL, 



Fig. 82. Splice 



Fig. 49. Section 
Fig. 42. End Bracket Track Bracket 



Fig. 140 
Crate Containing 100 feet 



Page Two Hundred Eighty-seven 



• 



MU^NT • HELM « FEI^R-IS &> CO 




No. 397 Flexo Door Hanger 

Roller Bearing — Hinge Type 




THE FLEXO HANGER, 
as the name suggests, 
meets every demand for 
a practical hinge hanger to 
operate on flat track. This 
hanger is flexible and hinged 
to the door so it can be 
pushed out at the bottom, as 
illustrated in Fig. 399, if de- 
sired. This hanger cannot 
jump the track nor get out 
of order. 

The Flexo Hanger is neat 
in design and nicely finished 
in gray enamel, trimmed with red. It is roller bearing 
and fitted with a double steel door strap attached. 
The removable steel pin, secured by a cotter, permits 
attaching the door strap to the hanger after it has been 
secured to the door. 

One pair of hangers, complete with bolts, packed in a 
pasteboard box, one dozen pairs to wooden case. 

Weight, per dozen pairs, 64 lbs. 

No. 160 Flexo Door Track used with Flexo Door 
Hangers, is made of high carbon steel, j^ x l^i in., 
furnished in 6, 8 and 10 ft. lengths. 

Weight, per 100 ft., 105 lbs. 





Fig. 160 
Flexo Track 



I'agL- Two Hundred Ei6hty-i.ii;ht 




ccrage 
Doorffc 



angers 



• 



HLJIVT • IHIELJyi • F^EriR-IS fi> CO 



• 



No. 800 Cannon Ball Combination Garage Door Set 

(Folding-Sliding) 




Fig. 785 



THE Cannon Ball Combination 
(Folding-Sliding) Garage Door 
Set, neat and efficient, has been 
especially designed for use on" all types 
of garages. By the use of regular Can- 
non Ball Track and specially designed 
Cannon Ball Hangers we have devised a 
complete garage outfit which will fit a 
door opening of any size up to 8} 2 feet. 
The same outfit can be furnished for 
wider doors on special order. Like 
other Cannon Ball Hangers and Track, 
this garage door hanging is frictionless 
and noiseless and operates most easily. 
When the folding-sliding doors are opened 



they are automatically held in place by 
the patented spring bracket which sup- 
ports the end of the track. This spring 
device operates regardless of the thick- 
ness of the doors. An adjustment on 
the hanger prevents the doors sag- 
ging. As the folding-sliding doors fold 
inside, they take up a minimum amount 
of space and operate in a small circum- 
ference. If it is undesirable to operate 
the whole front, a convenient entrance 
is obtained by means of a single swing- 
ing door. By the use of this outfit the 
opening is made weather tight. These 
sets are packed complete, ready to install. 



Page Two Hundred Ninety 



•: 



snrJS.Ti LirvE 



EC^I-JIF^I^EIVT 



• 



No. 800 Cannon Ball Combination Garage Door Set 



(Folding-Sliding — Continued ) 



IN Fig. 787 is illustrated the 
inside of a garage with the 
doors closed and the complete 
Cannon Ball Combination Garage 
Set in view. Note how perfectly 
the doors fit the opening, making 
it weather-tight. The door to the 
right swings independently of the 
other two, permitting an easy 
entrance to or exit from the garage 
— a great convenience at all times, 
especially in cold weather. The 
two spring door bolts, one located 
at the top, the other at the bottom, at 
the center of the folding-sliding doors, 
lock them securely and keep the entrance 
weather-tight. 






nan 
nnn 



nnnnnf 






nnn 

nnn 



^W' 



Fig. 787 

FIGURE 786 shows the inside of a 
garage with all the doors open. 
Note that the private entrance 
door swings back against the wall at the 
right. Also that the two 
folding-sliding doors on the 
left roll back on our special 
Garage Hanger running in 
Cannon Ball Track, and 
fold against the wall, where 
'''-.Ml they lie flat, occupying 
only the space required by 
their own thickness. 

They are held in this 
position by our patented 
Spring Bracket which sup- 
ports the track at the end, 
as shown in the illustration. 
When the doors are folded back against the wall, the spring in the bracket 
holds them securely, regardless of their thickness. 




Fig. 786 



Page Two Hundred Ninety- 



•- 



HU>JT « I-IELIVI • F^EFil^IS &y CO 



• 



No. 800 Cannon Ball Combination Garage Door Set 



I Folding-Sliding Continued) 




FIGURE 788 shows the Cannon Ball Spring Track support attached to the 
end of the track at the left. The Track is supported at the opposite end 
by a track bracket that swivels. When the Folding-Sliding Doors are 
opened, the track adjusts itself to allow the doors to swing around and lie flat 
against the wall. 

The spring in the supporting bracket holds the doors securely against the wall, 
regardless of their thickness. 

The doors can be closed by simply giving them a slight pull they almost 
close themselves. 



Dealers* Display Outfit 

DISPLAY this model on your 
counter, or in your show win- 
dow. Demonstrate to con- 
tractors and builders of garages the 
only perfect Combination Garage Door 
Set. A neatly printed placard is in- 
cluded with each model, stating twelve 
big talking points that are bound to 
convince. Include one of these models 
with your next order for Cannon Ball 
Hangers. 

Weight, each, 24 lbs. 



Linniin Hall l.j'ni!!lI!.ME <"ir'i&'i'""'_^'-''| 

Thnl Wilj '^PP*^' !2 ley ~ 

... 




Fig. 790 



P.tnc Two lltnulrcd Nincly-two 



• 



ST^^r^ Lir^E E:QI^IF»iyiE^4T 



• 



No. 800 Cannon Ball Combination Garage Door Set 



(Folding-Sliding Continued 



"MGURE 800 shows one complete garage 
< set. 

This set contains: 
1 6} 2-foot length of Cannon Ball Track. 
1 Cannon Ball Swivel Bracket. 
1 Floor Guide. 
1 Hand Pull. 
1 Specially designed Tandem Cannon Ball 

Hanger. 
6 "T" Hinges. 
3 Butt Hinges. 
1 set Chain and Foot Bolts. 
1 Spring Supporting Bracket for Cannon 

Ball Track. 
1 Cannon Ball Door Latch. 
The necessary screws, lags and bolts are 

included for installation. 
A complete set, ready to be installed. 
Weight, per set, 35 lbs. 




Fig. 789 

FLOOR GUIDE 
FOR CANNON BALL 

COMBINATION 
GARAGE DOOR SET 

FIGURE 789 shows the operation 
of the floor guide used in con- 
nection with the Cannon Ball 
Combination Garage set. The 
folding-sliding doors glide into it 
easily, and will hold firmly in place 
when once closed. The swinging 
door slides into place and when these 
doors are locked, the floor guide pre- 
vents any play. It holds the doors 
firmly. 




Fig. 802 

SPECIAL GARAGE HANGER 

FIGURE 802 illustrates the Special Garage Hanger 
used in the Cannon Ball Combination Garage 
Door Set. This hanger is of the tandem type, 
each wheel revolving on ten cold rolled steel roller 
bearings. This hanger swivels, permitting an easy opera- 
tion of the doors. It is an adjustable hanger, a feature 
which permits the doors to operate if they are warped, 
or if the floor is swelled. One hanger packed in a Cannon 
Ball Combination Garage Door Set. 



Page Two Hundred Ninety-three 



• 



HLJT«4T • MELIVI • F^EI^rtlS &j CO 



ir 



No. 900 Flexo Folding-Sliding Garage Door Set 




Fig. 985 



THE above illustration pictures the 
practicability of the No. 900 Flexo 
Folding-Sliding Garage Set. Note 
that the service door swings back against 
the wall at the right, also that the two 
folding-sliding doors on the left roll 
back on our special Garage Hanger. 
These doors fold back against the wall 
where they lie flat, occupying only the 
space required by their own thickness. 
See Fig. 886 on opposite page. The end 
of the track being blocked out, holds the 
door securely back against the wall. 



The distinctive features of the No. 
900 Flexo Folding-Sliding Garage Door 
Set which will appeal to you, are 

1. Fits any opening. 

2. Easy to install. 

3. Adjustable Hanger to take care 
of sagging. 

4. A weather-proof entrance. 

5. Doors fold inside, occupying 
minimum space. 

6. Neat in appearance and efficient 
in service. 



Two Hundred Ninety-four 



• 



"star LIIVE JEQUIF^IVIEIVT 



if: 



t 



nnn tn-in 



No. 900 Flexo Folding-Sliding Garage Door Set 

(Continued) 

THE Flexo Folding-Sliding 
Garage Door Set, Fig. 900, ■^■^ " " « ' ^_,. _ _" Js! 

includes sufficient items for 
one complete Garage outfit. The 
set contains one length of track, 
one floor guide, one specially de- 
signed Garage Hanger, one-half 
dozen "T" hinges, three butts, 
one pair chain and foot bolts and 
one Cannon Ball Door Latch. 
One hand pull. ' The necessary- 
screws and bolts are included. 
The weight of the complete set, 
including a 63^-foot section of 
track, is 35 lbs. 



nnn 

nnn 

LJi_jLJ 




Fig. 900 



Illustration Fig. 887 shows a view taken inside of a Garage with the doors equipped with the 
No. 900 Flexo Folding-Sliding Garage Door Set. Note how perfectly the doors fit the opening, 
making it weather-tight. The door to the right swings independently, permitting an easy entrance to 
or exit from the Garage without disturbing the other doors — a great convenience at all times, espe- 
cially in cold weather. The two spring door bolts, one located at the top and the other at the bottom, 
at the center of the folding-sliding doors, lock them securely and keep the entrance weather -tight. 



Page Two Hundred Ninety-five 



*: 



HU>JT « 1HIEL>^ • FEI^I^IS &9 CO > 



• 



Cannon Ball Garage Door Hangers 

For Use with Cannon Ball Curve and Right Angle Installations, 
Described on the Following Pages 





Fig. 715 
per dozen pairs, 56 lbs. 
n installations shown 
"pages 298 and 299 




Fig. 735 

Weight per dozen pairs, 76 lbs. 

Used in installation shown 

on page 297 



THE old, reliable Cannon Ball 
Hanger built with special 
straps and swivelling 
arrangement. 

The Straps are adjustable to 
fit a door of any thickness and 
are also reversible, allowing attach- 
ment at either right or left end 
of the door. 

The swivelling arrangement is 
necessary in order that the hangers 
will operate in the curve or right 
angle. 

Figure 715 illustrates the 
Single - Wheel Non - adjustable 
Cannon Ball Garage Swivel 
Hanger for use in connection with 
Cannon Ball Curve. 

Figure 734 illustrates the 
Single-Wheel Adjustable Cannon 
Ball Garage Swivel Hanger for 
use in connection with Cannon 
Ball Curve. 

Figure 735 illustrates the Two- 
Wheel Non-adjustable Cannon 
Ball Garage Swivel Hanger for 
use in connection with the Can- 
non Ball Right Angle. 

Figure 736 illustrates the Two- 
Wheel Adjustable Cannon Ball 
Garage Swivel Hanger for use in 
connection with Cannon Ball 
Right Angle. 




Fig. 734 

Weight per dozen pairs, 67 lbs. 

Used in installations shown 

on pages 298 and 299 




Fig. 736 

Weight per dozen pairs, 89 lbs. 

Used in installation shown 

on page 297 



Page Two Hundred Ninety-six 



•-: 



ST>A.rg LIIVE E:CfcUIF»IVIEI^T 



• 



Cannon Ball Right Angle Installation 




Fig. 737 

ONE of the general types of garages for which garage 
equipment must be furnished, is where the opening 
is placed to the extreme side of the front of the 
garage. The accompanying illustration shows how in 
such a case, the door can be installed by the use of a 
Cannon Ball Right Angle in connection with Cannon 
Ball Track and Brackets (see pages 278 and 279). 

The Cannon Ball Right Angle consists of two 3-foot 
lengths of track, cut out, intercrossed and gas- 
welded, forming a right angle. Each arm of the 
right angle is 3 feet in length; is notched on the end, 
as is a regular piece of Cannon Ball Track, so that it 
can be joined to Cannon Ball Track by the use of 
Cannon Ball Center Brackets. 

Two runs of track are installed and joined by 
the Cannon Ball Right Angle. With this arrange- 
ment, Cannon Ball Tandem Garage Hangers, Nos. 
735 or 736, page 296, are used. 

A Single Door should have two handles set 
a foot from each end of the door. 

For an installation where the Cannon Ball Right 
Angle is used, the following material is necessary: 
FOR ONE 8-FOOT DOOR 
1-12 dozen pair No. 735 or No. 736 Cannon 

Ball Garage Hangers. 
12 feet Fig. 387 Cannon Ball Track. 



One only Fig. 716 Cannon Ball Right Angle. 

1-3 dozen Fig. 682 Cannon Ball Center Brackets. 

1-6 dozen Fig. 680 Cannon Ball End Brackets. 
Note that this takes care of the type of garage where 
the Cannon Ball Track Curve cannot be used, for lack 
of space. If the garage is too short to permit the use 
of an 8-foot door, two 4-foot doors can easily be installed, 
but such installations require careful fitting. 




Fig. 716 
The No. 716 Cannon Ball Right Angle for use with Cannon 
Ball Track and Brackets. Weight, each, 15 lbs. 
Two supporting brackets are furnished as 
shown in the illustration. 



Page Two Hundred Ninety-seven 



*: 



HU>JT « HELXI • FE I^rMS &f CO 



• 



Cannon Ball Curve Installation 




Fig. 775 



BY the arrangement of Cannon Ball Track as shown 
in the accompanying illustration, rolling doors can 
be used where the opening is nearly as wide as the 
building itself. 

When hung in this manner the doors remain inside the 
building where they are not subject to damage by wind 
or accident, and when open lie back against the wall 
where they occupy only the space required by their own 
thickness. 

To arrange Cannon Ball Track as shown in Fig. 775, 
Cannon Ball Track Curve Fig. 712 is used. 

The Cannon Ball Track Curve is a curved length of 
standard Cannon Ball Track. It fits into brackets like 
the straight lengths. A special support riveted to the 
top of the curve and fastened to a brace as shown, keeps 
the curve from twisting or sagging. The center radius 
of the curve is twelve inches. The distance from the 
middle of the track bracket, joining the curve and the 
straight track, to the corner is I4V2 inches. The opening 
should be started at least 15 inches from the corner, so 
that the door hangers rest in the straight track when 
the door is closed. 

Cannon Ball Single Wheel Garage Swivel Hangers 
as shown in Fig. 715 and Fig. 734, page 296, are used in 
connection with the track curve. 

A handle should be attached to each of the outer 
sections of the three-section door, one foot from the 
outer edge of each. A third handle should be located 
in the middle of the center section. 



Equipment necessary for complete installation where 
Cannon Ball Curve is used: 

FOR ONE 3 SECTION, 8-FOOT DOOR 

1-6 dozen pair No. 715 or No. 734 Cannon Ball Garage 

Hangers. 
18 feet Fig. 387 Cannon Ball Track. 
1 only Fig. 712 Cannon Ball Curve. 
V2 dozen Fig. 682 Cannon Ball Center Brackets. 
1-6 dozen Fig. 680 Cannon Ball End Brackets. 




Fig. 712 

The No. 712 Cannon Ball Track Curve for use with 
Fig. 387 Cannon Ball Track, Brackets, etc. 
Weight, each, 4 lbs. 



PaKC Two Ilundri-d Nim-ty-eialit 



*: 



gST^^r^ Lii^E e:c^ui F»iyi E ^4T 



• 



Cannon Ball Curve Installation 



IN Fig. 774 is 
illustrated the 
two-door in- 
stallation for use 
with the Cannon 
Ball Curve. These 
two doors may be 
hinged in the mid- 
dle, and by using 
the No. 715 or No. 
734 Cannon Ball 
Garage Swivel 
Hangers, illustra- 
ted on page 296, 
they may be opera- 
ted easily and suc- 
cessfully. Two 
door pulls as shown 
in the illustration, 
should be located 
at least six inches 




Fig. 774 



from outside edge of each door. These doors, when open, lie against the side wall and occup'; s.ily 
the space required by their own thickness. They are much more convenient than a single door 
as they require less space in turning the corner. Regular Cannon Ball Track, Fig. 387, Center 
Brackets, Fig. 682, and End Brackets, Fig. 680, are used, together with a regular Cannon Ball 
Curve as shown in Fig. 712 on the preceding page. 

FIGURE 773 
shows the in- 
side arrange- 
ment of a garage 
where two four- 
foot doors meeting 
in the center are 
used to close an 
eight-foot door 
opening. Fig. 712 
Cannon Ball Track 
Curve is used in 
connection with 
Fig. 387 Cannon 
Ball Track, Fig. 382 
Cannon Ball Cen- 
ter Brackets and 
Fig. 680 Cannon 
Ball End Brackets. 
When two four-foot 
doors are used, each 
should have a handle 
set six inches from the 
outside edge, 
rig. 77j 

Equipment necessary: 1-6 doz. pair No. 715 or No. 734 Cannon Ball Garage Hangers. 21 feet Fig. 387 
Cannon Ball Track. 2 only Fig. (712 Cannon Ball Curve. 2^ doz. Fig. 682 Cannon Ball Center Brackets. 
1-6 doz. Fig. 680 Cannon Ball End .Brackets. 




Page Two Hundred Ninety-nin 



•: 



Hl-TNT • HE:L>1 • FJET^R-IS &> CO 



• 




Cannon Ball Parallel-Track Installation 



THE Cannon Ball Parallel-Track Installation is shown in the above illus- 
tration. Note that two runs of Fig. 387 Cannon Ball Tubular Track are 
supported by Fig. 696 Cannon Ball Parallel Center Brackets. Cannon 
Ball Door Hangers as illustrated on pages 275, 276 or 277 are used. 

This installation is adapted for permitting one series of Doors to operate 
in connection with another series of doors on an adjoining track. This arrange- 
ment permits the doors to pass or repass each other so that two doors or two 
series of doors occupy no greater space than one, if desired. 

Fig. 861 showsa cross section of two doors and the two tracks running parallel, 
which instantly conveys the practicability of this arrangement where it is de- 
sirable to use doors to close a wider opening than a single door would occupy. 

Brackets for supporting runs of Cannon Ball Track installed parallel, are 
fitted with two sleeves of 12-gauge material riveted to a triangular brace 
made of 3-16 x IV2 inch steel. The rivets project ■* s of an inch on the inside 
of the track, engaging the slots in the ends of the track sections, preventing 
them from turning, thus keeping the track in perfect alignment. 

Parallel Cannon Ball Center or Intermediate brackets, weight per dozen, 30 lbs. 

Parallel Cannon Ball End Brackets, weight per dozen, 12 lbs. 




Fig. 803 
Cannon Ball Parallel 
Intermediate Bracket 



Fig. 698 

Cannon Ball Parallel 

End Bracket 



Fig. 696 

Cannon Ball Parallel 

Center Bracket 




Fig. 861 

The Illustration 
abo\ e IS drawn 
to exact scale 
and shows the 
proper method 
olattachingand 
supporting the 
track 



Page Three Hundred 




■ ■; 



IT 


' , 




Fig. 780 



Cannon Ball Straight-Track Installation 



REGULAR Cannon Ball Track Fig. 387, Center 
Brackets Fig. 682 and End Brackets Fig. 680 are 
used in the installation shown in the above illustra- 
tion. This installation is used where a door is hung on 
the inside of a garage sufficiently wide to permit the door 
sliding back as illustrated in Fig. 780. Any one of the 
Cannon Ball Hangers illustrated and described on pages 
275, 276 or 277 may be used in this installation, but we 
suggest the use of No. 440 Cannon Ball Tandem Door 
Hanger illustrated herewith. This has proven most satis- 
factory. A complete description of Cannon Ball Track 
and Brackets may be found on pages 278 and 279. 

Fig. 440 illustrates Cannon Ball Tandem Barn Door 
Hanger for installations as shown above. For description 
see page 276. 




Fig. 440 



Page Three Hundred One 



• 



Hl-j:NTr • I-IELXI * FEl^Tg-IS &f CO * 



• 



Barn Door Stay Rollers 

No. 174 HARVARD STAY ROLLER No. 176 PERFECTION STAY ROLLER 



STEEL frame with gray iron wheel, as shown in 
Figure 174. Easily and quickly adjusted. Cannot 
roll over or get away from the door. Japan finish. 
Packed one-half dozen 
in pasteboard box. 

Weight, per dozen, 11 
pounds. 




Fig. 174 




Fig. 176 



The frame of Fig. 176 is 
made of heavy steel and the 
adjusting parts of iron. Can- 
not turn over sideways or get 
away from the door. 

Japan finish, packed one 
dozen in a box. 

Weight, per dozen, 
12 pounds. 



No. 173 STANDARD STAY ROLLER 

Made of steel[^with gimlet point thread and gray iron wheel. Illustrated 
in Fig. 173. Japan finish. Weight, per dozen, 7 pounds. 




Fig. 173 

No. 172 STAR STAY ROLLER (ADJUSTABLE) 

Fig. 172 illustrates the STAR Door Stay Roller. It will pay you to 
look at its design carefully. Positively cannot roll over sideways or bend 
away from the door. 

Spike is made of best 
malleable iron. Lag screw is 
put in to hold it in place. 

Japan finish. Packed one 
dozen in pasteboard box. 




Fig. 172 



Weight, per dozen, 
11 pounds. 



Page Three Hundred Two 



*- 



STv^re LIIVE e:quif»i»i[e P^T 



• 



Barn Door Stay Rollers 



No. 175 No. 754 

DUPLEX STAY ROLLER THE GIANT STAR STAY ROLLER 




THE principal points of the 
roller illustrated in Fig. 
175 are strength and neatness. 
Lag screw is 5 x } 2 inches and wheel is 
made of gray iron. 

Packed one dozen to the pasteboard box. 
Weight, per dozen, 11 lbs. 

No. 563 UNIVERSAL STAY ROLLER 



Adjustable and 
Reversible 




Fig. 563 




FIGURE 563 shows the Universal Stay 
Roller in position where it is desired to 
attach it to the bam. Note extra wide 
space between screw holes, giving added strength 
and rigidity. 

The Universal Stay Roller is reversible, thus 
allowing roller being used where it is desirable 
to set the legs in cement floor or driveway. 
This would be necessary in case of a cement 
or stone barn. The end of the plate to which 
the wheel is attached is slotted. This makes 
the roller adjustable to doors of different widths. 

Packed 3 2 dozen in pasteboard box and 3 
dozen in wooden box for shipping. Japan finish. 

Weight, per dozen, 11 pounds. 




A Stay Roller That Is a Giant 
in Strength 

THE Giant STAR Stay Roller was designed 
on account of the great demand for a large, 
heavy, stay roller for cement. It is made 
of the very best iron throughout. The wheel is 
SV'i inches in diameter, having an inch and a 
quarter face. The complete roller is 6 inches in 
height. The bottom loop or template is firmly 
imbedded in the cement. The stay roller being 
separate, it can be attached by the two bolts 
and nuts as shown in the illustration, after the 
cement has hardened around the template. The 
roller is adjustable to doors of different thick, 
nesses by means of the two bolts as shown in the 
illustration. Finished in black japan. Packed 
loose. Weight, each, 3 lbs. 



Page Three Hundred Three 



• 



HUISJT « FH[E:L>^ » FEI^I^IS fij CO 



• 



No. 694 Cannon Ball Door Latch 

For Swinging or Sliding Doors 




Fig. 694 



The Cannon Ball Door Latch illustrated in 
Fig. 694 may be used on any door whether it 
slides or swings, and whether it opens to the right 
or left. It latches automatically, being con- 
trolled by a single, simple spring, which makes 
its operation quick and sure. 

Tne latch guard is so designed that it cannot 
be opened by accident, although it can be easily 
opened by a turn of the handle from either inside 
or outside. 



A padlock may be hooked into a hole above 
the latch bolt, locking the door. 

The latch plate, handles, and all exposed 
parts are so shaped and protected that they will 
not catch on harness or other passing objects. 

This latch is designed to fit doors of any 
thickness up to two and one-half inches. 

Finished in black japan, thoroughly baked 
on at a high temperature. 

Each latch packed separately in cardboard 
cartons. Weight, per one-half dozen, 8 lbs. 



No. 793 Cannon Ball 
Door Stop 




Fig. 793 

THE Cannon Ball Door Stop illustrated in 
Fig. 793 is constructed of special high 
carbon steel. It is firmly braced, and 
when attached to the side of the building, offers 
a perfect and substantial bumper for the door. 
Adjustable to doors of different thicknesses. It 
is finished in black Japan. Packed one dozen 
in box. Weight, per dozen, 9 lbs. 



No. 177 Star Gravity 
Barn Door Catch 




Fig. 177 

Fastened to the side of the building, this de- 
vice automatically catches the door and holds it 
open. 

Packed one dozen in a box. 

Weight, per dozen, 6 lbs. 



*: 



S^TJKT^ LIIVE 



EZQI^IF^IVIEN^T 



^ 



No. 823 Star Outside Door Latch 

THE STAR Door Latch, as shown 
in Fig. 823 at the left, is used 
outside to draw a pair of sHding 
doors together, making the connection 
tight and stormproof. 

The hook or catch is inserted in the 
loop attached to the stationary part of 
the latch. The handle is then pushed 
down into the position shown in the 
picture just as you would close the 
blade of a knife; The strong spring attached to the loop not only draws the 
doors tightly together, but also automatically locks the latch so that it can- 
not be opened by accident. 

The latch handle can be locked shut with a padlock. 

This latch is especially valuable where doors have been so warped or r£'.*.Ked 
that they do not meet evenly in the middle. 

No. 823 STAR Door Latches are packed in paper cartons. Weight per 
dozen, 10 lbs. 

No. 860 Star Inside Door Latch 




Fig. 823 



1 



' I "^HE lower illustration on this page 
shows a latch used to draw the door 
up tight against the casing. This 
makes a stormproof connection between 
the door and the building. It is par- 
ticularly desirable in the case of doors 
which have been hung for some time 
and do not accurately fit the opening. 
The construction of this latch differs 
but slightly from that of the latch 
shown above in Fig. 823; it operates 
in exactly the same manner. It can 
be locked with a padlock. 

Fig. 860 STAR Inside Door Latches 
are packed in paper cartons. Weight 
per dozen, 10 lbs. 




Fig. 860 



Page Three Hundred Five 



• 



HUISTT « HELIVI ' FERRIS &J CO • 2^ 



No. 404 Cannon Ball House Door Hanger 



• 




Exact Size 



IN response to repeated 
demands that we manu- 
facture a house door 
hanger similar in construc- 
tion to the Cannon Ball 
Barn Door Hanger we pre- 
sent herewith our Cannon 
Ball House Door Hanger 
and Track which possesses 
features of merit and ad- 
vantage not found in other 
makes of goods of this class. 

The hanger and plate 
for attaching to the door 
are made of steel; the 
adjusting screw has an 
extra long bearing in 
the^'rame of the hang- 
er, making a very p.^^^^ 

strong and positive ad- 
justment; two specially formed wheels are used which 
are indestructible, wide tread, leather covered, noise- 
less, fitted with roller bearings and are, therefore, light 
running. 

The hangers are packed one full set or half set in a 
wooden box, neatly labeled. Ten full or half sets in a 
crate. 

Weight of hangers, per pair, 4i 2 lbs. 

The track used is made from No. 14 gauge steel, 
specially formed, and slotted 14-inch on the under side 
to take the hanger frame. The diameter is 2^ i inches, 
inside measurement. The construction has been rigidly 
tested and is guaranteed to be entirely satisfactory. 

Weight of track, per foot, 2 lbs. 

Fig. 441 illustrates the specially formed rollers used on the Cannon Ball House 
Door Hanger. These rollers have steel bushings covered with sole leather washers, 
with a red fibre washer at either end, all of which are brought together under 
heavy pressure and held in place, on either side by a steel washer. The wheel is 
then placed in a lathe and perfectly turned to the required size. 




Fig. 441 

Noiseless, Leather-Tread Wheel of 

the Cannon Ball House 

Door Hanger 



Page Three Hundred Six 



i^ 



STJ\.Tt HN^E E: QUIF^IVIE P^T 



• 



No. 411 Cannon Ball House Door Track 




Fig. 411 



THIS Track is made from No. 14 gauge steel, 
specially formed and slotted 34 -inch on the 
under side to take the hanger frame. The 
diameter is 2 34 inches, inside measurement. The 



construction has been rigidly tested and is guar- 
anteed to be entirely satisfactory. Weig''^*: of 
track, per foot, 2 lbs. Furnished with two- 
piece hardwood header. 




Fig. 412 



Track Adjustment 



We call particular attention to the track ad- 
justment. It is not necessary to take the Can- 
non Ball Track down to adjust it. The track 
is adjusted quickly at the door opening with 

DOUBLE DOORS DOUBLE DOORS 
No. Size of Opening No. Size of Opening 



6 in. 



the use of a screwdriver only. Either end of 
the track may be raised or lowered as desired and 
secured in the adjusted position. This is a feature 
not found in any other house door track. 



24 


4 ft. 


27 


7 ft. 


241/. 


4 ft. 6 in. 


2732 


7 ft. 


25 


5 ft. 


28 


8 ft. 


251/ 


5 ft. 6 in. 


29 


9 ft. 


26 


6 ft. 


210 


10 ft. 


2634 


6 ft. 6 in. 







SINGLE DOORS 


SINGLE DOORS 


No. 


Size of Opening 


No. 


Size of Opening 


121., 


2 ft. 6 in. 


15 U 


5 ft. 6 in. 


13 


3 ft. 


16 


6 ft. 


1314 


3 ft. 6 in. 


161:^ 


6 ft. 6 in. 


14 


4 ft. 


17 


7 ft. 


141/ 


4 ft. 6 in. 


. 171 


7 ft. 6 in. 


15 


5 ft. 




Page Three Hundred Sev 



• 



FlUJ^T • I^ELIVI » FEI^T^IS &j CO 



:• 



No. 468 Cannon Ball, Jr., House Door Hanger 




Fig. 468 



FIGURE 468 illustrates the Cannon Ball, Jr., 
House Door Hanger, which is of the same 
construction and has the same adjustment 
as the Cannon Ball House Door Hanger. The 
only difference is that it has a single wheel in- 
stead of two wheels. The roller is covered with 
sole leather and is therefore noiseless. The track 
is shipped with the header attached as shown 



in the illustration and is easily installed and 
guaranteed to work perfectly. 

The hangers are packed one full or half set 
in a wooden box, neatly labeled. Ten full or 
half sets in a crate. Screws, stop and floor 
guides packed with the hangers. Weight of 
hangers, per pair, 4I4 lbs. Weight of track, 
per foot, 2 lbs. 



DOU 


BLE DOORS 


DOUBLE DOORS 


SINGLE DOORS 


SINGLE DOORS 


No. 


Size of Opening 


No. Size of Opening 


No. 


Size of Opening 


No. 


Size of Opening 


24 


4 ft. 


27 7 ft. 


I2I9 


2 ft. 6 in. 


151 9 


5 ft. 6 in. 


24}1. 


4 ft. 6 in. 


271 2 7 ft. 6 in. 


13 


3 ft. 


16 


6 ft. 


25 


5 ft. 


28 8 ft. 


13M 


3 ft. 6 in. 


161.^ 


6 ft. 6 in. 


25 H 


5 ft. 6 in. 


29 9 ft. 


14 


4 ft. 


17 


7 ft. 


26 


6 ft. 


210 10 ft. 


1414 


4 ft. 6 in. 


17 H 


7 ft. 6 in. 


26^2 


6 ft. 6 in. 




15 


5 ft. 


18 


8 ft. 




Page Three Hundred Eiglit 





/fardn)are 
Specialises 



HUJT^T • he:l>^ • F^EI^rtlS &y CO 



• 



No. 844 New Star Tank Heater 



Cast Iron — One Size Only 



I! I 




Figure 844 



THE New STAR Tank Heater illustrated above is a later design of the 
STAR Tank Heater, which has been so long and favorably known 
in every state where tank heaters are used. 

This New STAR Heater differs from the former type in that it has 
square instead of rounding corners. This heater is cast in two halves, as 
the illustration shows. The New STAR Heater is carefully cast of the best 
gray iron. Its extra weight makes it self-sinking. It is not necessary to 
provide for any fastenings either in cement, wood, or steel tanks. 

The New STAR is a submerged heater. This means that the fire is 
entirely under the water so that the full benefit is derived from every 
bit of fuel burned. A heavy heater of this type holds the heat longer 
and keeps the water from freezing after the fuel is consumed. 

The basket grate is held in place by a heavy, steel handle, as illus- 
trated. The grate containing the fire is easily lifted out while the ashes 
are being removed and then dropped quickly into the position shown. 

The New STAR Heater, height 24 inches, shipping weight, 225 pounds. 



Hundrcl Ten 



•: 



ST^vrc LiN^E E:c^ijriF»iyiE::NT 



• 



No. 242 Star Tank Heater 



Cast Iron — One Size Only 




THE STAR Tank Heater, shown in the above illustration, has 
been on the market for years and has given such an excellent 
account of itself that it needs no introduction in those localities 
where Tank Heaters are used and appreciated. 

Its reputation is such that there is a continued demand for it, 
some preferring a heater of this shape to the square type of heater 
shown in the illustration of the No. 844 heater on the preceding page. 

This heater is being made today, as it has been for several years 
past, of the very best quality of gray iron. It is a heavy heater 
that sinks of its own weight, thus making it unnecessary to provide 
for fastenings in either iron, cement or wooden tank. 

This heater is built on the principle of a base burner, the heat 
passing around the outer shell of the heater. By this system of 
radiation, the heat is so thrown into the water that a maximum 
amount of heat is given off with a minimum amount of fuel. 

Height 24 inches. Shipping weight, 240 lbs. 



Page Tliree Hundred Eleve 



• 



HUIVT * H[E:L>^ • F'ElTtT^lS &j CO 



:• 



No. 691 New Rinkle Tank Heater 




THE New Rinkle Tank Heater is a sub- 
merged heater, which works on the same 
principle as the STAR Tank Heater shown 
on the opposite page, and can be used with wood, 
iron or cement tank. 

The body of. the heater is made of 14-gauge 
boiler iron, all except the end or head being in 
one piece. 

The smoke pipe is of one piece, made with a 
flange at the base. This flange is electrically 
welded to the inside surface of the end of the 
heater, the hole in the end being cut slightly 
smaller than the pipe so that when the pipe is 
inserted it is held firmly in place. 

The end of the heater is made with a flange 
or a rim which is welded to the inner surface of 



the body. This construction makes the New 
Rinkle one solid piece without seams. Being 
made of heavy boiler iron, it is proof against 
cracking. 

The grate shown in the illustration hangs in 
the heater. This grate is easily lifted out and 
drops into position when replaced, which makes 
it easy to clean out the ashes. 

The cover is made with a rim, which holds it 
in place and a handle and draft slide are riveted 
to the cover. As it is easy to operate and heats 
the most water for the amount of fuel consumed, 
it is a most economical heater. 

The New Rinkle Heater measures 24 inches 
high. 

Weight, 93 pounds. 



Iliin.lri-d Twelve 



•: 



S^JKTi. LIT^E 



e:cii-Jif»>i[E]nt 



^ 




Fig. 222 



No. 222 Iron King Tank Heater 

THE body is one piece, the draft chamber 
being separated from the fire pot by a 
steel partition. The draft opens at the 
lower end into the drum shaped portion of 
the body casting surrounding the basket grate, 
insuring an abundance of draft at all times. 
This heater has a cast iron ash pan and a 
grate shaker. 

One size only. Diameter, 14 inches. 
Height, 24 inches. Shipping weight, 143 lbs. 



No. 223 Iron King Stay-Down 
Tank Heater 

THE illustration opposite shows the Iron 
King Heater same as above, with the 
addition of a weight casting which 
anchors the heater in the bottom of a gal- 
vanized or wood tank without the use of stay 
rods of any kind. This is the heater that the 
trade has been looking for. Sells on sight. 

One size only. Diameter, 14 inches. 
Height, 24 inches. Shipping weight, 173 lbs. 




Fig. 223 



Page Three Hundred Thirteen 



• 



Ml-JIVT • HELIVI • FET^I^IS &f CO * 



=^ 




No. 220 Black Jack Tank Heater 

Flat Grate 



THIS heater is made of cast iron. The body 
is one piece, durable and heavy. No leak 
is possible. Furnished with flat grate. The 
entire top lifts off, allowing the easy removal of 
the ashes. The air chamber is a part of the 
body casting and, therefore, just as durable as 
any other part of the heater. Height of either 
size, 24 inches. 

No. 1. Diameter, 14 inches. Shipping 
weight, 115 lbs. 

No. 2. Diameter, 17 inches. Shipping 
weight, 147 lbs. 



Fig. 220 

No. 221 Black Jack Tank Heater 

Basket Grate 

THE body casting on this heater is the same 
as on the heater shown above. This heater 
is furnished with basket grate. Height of 
either size, 24 inches. We furnish both heaters 
shown on this page with heat deflector where 
desired. Too much cannot be said in favor of 
the deflector. It is so constructed that the heat 
is conducted entirely around the outer surface 
of the heater before it enters the smoke pipe. 
It is a great fuel saver. 

No. 1. Diameter, 14 inches. Shipping 
weight, 110 lbs. 

No. 2. Diameter, 17 inches. Shipping 
weight, 151 lbs. 




Fig. 221 



Hundred FourtOfU 



•-: 



ST^^re LiivE E:ciu^iF»iviEr^Tr 



• 




No. 214 Standard Tank Heater 

THE heaters shown on this page are made of 
galvanized steel, both body and bottom. They 
will last much longer than those made of com- 
mon black steel. The Standard Heater has a hinged 
grate, so that one-half can be raised with the poker 
and the ashes taken out without putting out the fire. 
Long, straight-handled shovel and poker furnished 
with each heater. Height of both sizes, 24 inches. 

No. 1. Diameter, 16 inches. Shipping weight, 
40 lbs. 



No. 
60 lbs. 



2. Diameter, 19 inches. Shipping weight. 



Fig. 214 



No. 215 Harvard Tank Heater 

THE heaters shown on this page are tested with 
water before leaving the factory and warranted 
not to leak. The Harvard Heater has a basket 
grate. The fire can be taken out with the grate and 
replaced, thus saving the trouble of rekindling. Special 
long-handled shovel and poker furnished with each 
heater. Height of both sizes, 24 inches. 



No. 1. Diameter, 16 inches. 
45 lbs. 



Shipping weight. 



No. 2. 
65 lbs. 



Diameter, 19 inches. Shipping weight, 




Fig. 215 

Page Tlircc Hundred Fiftei-' 



*: 



HUJ4T « HELXI • FEI^r^IS &9 CO 



• 



No. 498 Giant Star Tackle Block Wire 
Stretcher 

[^ Plain or Roller Bearing 




THE largest and most powerful Wire Stretcher made. 
Quick, absolutely sure. Never slips, for the heavier 
the pull, the better the lock holds. A one-pound 
pull on the rope is equal to four pounds on the wire. 
Self-supporting from the post and locked and unlocked 
by a simple right or left movement of the hand. Made 
with steel blocks and malleable straps. Removable steel 
axles and hardened steel roller bearings. Equipped with 



Fig. 498 



the best wire clamps ever put on a stretcher. Manufac- 
tured in three sizes, as shown on this page. 

Giant STAR Roller Bearing Tackle Block Wire 
Stretcher, finished in gray enamel, 3-inch sheaves, strung 
and wrapped with 23 feet of V2-inch manila rope, weight, 
per dozen, packed for shipment, 120 lbs. 

Also made plain bearing, finished in red enamel. 



No. 714 Giant Star " Jr.'' Tackle Block Wire 

Stretcher 



Plain or Roller Bearing 




Fig. 714 



AVERY popular number, 
identical in construction 
with No. 498, shown 
above, only with 2 J 2-inch diam- 
eter sheaves. Strong, positive 
and efficient. Giant STAR 
"Junior" Roller Bearing Tackle 
Block Wire Stretcher, finished 
in gray enamel, strung and 
wrapped with 20 feet of Vi-inch 
manila rope, 2V2-inch sheaves. 
Weight, per dozen, packed 
ready for shipment, 108 lbs. 

Also made plain bearing, 
finished in red enamel. 



No. 482 Star Tackle Block Wire Stretcher 




Plain or Roller Bearing 



SAME as two numbers above, only made with 
smaller blocks and 2-inch sheaves. STAR Roller 
Bearing Tackle Block Wire Stretcher, finished 
in gray enamel, strung and wrapped with 16 feet of 
•' s-inch manila rope. 

Weight, per dozen, packed ready for shipment, 
66 lbs. Also made plain bearing, finished in red 
enamel. 



Page Three Hundred Sixteen 



•: 



S^JS^Tt Lir^E 



E:Qi-jiF»iyiE^4"r 



• 



No. 188 Star Malleable Tackle Block Wire Stretcher 

(Patented) 




Fig. 18 



IN the STAR Malleable Tackle Block Wire pounds on the wire. Self-operating clamp holds 

Stretcher each block is constructed with a the rope firmly at any point. It is locked and 

swiveling hook. Rope sheaves are covered unlocked simply by moving the hand to right or 

and revolve on steel axles. Axles are headed jgf^ 
at one end and held by cotter pin at the other, 

making it easy to replace sheaves whenever ^^^""8 ^'^^ ^^ ^^^^ °^ 3-8 inch rope, ready 

necessary. '°'' ^^^• 

A one-pound pull on the rope is equal to four Weight, per dozen, 54 pounds. 



No. 400 Star Steel Tackle Block Wire Stretcher 



Plain or Roller Bearing 




Fig. 400 



THE STAR Steel Tackle Block Stretcher is 
self-supporting at the post. Each block 
is constructed with a swiveling hook and 
the side plates have flanged edges which prevent 
wear on the rope. 

Each block has a removable pin held in place 
by a cotter, so that a sheave can be replaced 
when necessary. The eccentric clamp used on 



the rear block is constructed with a hook so that 
the stretcher can be used for a hoist if desired. 

Strung with 16 feet of 3-8 inch rope, ready 
for use. Finished in gray enamel. 



Also made plain bearing, 
enamel. 



finished in red 



Weight, per dozen, 48 pounds. 



Page Threu liundrud Seventeen 



• 



HUTINJT » I-IE:L>1 • FEI^I^IS &f CO 



:• 



No. 190 Ellwood Pattern Wire Stretcher 




Fig. 190 
Cut Showing Construction of the Improved Ellwood 




Fig. 1911/2 

THE Ellwood Wire Stretcher has been on the market for the past twenty years and is known 
as the best flat bar wire stretcher made. Note that our stretcher is self-supporting at the 
post. Packed three dozen in a case. The weight per dozen, packed for shipment, is 54 lbs. 

No. 191 Ellwood Rod Wire Stretcher 




ABOVE we illustrate the Ellwood Wire Stretcher with rod extension. This Stretcher having 
been furnished to the trade for many years, is well known and no extended description is 
necessary. Note, please, that it is self-supporting at the post, which is a patented feature 
of all our wire stretchers. 

Packed three dozen in a case. The weight per dozen, packed for shipment, is 66 lbs. 



Page Threu Hundred Eighteen 



• 



ST^^re LIIVE E QU I F> IVI E: ]V TT 



• 



No. 193 Star Round Bar Wire Stretcher 



THE smooth, round 
bar enables the op- 
erator to use the 
lever in any position on 
the upper or under side 
of the bar and on either 
side of the fence. It 
grips the bar at any point 
desired and never slips. 

The weight per dozen, 
bundled for shipment, is 
60 lbs. 




No. 197 The Little Giant Wire Stretcher 




THIS stretcher excels any- 
thing made in the line of 
crank stretchers. It is par- 
ticularly adapted for export trade. 
No. 281 Little Giant, Sr., with 
chain for attaching to post, per 
dozen. 51 lbs. 

No. 197 Little Giant, Jr., with 
rope for attaching to post, per 
dozen, 48 lbs. 



No. 196 Improved Dean Wire Stretcher 



HAS notches on one side of the 
bar only. The price being less 
than the Elwood makes it a 
good flat bar stretcher to sell at a 
low price. 



The weight, per 
dozen, bundled for ship- 
ment, is 50 lbs. 




Fig. 196 



Page ThreejHundred_Nincteen ^ 



HtJP^T • F-iELlVI • F^EI^rtlS &f C2 O 



:ir 



No. 200 Sampson Woven Wire Stretcher 




Fig. 200 

THIS stretcher answers perfectly the demand for a first 
class woven wire stretcher of sufficient strength to 
sustain any pull with enough power to stretch any 
length of fence desired. The Sampson fits the case exactly 
for it is strong enough to stand any strain necessary to make 
the fence snug and tight. 

It is made very simple in operation and construction and 
works perfectly. Every movement of the powerful handle 
stretches the wire several inches. The grip engages the 
chain firmly and is easily moved when slackened. Handle 
is 5 feet long, clamping bars 4 feet 6 inches long, both of 
hardwood. Eight feet of ?.s-inch tested chain with each 
stretcher. 

The Sampson is furnished with handle without extra 
charge. Weight each, 35 lbs. 



I'aRo Tl.r.v Hundred Twenty 



•: 



S'TJS.TZ Lir^E 



e:c^i^if>ivien^t 



• 



No. 858 Star Stable Broom 

STAR Stable Broom, shown at the right, is made of the best African bass fiber. 
The block and handle are of carefully selected wood. While the broom is 
designed for stable use, it can also be used for sweeping any floor, platform or 
pavement where there is heavy sweeping to be done. 

No. 858 STAR Stable Broom, 14-inch size, weight 
per dozen, without handle, 32 lbs. 

No. 859 STAR Stable Broom, 16-inch size, weight 
per dozen, without handle, 35 lbs. 

Handles for STAR Stable Brooms, weight per dozen, 24 lbs. 

No. 822 Star Sidewalk Scraper 

THE STAR Sidewalk Scraper has a blade of heavy 
pressed steel, firmly bolted to the malleable iron frame 
which fastens it to the handle. 
The blade is so curved that when handling slush or snow 
up to four or five inches deep, a good, vigorous push will 
send the snow beyond the edge of the walk. 

The blade is so shaped that the 
scraper can also be operated by pulling. 
The illustration at the left shows 
a scraper being pulled, and the 
small, round picture at the 
bottom of the page shows the 
same scraper in position for 
pushing. 

The blade is 18 inches long 
and the scrapers, complete with 
handles, 
weigh 63 
lbs. per doz. •/ , .> x-"^ 



^TPs^ 





Fig. 858 




Fig. 822 



Page Three Hundred Twenty- 



ir- 



FmT»4T « HELIVl • FEI^I^IS &9 CO 



• 




Giant Star Self-locking Steel Hoists 

A DEVICE may be adjustable, and that is all 
very good, but it may adjust automatically, 
and that is far better. 

All sizes of STAR Roller-bearing Steel Hoists 
are automatically adjustable, that is — three differ- 
ent sizes of rope may be used in any size hoist and 
the lock of the STAR Hoist automatically adjusts 
itself to the size of rope. 

Suppose you are using one-half inch rope with a 
No. 22 Giant STAR Hoist and wished to change it 
to three-eighths inch or five-eighths inch rope; this 
may be done; the automatic adjustable lock will 
take care of either size. 

Suppose you are using a Giant 
STAR Hoist on outside work and 
the rope becomes soaked and much 
swollen. It is not necessary to do 
any adjusting as the rope lock on 
all Giant STAR Hoists automati- 
cally adjusts itself to meet conditions. 

Fig. 565 shows the location of the 
Roller Bearings and Axle of the 
Giant STAR Hoists. It also shows 
the construction of the lock and 
gripping dog. 

When the draft rope which passes 
through the lock is pulled slightly 
away from the block, as shown in Fig. 

506, the gripping dog revolves on the stationary pin, 
which holds it. This operation throws the gripping dog 
Fig. 565 into contact with the rope, and automatically locks it. 

Showing Upper xhe Giant STAR Hoist is the only hoist on the market 

Block and Location ., , ,. i-.iiii 

of Roller Bearings With an automatic adjustable lock. 




Fig. 506 

Shows Manner in Which 
Hoists Automati- 
cally Lock 



Iliintlri-d Twenty 



•-: 



ST^^re LiivE 



E:cmiF>iyiE:r4T 



• 



Giant Star Roller Bearing Steel Hoists 



A Few Important Features 

1. Steel blocks throughout, triple, double and single 
sheave, both upper and lower. 

2. A heavy reinforced, drop forged yoke on each block 
is attached to the axle pin. The hooks are attached to this 
yoke by a special double pressed and riveted swivel, which 
slides on this yoke, making the block very flexible. 

3. The hooks are extra heavy, reinforced, drop forged 
and very strong. 

4. The sheaves revolve on hardened steel axles, fitted 
with cold rolled steel bearings, reducing the friction to a 
minimum. 

5. The axles are held in place and can be instantly 
removed and replaced at any time if desired. These are 
key axles — an important point. They will not turn when 
heavily loaded, thus avoiding cutting the sides of the hoist - 

6. The lock, which is the vital feature of the hoist, is 
made of malleable iron and is attached to the axle pin, 
making it very quick, sure, safe and easy in operation. 
This lock is on the draft rope. You do not have to use any 
special locking rope on the Giant STAR. When you stop 
pulling and move the draft rope slightly outward away 
from the block or if pulling in that direction, the hoist 
instantly locks. The heavier the load, the more securely 
it holds and locks. The lock is released instantly by a 
slight pull or a little snap of the rope towards the block. 
The Giant STAR Hoist elevates, lowers, locks and unlocks 
with one rope only. 

7. These hoists are furnished in battleship gray 
enamel finish. All hoists furnished without rope. 



Made in thirteen sizes as follows: 




No. 
2 
21 
22 
23 
31 
32 
33 
41 
42 
43 
51 
52 
53 



Sheaves 
Above 

2 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 



Sheaves 
Below 

2 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 



Size 



of Rope 



'4 in. 
'4 in. 
'4 in. 
's in. 
'4 in. 
4 in. 



Diameter 

2 

21. 

21. 

21. 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 



Fig. 505 

Approx. Weight, Lbs. 

Capacity Each 

1,000 lbs. 4 

2,000 lbs. 5 

2,000 lbs. 6 

2,000 lbs. 8 

4,000 lbs. 6 

4,000 lbs. 8 

4,000 lbs. 91,9 

6,000 lbs. lO'li 

6,000 lbs. 141 4 

6,000 lbs. 18 

8,000 lbs. 13 

8,000 lbs. 181/^ 

8,000 lbs. 235^ 



Bear in mind, please, that this is the only complete line of self-locking, roller-bearing hoists on 
the market. 



Pasc Tlircc Ilundrud Tu 



• 



HUWT • HELXI • F^EI^rtlS &j CO • 



• 



No. 547 Star Trolley Conveyor 

Used in Connection With STAR Roller Bearing Self-Locking Steel Hoists 

For Use in Garages, Machine 
Shops, Warehouses, etc. 

HERE is an inexpensive special 
type of roller bearing con- 
veyor which may be used 
for a great variety of purposes. 
For the garage, in taking the engine 
out of the car to the bench and back 
again; for use in warehouses and 
factories, for carrying coal or any 
purpose where a load up to 1,000 
lbs. is to be carried quickly and 
safely. 

The conveyor is constructed of 
steel and malleable iron. The four 
tracker wheels are each 4^ 2 inches 
in diameter, revolving on hardened 
steel axles fitted with cold rolled 
steel bearings. The trucks are mal- 
leable iron and are attached by 
swivel to a malleable frame. A 
clevis is attached in the middle of 
the frame from which may be sus- 
pended any one of our roller bearing 
steel hoists. The construction of 
the Conveyor trucks make it im- 
possible for it to jump the track. 

The track on which the conveyor runs may be hung in several directions with 
branch lines either parallel or at angles to the main line. 

The load is automatically locked and carried at any desired height. 

This is a great labor saver and can be arranged to meet every condition and need. 

Send us a sketch of your floor and requirements for complete plans, estimates 
and suggestions. 

Weight of Conveyor, 28 lbs. 




Showing STAR Trolley Conveyor in Actual Use. 



Paye Thnit; Hundred T\vi;nty-four 



*: 



ST^^re HIVE E:c^uiF»>^Erw^T" 



• 



Details of Star Trolley Conveyor 

Used in Connection with the STAR Roller Bearing Steel Hoists 




Diagram of curve. 
Each curve takes the 
place of eight feet of 
track. 



THE track on which the 
STAR Trolley Conveyor 
runs is the STAR Double 
Angle Steel Track, page 000, 
which by means of the Lag 
Screw Hanger (Fig. 414) can be 
suspended from the joists and 
adjusted absolutely even. 
Length of regular hangers is 1 ' 4 
inches, although we furnish 
longer hangers when necessary. 
The track weighs 2 lbs. per foot 
and the Hangers are placed one 
foot apart. 

STAR Switches and Curves 
enable you to make the Track 
conform to practically any over- 
head arrangement desired. 

Owing to the fact that each 
job has different requirements, 
the best way is to send us a 
floor plan indicating how you 
want to use the Conveyor and 
our Drafting Department will 
prepare sketches and estimates 
without cost or obligation to 
you. 



Specimen Installation of Star Trolley Conveyor 



(For the Manley 
Garage) 

STAR Trolley 
Conveyor has made 
good with us. It's 
certainly GREAT. 
It is never around 
in the way, but is al- 
ways handy when 
needed. Nothing 

could do the work bet- 
ter, if it cost ten times 
the few dollars this 
outfit costs us. 
Manley Garage, 

Harvard, 

Illinois. 

P. S. Can't make 
it too strong. It 
works finer than silk. 



f\ 






:7s 



u 



^^y/^^^/'y^''-^y'yyyy<yyyyyy'^yy/',--'^y^ yyyyyyy^y^^y'yy^yy^yyyyyAi. 






Page Three Hundred Twcnty-fiv 



• 



F^UWTT « HELIVI . T^ElTtT^JS &y CO 



• 



New Star Hay Rack Clamps 




THE use of bolts in constructing 
hay racks is out of date. The 
boring of holes in the timber is 
not only useless work, but it deprives 
the timbers of practically one-half of 
their strength. This can be avoided by 
the use of the STAR Hay Rack Clamp. 
No holes are necessary where the STAR 
Hay Rack Clamp is used, and the full 
strength of the timbers is thus retained. 
The STAR Hay Rack Clamp is so 
simple that any one can put a rack to- 
gether with it, the only tools needed 
being a wrench and a saw. The time 




CLIP 



and labor saved in the making of the 
rack will pay part of the cost of the 
clamps. 

When the clamps are tightened the 
rack is rigid, and the intermediate 
bracket being studded and flanged, 
twisting or slipping of the timbers at 
the joints is impossible. The clamps, 
which are placed astride the timbers 
are twice as strong as bolts. A grooved 
steel washer makes it impossible for 
the clamp to cut into the cross-piece, 
and the steel clip or washer keeps the 
bottom cross-piece from splitting. 



'sraRflS^KpffAMpf' 



STAR Hay Rack Clamps are made in four different sizes, put up one set of 
8 clamps in a box, as shown above: 

No. 0. Star Hay Rack Clamp, 12-inch. 
No. 1. Star Hay Rack Clamp, 14-inch. 
No. 2. Star Hay Rack Clamp, 16-inch. 
No. 3. Star Hay Rack Clamp, 18-inch. 



11^2 lbs. per set. 
12^2 lbs. per set. 
131 2 lbs. per set. 
15 lbs. per set. 



I'agc Three Hundre.l TwcMity- 



•: 



s^TJS.T^ LiiVE e:c^uif»ivieivt 



• 



Harvard Hay Rack Fixtures 





Fig 11 

WE desire to call your attention to 
Harvard Hay Rack Fixtures as 
illustrated. The demand for a 
suitable and convenient set of hay rack 
irons has induced us to put on the 
market what we believe to be the simplest 
and best device of this kind ever offered. 
Bolts for hay racks are out of date. 
The timbers are weakened by boring 
holes. They are inconvenient to use and 
do not make a strong rack. By using 
Harvard Hay Rack Fixtures it is not 
necessary to bore holes in the timbers 
and they are so simple in construction 
that anyone can use them. 

A new and excellent feature of the 
Harvard Hay Rack Fixture is that it is 
so constructed that it is not necessary 
to hold the three pieces of the rack em- 



Fig. 14 



t 

Fig. 15 

braced by the fixture in place to be 
clamped all at one time. For instance, 
the lower cross pieces and the stringers 
which rest on them can first be clamped 
together and then the upper cross pieces 
can be laid on and clamped in place. 
This feature makes it very simple to 
assemble the rack. 

Another advantage which the Har- 
vard Hay Rack Fixtures have, on ac- 
count of the features above described, 
is that the top of the hay rack may be 
removed, leaving the two stringers and 
lower cross pieces, making a wagon box. 
This will be found to be a very handy 
attachment and one that will favorably 
impress the users of hay racks. 

Made in four sizes 



No. 1. 14 inches long, for 2x4 cross pieces, 2x8 bed pieces. Weight, per set, 14 lbs. 

No. 2. 16 inches long, for 2x6 cross pieces, 2x8 bed pieces. Weight, per set, 15 lbs. 

No. 3. 16 inches long, for 2x4 cross pieces, 2 x 10 bed pieces. Weight, per set, 17 lbs. 

No. 4. 18 inches long, for 2x6 cross pieces, 2 x 10 bed pieces. Weight, per set, 18 lbs. 



Page Three Hundred Twenty-seven 



• 



HUIVT • HELXI » FEI^r^IS gj CO 



• 



No. 60 Star Manhole Ring and Cover 




Fig. 60 
Showing Cover Removed 




Fig. 61 
Showing Cover in Place 



T 



HE above illustrations show the STAR Manhole Ring 
and cover. Every dealer has many calls for these for 
covering cesspools, outdoor cisterns, gas depositaries, etc. 

Diameter of ring, 22-54 inches. 
Diameter of cover, 20^ o inches. 
Weight, complete, 46 lbs. 



Hundml TwcMity-oii;ht 



•^ 



ST^^rg LIIVE EC^UIF>iyiEIVT 



• 



No. 435 Star Offset Hinges 





Fig. 436 
Hinge on Gable Door 



THE STAR Offset Hinge is for use on the Hay Door in the 
gable end of the barn when hay is taken in at the end 
of the barn. The door, which should be cut in at the 
top of the gable, should be 10 feet wide by 12 feet high, when 
harpoon fork is used and 12 feet wide by 15 feet high where 
slings are used. 

By using STAR Offset Hinges rain or snow will be kept 
out of the gable end of the barn. In Fig. 436 we show the 
method by which the door can be raised when desired by attach- 
ing a rope fastened to the door to one of the pulley blocks 
attached to the Carrier, and by running the Carrier into the 
barn by means of the draft rope the door will be pulled up 
instantly. 

STAR Offset Hinges are made of malleable iron and the 
upper and lower parts of the Hinges are held together by steel 
pins and cotters. 

Weight of hinges, per set, 3 lbs. 



Page Three Hundred Twenty-nine 



• 



No. 225 Star Anvil and Vise 



• 




Fig. 225 



AVERY usefulland convenient tool. No will open 4 inches. Will hold gas pipe or round 

mechanic or farmer can afford to be with- iron, 
out one. Face hardened and polished. . 

Wrought iron screw. _Face 3x7 inches. Jaw Weight each, 22 pounds. 

No. 492 Star Stake Holder 



Fig. 492 



to the ends of the cross timbers of the hay rack 
by means of bolts so that the side stakes will fit 
securely into this holder, as shown. 
Weight, per dozen, 15 pounds. 




THE STAR Stake Holder is made of steel, 
23/^ inches in width, and i s-inch in thick- 
ness, intended to hold a2x4or2x3 inch 
stake, tapered at the lower end. It is fastened 



No. 64 Star Boat Anchor 




T 



HE STAR Boat Anchor is 12 inches high. 

Its base is 8^2 inches wide. 

The STAR Anchor is the most prac- 
tical type made for row-boat requirements. It 
attaches to the bottom easily and surely, and at 
the same time can be disengaged and lifted 



Fig. 64 



easily and quickly, the water running out 
through the holes in the base. 

The STAR Boat Anchor will not catch on 
snags. 

Weight each, 18 pounds. 



Page Three Hundred Thirty 



• 



No. 233 Star Windmill 
Regulators 

One of the Most Useful 

Inventions Ever Offered 

to the Public 



EZQUIF^IVIEr^Tr 



• 



B 



ECAUSE this machine 
takes full charge of the 
windmill. 




Because it pulls the mill out 
of gear before the tank overflows. 

Because it will allow the mill 
to go into gear when the water 
is lowered in the tank. i^'g- 233 

Because it does away with the mudholes around the tank. 

Because it saves water. 

Because it saves the mill and does not allow it to do any pumping when it is 
not necessary. 

Because the farmer does not have to go and put the mill in and out of gear. 

Because it will work on any windmill. 

Because it will work just as well when the tank is at a distance from the mill. 

Because it will do its work when you are asleep, when gone to town, or when 
in the field. 



Weight, each, 40 lbs. 




» No. 187 Star Wire Lifter 



MADE of best malleable iron. 

Length, 36 inches. Weight, 

3 lbs. Indispensable for 
handling wire. 



Fig. 187 



Page Three Hundred Thirty- 



• 



HUrsJT « F^ELIVI » FEI^rMS &> CO 



• 





A Word About Wagons 



T 



HE two BIG things about a wagon are- 
Wagons sells them on sight. Clear, 
implement coach varnish, covered on 




-STRENGTH LOOKS. The appearance of Overland 

clean, white ash boxes finished with two fine coats of 

the bottom as well as on the sides — an honest job of 

finishing, artistically striped, scrolled and stenciled. 

Every single part is finished carefully, no 

daub or "slab" work on our goods. 

This, because we realize that "looks" make 
the first sale and our quality shows at a glance 
or on minute inspection. 

But while "looks" may make the first sale, 
"durability" is what makes the repeat orders. 
And from a "wear" standpoint, our wagons are 
in a class by themselves. The rim of the wheels 
is pressed around the spokes, making it impos- 
sible for them to loosen. An all-steel construc- 
tion below the box and a brace from the bottom 
of the bed to the front axle so when a boy runs 
into the curb or telegraph pole, his wagon is still 
in service. This is an exclusive feature with us. 

The full roller bearing axles make our wagons 
an easy pull for a three-year-old. In our con- 
struction are embodied all modern improve- 
ments and many exclusive features which make 
Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co. Wagons the most 
saleable and satisfactory on the market today. 



Page Three Hundred Thirty-two 



• 



S^JS^Tt Lir^E EC^UIF»ME1VT 



Overland Coaster Wagon 




SPECIFICATIONS 

BODY — Clear white ash, natural finish, trimmed in red and 
stenciled in black and green. 

GEARS — Channel arch truss steel construction, enameled black. 

FIFTH WHEEL— Extra large, made of steel. 

AXLES — One-half inch round steel, firmly braced front and rear. 

WHEELS — Heavy iron hub into which straight, smooth, kiln- 
dried hardwood spokes are driven. Felloes and tires of heavy 
steel, electrically welded, with edges curled in to hold the ends of 
the spokes. 

BEARINGS- -Each wheel fitted with eleven cold rolled steel 
bearings, held in place by a special washer that does not wear cotter 
pin. 

TONGUE — Hard, straight maple which bends back and allows 
wagon to be steered from box. 

BRAKES— Malleable iron. 



Page Three Hundred Thirty-three 



I^VJINJT « l-IEL3Vf • F^EFil^IS &j CO 



• 



Overland Coaster Wagon 

With Box Removed 




THE express box on all Overland Coaster Wagons can be in- 
stantly removed or replaced. The wagon may be changed 
from express to coaster in a minute. 

A simple connection, easily operated, locks box firmly to the 



bed. 



Overland Wagons are furnished in the following sizes: 





Bed 


Wheel Diameter 


Style 


Weight Lb 


No. 


Inches 


Inches 


Brake 


Per Doz. 


OA 


12 x28in. 


8 in. 


Hand 


288 


lA 


14 x32in. 


Sin. 


Hand 


312 


2A 


14 x34in. 


11 in. 


Hand 


396 


2 MA 


ISijxSein. 


11 in. 


Hand 


414 


3A 


16 x38in. 


11 in. 


Hand 


438 


4A 


18 X 40 in. 


11 in. 


Hand 


492 




Page Three^Hundred Thirty-four 



•: 



gg-r^^R LIIVE EQUIF^iyiElVT 



Automatic Wagon Salesman 




Goods Attractively Displayed Are More Than Half Sold 

And these Wagon Display Fixtures make the wagons]^look extra 
good to the folks who are going to buy them. 

Put a rack of our wagons out in front of your store — let our 
goods do their own talking — sales will come almost of themselves. 
Results from the use of Display Fixtures will show you why dealers 
who have used it. call it the "AUTOMATIC WAGON SALESMAN." 



Page Three Hundred Thirty-five 



HUWT • HELJVl « F^EI^rtlS &> CZ O 



T 



A Glimpse of the Factory Behind 
Star Goods 



HERE are a little over 3,000 people in Harvard, Illinois, 
where the Hunt, Helm, Ferris 85 Co.'s factory is located. 



Statisticians tell us that the average family consists of five 
people. 

Consequently about half the population of Harvard are de- 
pendent upon the Hunt, Helm, Ferris & Co. factory. 

Our workmen have practically been brought up in the business. 

Our factory covers more than six acres of floor space. 

Every kind of modem labor-saving machinery is included in 
the equipment. 

Cost of production is down to the minimum. 

There's nothing we would like better than to have you make 
a trip through our factory in person. 

But the next best thing is to look over the photographs of dif- 
ferent parts of our plant reproduced in the following pages. 

And it's all the result of thirty-six years of giving people full 
value for their money. 



Page Three Hundred Thirty- 



•: 



ST^a^Fi Llf^E E C^ U I F>ivi E ^4 T 




Page Three Hundred Thirty- 



HUIVT • t^ELJ^l « FEI^R-IS &9 CO 



• 




Page Three Hundred Thirty-eight 



• 



STv^re LIIVE E:cmiF»iviE:NT 



• 




Page Three Hundred Thirty-nine 



• 



MU^P^T • HELlVf • FEI^r^IiS &j CO 



• 




Wood Working Room 



Foundry- 



Page Three Hundred Forty 



ir- 



s^js^Tt LiiVE equif^ivie: jvr 



• 





Section of Paint Shop 



Section of Shipping Room 



Page Three Hundred Forty 



•- 



HUIVT « IHLELIVI • FEFM^IS SL> CO 



• 




General Assembly Room 



Bam Equipment Assembly Room 



Page Three Hundred Forty-two 



•^ 



S^JS^Tt LIISTE 



e:qi-jif>]vieivt 



• 



125 Good Reasons Why Star Features Are Exclusive 

THE patents listed below readily explain why the most valuable and important features are 
confined exclusively to and are to be found only in the STAR Line. The exclusive features 
without number which are controlled by our patents are evidence of the thought, of the 
ingenuity and of the years of hard work devoted to originating the STAR Line and bringing it to 
its present state of perfection. 

The STAR Line is fully covered and protected by patents. As required by law, we hereby 
warn all infringers against any attempt to copy or duplicate STAR patented features. 

We also warn the public against the use of such infringements, as the users, according to law, 
share the liability of those who make them. 



Patent No. 

792,254 June 13 

786,350 April 4 

1,128,769 Feb. 16 

1,124,718 Jan. 12 

1,122,711 Dec. 29 

1,121,176 Dec. 15 

1,118,754 ■. . . . Nov. 24 

1,101,169 June 23 

1,095,148 April 28 

1,086,812 Feb. 10 

1,084,934 Jan. 20 

1,083,605 Jan. 6 

1,078,999 Nov. 18 

1,068,753 July 29 

1,066,195 July 1 

1,066,194 July 1 

1,064,466 June 10 

1,057,720 April 1 

1,056,523 Mar. 18 

Design 43,458 Jan. 21 

Design 43,457 Jan. 21 

1,034,774 Aug. 6 

1,029,984 June 18 

1,027,715 May 28 

1,025,527 May 7 

1,007,934 Nov. 7 

1,006,837 Oct. 24 



1,003 
1,003 
1,003 
999 
997 
989 
988 
983 
983 
969 
924 
913 
906 



667 Sept. 19 

,128 Sept. 12 

097 Sept. 12 

,364 Aug. 1 

716 July 11 

,899 April 18 



561 April 

,615 Feb. 7 

614 Feb. 7 

,465 Sept. 6 

154 June 8 

,881 Mar. 2 

798 Dec. 12 

888,878 May 26 

884,649 April 24 

866,269 Sept. 17 

862,460 Aug. 6 

815,521 Mar. 20 

1,210,159 Dec. 26 

1,208,118 Dec. 12 

1,207,286 Dec. 5 

1,197,194 Sept. 5 

1,197,193 Sept. 5 

1,172,236 Feb. 15 

1,162,286 Nov. 20 

1,160,589 Nov. 16 

1,160,588 Nov. 16 



Date Invention 

1905 Track 

1905 Stanchion 

1915 Calf Pen 

1915 Means for supporting members of Stalls and the like 

1914 Stanchion 

1914 Mangers 

1914 Stall Construction 

1914 Stall Construction 

1914 Mangers 

1914 Stall Side Construction 

1914 Partition for Feed Troughs 

1914 Stanchions 

1913 Stall Construction 

1913 Stall Construction 

1913 Stanchion 

1913 Animal Stall 

1913 Stop Device for Stalls 

1913 Stall Construction 

1913 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1913 Animal Pen 

1913 Animal Pen 

1912 Stall and Manger 

1912 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1912 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1912 Hanger for Litter Carrier 

1911 Stop Device for Carriers 

1911 Swinging Track and Boom for Litter Carriers 

and the like 

1911 Overhead Track 

1911 Track for Litter Carriers 

1911 Overhead Track 

1911 Stanchion 

1911 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1911 Overhead Switch 

1911 Animal Stalls 

1911 Track and Means for Supporting same 

1911 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1910 Swinging Track and supporting Boom therefor 



1909 
1909 
1908 
1908 
1908 



Feed and Litter Carriers 
Feed and Litter Carriers 
Litter Carrier 
Feed and Litter Carriers 
Feed and Litter Carriers 



1907 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1907 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1906 Feed and Litter Carriers 

1916 Animal Stall 

1916 Stall Construction 

1916 Stall Construction 

1916 Animal Stall 

1916 Animal Stall 

1916 Animal Stall 

1915 Cattle Watering Device 

1915 Stall Construction 

1915 Cattle Watering Device 



Page Three Hundred Forty-thn 



• 



HU^NT • HELIVf • F^EKIRIS Sj CO 



• 



Patent No. Date 

1,156,472 Oct. 12 

1,151,256 Aug. 24 

1,145,474 July 6 

1,239,170 Sept. 4 

1,235,453 July 31 

1,226,201 May 15 

1,225,320 May 8 

1,291,457 Jan. 14 

1,288,861 Dec. 24 

1,283,712 Nov. 5 

1,282,403 Oct. 22 

1,271,454 July 2 

1,256,457 Feb. 12 

1,251,207 Dec. 25 

1,250,574 Dec. 18 

1,241,364 Sept. 25 

702,295 June 10 

767,336 Aug. 9 

770,520 Sept. 20 

775,080 Nov. 15 

803,052 Oct. 31 

804,461 Nov. 14 

835,786 Nov. 13 

844,718 Feb. 19 

809,913 Jan. 9 

809.912 Jan. 9 

815,520 Mar. 20 

835,785 Nov. 13 

862,459 Aug. 6 

887,385 May 12 

797,507 Aug. 15 

1,023,463 April 16 

48.467 Jan. 18 

1.158,911 Nov. 2 

731,351 June 16 

761,882 June 7 

799,980 Sept. 19 

740,637 Oct. 6 

757,607 April 19 

717,562 Jan. 6 

731,558 June 23 

753,481 Mar. 1 

795,902 Aug. 1 

826,095 July 17 

835,186 Nov. 6 

835,185 Nov. 6 

844,719 Feb. 19 

865,689 Sept. 10 

971,741 Oct. 4 

1,101,170 June 23 

1,126,435 Jan. 26 

1,194,729 Aug. 15 

1,207,285 Dec. 5 

709,314 Sept. 16 

731,350 June 16 

806,882 Dec. 12 

837,819 Dec. 4 

902,221 Oct. 27 

908,849 Jan. 5 

919,288 April 20 

977,118 Nov. 29 

994,448 June 6 

1,010,781 Dec. 5 

1,027,714 May 28 

1,032,056 July 9 

1,027,713 May 28 

1,104,353 July 21 

1,178,065 April 4 

1,185,189 May 30 



Invention 

1915 Overhead Track Joint and supporting means therefor 

1915 Means for supporting members of Stalls and the like 

1915 Stall Construction 

1917 Hog Pen 

1917 Track for Door Hangers 

1917 Bull Staff 

1917 Stall Construction 

1919 Hay Carrier 

1918 Door and Track 

1918 Pig Guard 

1918 Overhead Track 

1918 Overhead Track 

1918 Stall Frame Construction 

1917 Door Latch 

1917 Fastener for Door 

1917 Gate for Stall Construction 

1902 Wire Stretcher 

1904 Wire Stretcher 

1904 Tackle Block 

1904 Wire Stretcher 

1905 Wire Stretcher 

1905 Wire Stretcher 

1906 Stretcher for Woven Wire Fences 

1907 Wire Stretcher 

1906 Wagon 

1906 Wagon 

1906 Wheel 

1906 Wagon 

1907 Wagon 

1908 Toy Wagon 

1905 Tank Heater 

1912 Tank Heater 

1916 Tank Heater 

1915 Fence Post 

1903 Hay Rack Construction 

1904 Hay Rack Construction 

1905 Means for connecting the Members of Hay Racks 

1903 Snapping Rolls 

1904 Spring Hinge 

1903 Weldless Link 

1903 Hay Carrier 

1904 Hanger and Track 

1905 Fork Pulley Frame 

1906 Hay Carrier 

1906 Hay Carrier 

1906 Hay Carrier 

1907 Hay Carrier 

1907 Hay Carrier 

1910 Hay Carrier 

1914 Hay Carrier 

1915 Hay Carrier 

1916 Hook 

1916 Hay Carrier 

1902 Track for Door Hangers 

1903 Door Hanger 

1905 Door Hanger 

1906 Track 

1908 Track for Door Hangers 

1909 Track for Door Hangers 

1909 Door Hanger and Track 

1910 Method for Making Slotted Tubular Tracks 

1911 Track for Door Hangers 

1911 Door Hangers and Track 

1912 Door Hanger 

1912 Track for Barn Door Hangers 

1912.' Door Hanger Track 

1914 Barn Door Track 

1916 Door Hanger 

1916 Door Hanger 



Page Three Hundred Forty-four 



•-: 



ST^^ri LIIVE 



e:quif»iviej»jt 



• 



Inde: 



jTVDJUSTABLE Rafter Brackets 247. 255 

Adjustable Door Hangers 276-288 

Adjustable Cannon Ball Hangers 276. 277 

Adjustable Weatherproof Hangers 284 

Adjustable Weatherproof Cannon Ball Hangers 282 

Adjustable Stalls 23-41 

Adjustable Stall Arms . 64 

Adjustable Steel Stanchion ; 46 

Adjustable Wood Stanchion 50 

Alfalfa Fork 265 

Alignment Device 12 

Alley Gate, Chain 67 

All Purpose Barn Truck 214 

Anchor. Cement 65 

Anchor for Boats „ 330 

Anchors for Rod Track....' 227 

Angle Bracket for Rod Track 226 

Anvil and Vise 330 

Arms. Stall . 64 

Automatic Steel Hay Rack for Horse Stalls 95-99 

Automatic Stop and Returner for Litter Carrier 226 

Automatic Sure Stop 18 

Automatic Water Bowls 59-63 



B. 



>ARN Door Hangers 

Cannon Ball 275-277 

Flexo 288 

Twentieth Century... 286 

Weatherproof 284 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball 282 

Barn Door Stay Rollers 302 

Barn Door Track -. 273-288 

Barn Equipment 21-88 

Barn Floor Construction 139-144 

Barn Plans 131-193 

Barn Floor Scraper 91 

Barn Truck, "All Purpose" 214 

Basket Grate Tank Heaters 314, 315 

Black Jack Tank Heater 314 

Boat Anchor 330 

Booms for Litter Carriers 204 

Boss Adjustable Stanchion 44 

Bowls, Water 59-63 

Braced Rafter Barn 152 

Brackets for Door Track 

Cannon Ball 279 

Parallel Cannon Ball 300 

Twentieth Century 287 

Weatherproof 285 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball . . 283 

Bracket, Angle for Rod Track 226 

Brackets, Rafter. 247 

Brackets, Supporting for Litter Carrier Track 210 

Bracket, Suspension, for Double Oval Steel Track 221 



Broom. Stable 
Building Plans 
Bull Pen 

Bull Staff 

Bumper for Rod Track Litter Carrier 



Page 

321 

133-193 

70-73 

89 

226 



c. 



-iALF Pen 77 

Calf Pen Feeding Guards , 76-77 

California Pattern Hay Forks 267 

Cannon Ball Curve for Garage Door Track 299 

Cannon Ball Door Hangers 275-277 

Cannon Ball Door Tracks 278, 279 

Cannon Ball Door Stop .304 

Cannon Ball Door Latch 304 

Cannon Ball Garage Door Set (Folding-Sliding) 290 

Cannon Ball Hangers 

For Curve Track 296 

For Right Angle Track 296 

Cannon Ball House Door Hangers and Track 306-308 

Carriers for 

Litter 198, 215, 218, 224 

Feed _ 200 

Milk Cans 202 

Hay 229-271 

Cast Star Tank Heaters 310-311 

Cement Anchor 65 

Cement Work in Barns... 138-144 

Center Trip Rope Sling. 258 

Chain Alley Gate 67 

Chain Hanging, Double, for Stanchions 17, 51 

Chain Slings. 258 

Chains, Neck 66 

Channels, Steel ^ 102 

Clamps for Curb _.' 11 

Clamp for Rod Track . 226 

Clamps, Partition 66 

Coaster Wagons 332-335 

Coaster Wagon Display Fixtures 335 

Columns, Steel Supporting 68 

Combination Litter, Feed and Milk Can Carrier 201 

"Combination" Litter Carrier for Rigid Track 

Inside and Rod Track Outside of Barn 216-218 

Connected Steel Manger Partitions 55 

Construction Details for Barns .138 

Conveyor, Trolley, with Hoists 324 

Cork Brick 92-93 

Comer Feed Manger 102 

Cover, Galvanized, for Cannon Ball Track 278 

Covered Cannon Ball Track and Hangers 280-281 

Cow Pen 74-75 

Cow Stalls 23-41 

Cross Draft Hay Carriers 238, 252 

Cupolas 84-86 

Cups, Water 59-63 



Page Three Hundred Forty-fiTe 



• 



HU>JT « HELiJyl « FEI^I^IS &f CO « 



• 



Page 

Curb Clamps 11 

Curve for Cannon Ball Garage Door Track 299 

Curves for Double Angle Steel Track 208 

Curve for Double Oval Steel Track 221 

Curve for Rod Track 226 



D. 



'AIRY Bam Equipment .21-88 

Dairy House Plan — 189 

Dean Wire Stretcher 319 

Detachable Water Bowls .59-63 

Details of Wall, Window and Foundation 138 

Floor Construction 142 

Framing, Plank Bam 145-151 

Directions for Ordering 

Dairy Barn Equipment 104 

Litter Carriers 211, 223, 228 

Hay Carriers 271 

Directions for Supporting Track at End of Barn 269 

Door Hangers 

Cannon Ball 275, 276, 277, 296 

Flexo 288, 294 

Twentieth Century 286 

Weatherproof 284 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball 282 

Door Latches.. 304-305 

Door Stop, Cannon Ball 304 

Door Tracks for Barn Doors 

Cannon Ball 278-279 

Covered Cannon Ball 280 

Flexo .. 288 

Twentieth Century 286 

Weatherproof 285 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball 283 

Double Angle Steel Track 206 

Double Chain Hanging for Stanchion 17, 51 

Double Flange Steel Track : 246 

Double Lock Hay Sling 260 

Double Oval Steel Track 220 

Drain, Manger 90 

Duplex Stay Roller ...303 



El 



jLWOOD Wire Stretcher „ 318 

Enamel, Gray 90 

End Stop for Peerless Hay Carriers .255 

End Stop for Litter Carrier Track 206 

End Trip Sling Locks 257 

Exclusive Features of Star Equipment 8 

TACTORY Views 337-342 

Farrowing Rail for Hog Pens 82 

Feed Carriers .,:.„ 200 

Feeding Guards, Calf Pen 76-77 

Feed Manger, Corner ^ 102 

Feed Mangers, Horse Stall 100 

Feed Troughs for Hog Pens 83 

Feed Trucks 212-214 



Page 

Fixtures for Supporting Hay Track at End of Bam 268 

Flange, Split 66 

Flexo Door Hangers and Track 288 

Flexo Folding-Sliding Garage Door Set 294 

Floor Construction Details 142 

Floor Hooks 256 

Floor Plans for Bams 136 

Floor Scraper 91 

Forks, for Hay Carriers 265-267 

Folding-Sliding Garage Door Sets .290-294 

Fork Clevis 257 

Fork Hay Carriers 231-237 & 248-251 

Fork Pulleys 261-264 

Foundation, Details of Construction 138 

Frame, Plank for Bams 145 

Framing Details 148-151 



VJALVANIZED Cover for Cannon Ball Track .. 278 

Galvanized Hog Troughs 83 

Galvanized Mangers, 

For Cow Stalls 52, 53 

For Cow Pens 74 

For Bull Pens 70 

For Horse Stalls. 100 

Garage Door Hangers and Track 289-301 

Garage Door Sets for Folding-Sliding Doors . 290-295 

Garage Door Track Curve, Cannon Ball 299 

Giant Safety Grapple Fork 266 

Giant Sling Hay Carrier 240 

Giant Star Hoists 322, 323 

Giant Star Stanchion 42 

Giant Star Stay Roller 303 

Giant Star Wire Stretcher... 316 

Giant Suspension Bracket 221 

Gothic Roof Barn 153 

Grapple Hay Forks 266 

Gray Enamel 90 

Guards, Feeding, for Calf Pen 76-77 

Guards, Window Ventilating 88 

Guy Rods for Litter Carrier Booms 204 



H. 



L ANGERS for 

Barn Doors .275-288 

Double Angle Hay Carrier Track 255 

Double Flange Hay Carrier Track . 247 

Wood Hay Carrier Track 256 

Double Angle Litter Carrier Track 206 

Double Oval Litter Carrier Track.. 220 

Garage Doors 289 

Hardware Specialties .309-335 

Harness Hooks 102 

Harpoon Forks 265 

Harvester Hay Carriers 230-245 

Hay Carriers 229-271 

Hay Carrier Returner 270 



Page Three Hundred Forty-si 



• 



ST^^vr^ LIIVE 



E:QuiF»iyiEr»jT 



• 



Hay Carrier Track 

Star Double Flange 

Peerless Double Angle 

Hay Forks 

Hay Fork Pulleys ._ 



246 

254 

265-267 

261-264 
Hay Rack, Automatic Steel for Horse Stalls 95-99 

Hay Rack for Pens 70. 71, 75 

Hay Rack Clamp 326, 327 

Hay Slings ....258-260 

Harvard Hay Rack Fixtures 327 

Harvard Stay Roller 302 

Harvard Tank Heater 315 

Hay Door Hinges 329 

Heaters for Water Tanks 309-315 

Hen House Plan 193 

Hinges, Offset, for Hay Doors 329 

Hog House Plans 190-191 

Hog Pens :. 80-82 

Hog Pen Troughs, Galvanized 83 

Hoists . 322, 323 

Hooks, Floor . 256 

Hooks, Track Hanger 256 

Horse Stable Equipment 94-103 

Horse Stall Feed Mangers 100-102 

Horse Stall Fronts with Automatic Hay Rack 98 

Horse Stall Posts 102 

Horse Stall Steel Guards 101 

House Door Hangers 306-308 

How to Order 

Barn Equipment 104 

Hay Carriers 271 

Litter Carriers 211-223-228 

Individual Steel Manger Partitions 57 

Installation of Star Cow Stalls ...9 

Iron King Tank Heater 313 

Jackson Pattern Hay Forks 267 

Junior Rope Sling 258 

Laying House for Poultry 193 

Lifter, Wire. 331 

Lining, Wood for Stanchion 16 

List of Patents 343-344 

Litter Carriers 195-228 

Litter Carriers, Rigid Track 198 

Litter Carrier for Rod Track .. 216, 218, 224 

Litter Carriers, Combination (Rigid Track 

Inside and Rod Track Outside) 216, 218 

Litter Carrier Booms ...204 

Little Giant Wire Stretcher... 319 

Lock Lever Harpoon Fork 265 

Long Neck Pulleys .257 

Loop Clamp for Rod Track 226 



M. 



LALLEABLE Tackle Block Wire Stretchers 317 

Manger Construction 143 

Manger, Corner, for Horse Stalls 102 

Mangers, Galvanized, for Horses 100 



Page 

Manger Drain 90 

Manger for Pens 70, 71, 74 

Mangers, Self Cleaning 52, 53 

Manger Partitions, Connected 54, 55 

Manger Partitions, Individual 56, 57 

Manhole Cover 328 

Milk Can Carrier .202 

Milk Stool 90 

JN AME Plates 66 

Neck Chains 66 

Nellis Hay Fork 265 

New Rinkle Tank Heater 312 

New Star Tank Heater 310 

WATS Cleaners, Self Acting 103 

Offset Hinges for Hay Doors 329 

Outside Track Support for Litter Carrier Track 209 

Overland Coaster Wagons 332-335 

r AINT, Gray Enamel 90 

Parallel Door Track for Garages or other Buildings 300 

Parallel Track Brackets 300 

Partition Anchor 65 

Partitions, Manger 55-57 

Partitions, Stall ^ .65 

Partition Clamps 66 

Patents, List of _.._ 343-344 

Pens, Steel .69-82 

Pens, Steel, for Bulls 70-73 

Pens, Steel, for Calves 77 

Pen, Steel, for Cows 74-75 

Pens, Steel, for Hogs 80-82 

Pens, Steel, for Young Stock 79 

Peerless Hay Carriers . 248-253 

Perfection Stay Roller 302 

Pig Pens 80-82 

Plank Frame Bam 145 

Plans for Bam and other Farm Buildings 133-193 

Posts, Horse Stall 102 

Poultry House Plan 193 

Pulleys, Hay Fork 261-264 

IVAFTER Brackets 247, 255 

Rafter, Grapple 268 

Registers, Ventilating 87 

Regulator, Windmill 331 

Returner, for Hay Carrier.. 270 

Rigid Track Litter Carriers 198 

Reinforced Section of Track 208 

Removable Section of Track._ .208, 223 

Ridge Pole Hanger 256 

Right Angle Installation of Cannon Ball Track 

for Garage Doors 297 

Rod Track Accessories 226, 227 

Rod Track Litter Carriers._ 216-218-224 

Roof Framing 148, 152 

Rope Hay Slings 257, 260 

Round Bar Wire Stretcher 319 

OANITARY Feed Mangers for Horse Stalls 100, 102 

Sanitary Water Bowls 59-63 

Scraper for Sidewalk, Platform, Street or Stable Floor 321 



Page Three Hundred Forty-si 



•- 



HUP^TT • HELXI • FEI^I^IS &f CO 



• 



Page 

Scraper, Barn, Floor or Walk 91 

Sectional Views of Dairy Barns 140, 141 

Section, Removable, for Litter Carrier Track 208, 223 

Self Acting Oats Cleaner 103 

Self Cleaning Steel Mangers - 53 

Self Locking Hoists _ 322, 323 

Sidewalk Scraper 321 

Slings, Hay 258-260 

Sling Hay Carriers 238-245 & 252-253 

Sling Pulleys -257, 258 

Snatch Pulley Block ..-268 

Splices, for Peerless Double Angle Track - 255 

For Double Flange Steel Track - 247 

Split Flange 66 

Spring Track Support for Rod Track 226 

Stable Equipment, Horse 94-103 

Stable Broom 321 

Stacking Pulleys 257 

Stake Holder 330 

Stalls for Cows 23-41 

Stall Arms. -- 64 

Stall Floor Construction 142 

Stall Fronts, with automatic Hay Rack for 

Horse Stalls 98 

Stall Guards, Horse , 101 

Stall Partitions 66 

Stall Posts for Horse Stalls 102 

Stanchions 42-50 

Stanchion Fastenings 51 

Stanchion Lining, Wood 16 

Standard Tank Heaters 315 

Star Tank Heaters 310, 311 

Stay Rollers for Barn Doors 302, 303 

Steel Channels - 102 

Steel Manger Partitions, Individual 57 

Steel Manger Partitions, Connected 55 

Steel Pens 69-82 

Steel Rafter Grapple 268 

Steel Stalls, Complete 22-41 

Steel Stall Guards 101 

Steel Supporting Columns.. 68 

Steel Tackle Block Wire Stretchers 316, 317 

Stock Tank Heater 309-315 

Stool, Milk 90 

Straight Track for Garage Doors 301 

Supporting Columns, Steel 68 

Support, Track, Spring for Rod Track 226 

Sure Stop 18 

Suspension Bracket for Double Oval Track . 221 

Swinging Booms for Litter Carriers 204 

Swinging Fronts for Hog Pens 80-82 

Switches for Double Angle Steel Track 207 

Switches for Double Oval Steel Track 220 

Switch for Rod Track 226 



Ta 



. ACKLE Block Wire Stretchers 316, 317 

Tank Heaters .- 309-315 

Tension Bolt for Rod Track 226 

Track, Double Angle for Litter and Feed Carriers 206 

Double Flange for Hay Carriers „....246 

Double Oval for Litter Carriers 220 

Peerless Double Angle for Hay Carriers .254 

For House Doors 306-307-308 



Page 
Track for Bam Doors 

Cannon Ball. 278, 279 

Covered Cannon Ball 280, 281 

Flexo .288 

Twentieth Century 287 

Weatherproof ...285 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball 283 

Track Curve, Cannon Ball for Garage Doors 299 

Track Hangers for 

Double Angle Litter Carrier Track. 206 

Double Oval Litter Carrier Track 220 

Double Flange Hay Carrier Track 247 

Peerless Hay Carrier Track 255 

Wood Hay Carrier Track .256 

Track Rod and End Stop for Hay Carriers 247 

Track Splices for Double Flange 

Steel Hay Carrier Track .... 247 

Peerless Hay Carrier Track 255 

Track Support for Outside of Bam 209 

Track Support, Spring, for Rod Track 226 

Trolley Conveyor with Hoist .324, 325 

Troughs, Galvanized, for Hogs.. 83 

Trough, Watering 103 

Trussed Roof Barn ...145 

Turnbuckle for Anchor Rods 227 

Twentieth Century Barn Door Track 

and Hangers 286, 287 



Ur 



iNIT System of Installing Stalls 9 

Universal Stay Roller 303 



"V" 



End Hanger for Hay Track 286, 287 

Views of Factory 337-342 

Ventilating Registers 87 

Ventilation 154-165 

Ventilation Equipment 84-88 

Ventilators 84-86 



Wa 



' AGONS, Coaster _... 332-335 

Walk Scraper 91 

Wall Bracket for Wood Ridge Pole 208 

Wall, Detail of Construction 138 

Water Bowls 59-63 

Watering Trough 103 

Weatherproof Barn Door Hangers - - 284 

Weatherproof Barn Door Track 285 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball Bam Door Hanger 282 

Weatherproof Cannon Ball Barn Door Track 283 

Windmill Regulator ...331 

Window, Detail of Construction 138 

Window Guards . 88 

Wire Lifter 331 

Wire Stretchers 316-320 

Wood Hay Track Fixtures 256 

Wood Lining for Stanchions 16 

Woven Wire Stretchers 320 



Yc 



OUNG STOCK Pens 79 



Page Three Hundred Forty-eight 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



0QQDfi'^47a' 




